ESTABLISHED 1874 



TEe S. Obermayer Co. 

OFFICES AND FACTORIES 

Cincinnati, Chicago, Pittsburg, 




MANUFACTURERS OF 

"Everything You 

Need in Your 

Foundry" 




General Catalogue No. 40 





Class iS^Xl 



Book_. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



^^4. 




ESTABLISHED 1874. 



Complete Catalogue and 
Price List 



OF 



T?e S. Obermayer Co. 

Cincinnati, O. Chicago, Ills. Pittsburg, Pa. 



Manufacturers of and 
Dealers in 

"Everything You Need 
in Your Foundry 



»> 




Importers and Refiners , -. 

of -. , ;,,.T ^v^•^. ■, 

East India Plumbago 
and Silver Lead 



Shippers of 

CUPOLA BLOCKS, FIRE BRICK, FIRE CLAY, MOLD- 
ING SANDS, WELCH MOUNTAIN CLAY and CANISTER 

We are in a position to figure on 

Complete IR.ON, BRASS and STEEL FOUNDRIES, 

Also Pattern Makers' Supplies. 

Kindly State Kind of Castings You Want to Make, 

Amount of Metal You Desire to Melt, 

WE WILL DO THE REST. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




LIBRARY of CONGRESS 
Two Copies Received 

APR 15 1904 

Copyright Entry 

CL'Kss O' XXo. No. 

COPY B 






ENTERED 1904, ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, 

BY THE S. OBERMAYER CO., 
IN THE^ OFFICE OF Jl^^. l.l(lR,AfiJAN OF CONGRESS, 
».r •-* i '■AT WASiikveTo'/J, D. C. 



Krehbiel 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



INDEX 



A 

Page 

Aim (Oiir Efforts) 370 

Air Compressors 230, 340 

Air Drills 310 

Air Hoists 15, 311-319 

Air Hoist on Trolley on lower llaiige 

T Beam 337 

Air Hoist Mounted on Trolley on 

Traveling Crane '. . . . . 338 

Air Hoist, "type A" 314 

Air Hoist, "type B" 315 

Air Hoist, Price List 317 

Air Hose 318 

Air Motor Chain Hoist 311-312 

Air Keceivers 319 

Ahmiinum Flux 77 

Aluminum Supplies 15, 142-147 

American Black Lead 30, 34-36 

Anchors or Chaplets 106-111 

Angle Bender 344 

Animal Charcoal 105 

Annealing 279 

Annealing Carbon 77 

Annealing Cast Iron 363 

Annealing Charcoal 77 

Annealed Core Wire 77, 102 

Annealing Furnace 278 

Annealing Rawbone 77 

Annealing Steed 364 

Announcement, Traffic 342 

Answers, Orders, Shipment 367 

Answers Regarding 365-366 

Answers Regarding Forwarding, 

Etc 368 

Answers Regarding Orders and 

Shipments 367 

Arrangement for Battery of Brass 

Furnaces 157 

Arsenic . 77 

Asbestos, Crude and Ground .*..... 77 

Ash Barrows 130-133 

Automatic Air Compressor 320-321 

Automatic Magnetic Separator 296 

Automatic Sand ffifter 242-243 

Average Temperature 354 

Average Tem]>eraiture Under Dif- 
ferent Cbnditions 354 

Average Weig*ht per Culiic Foot of 

Various Substances 361 

Avoirdupois Weight 353 

B 

Babbitt Ladles 176 

Jiadtrer's ^lagnetic Separator 170 

Bag, Dust 76 



Page 

Baking Japan 77 

Ball-!5earing Centrifugal Sand Mixer 225 

Band Saws 122, 165 

Barrows, National & Charging. .129-132 

Barrows, Obermayer's 133 

Barrows, Pig Iron, metal and wood 128 

Barrows, Steel Hand 136 

Bars and Plates 352 

Baskets, Coke 87 

Baskets, Galvanized and Steel 88 

Bayberry \^'ax . .■ 77 

Bees Wax 77 

Belt Power Riddling Machines.... 247 

Bell Blackings 20-25 

Bellows, Hand 75 

Bellows 72-75 

Bellows, Facing 74 

Bellows, Horse Hide 72, 73 

Bellows, Sprinkling 74 

Belting 360 

Bench Bellows 73 

Bench Brushes 40 

Bench Rammers 78 

Benders, Eye and Angle 343, 344 

Beveled Flasks 153 

Blackings 20-25 

Blackings, Prices of 30 

Blacking, Dry Sand 27 

Blacking Sprayers 271 

Black f.ead. /. 34-36 

Black Strap ;Molasses 61 

Blacking Swabs 271 

Blacksmith Bellows 75 

Blake Core Wire Straightener 299 

Blast Gates 204 

Blast Gauges 185 

Blast Pipes 351 

Blow Cans 88 

Blow Hole Cement, National Iron. .54, 55 

Blowers 200-206, 351 

Blowers, Buffalo 201 

Blowers, Connersville 206 

BloAvers, Roots 205 

Blowers, S|)eed, etc 351 

Blowers, Sturtevant 202 

Blowers, Usefvil Information .... 351 

Blowers and Fans 200-206 

Boards, Wood Molding 155 

Boiler Brooms, luider and inside... 50 

Bolts, Stoves 77 

Bone Black 40 

Bone, Case Hardening 77, 279 

Books, Foundrv 349 

Books, Scientific 349 

Borax 77 

Bott Sticks 214 



VI 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 

Bowls and Ladles 208 

Bowls and Shanks 208-20;) 

Boxes, Core 102 

Boxes, Tote 136 

Bracket Cranes 333 

Brantling Irons 68 

Brass Dowels 114-116 

Brass Dowel Pins 114-116 

Brass Founders' Supplies 15, 142-177 

Brass Foundry p](iuipnient 150-177 

Brass Foundry Flasks 153-155 

Brass Foundry Riddles 85-87 

Brass Foundry Sand 57, 160 

Brass Furnace Linings 14!) 

Brass Furnaces, Natural Draft.... 147 

Brass Furnaces, Forced Draft 148 

Brass Holders' Clamps 93-97 

Brass Molding Flasks 153-154-155 

Brass Molding Sand 160 

Brass Pattern Letters 08 

Brass Wire Puddles 85 

Brazing 363 

Brazing 3L\ehine 166 

Breaking Sltrength of U'ire Rope. 357 

Bristle Brushes 38 

Bristol Thermometers 277 

Brooms Obermaver Foundry 81 

Brooms, Steel AVire ! 48-50 

Brooms, Whisk 81 

Brooms, Wire Casting 48 

Brown Steel Trolleys 303 

Brushes, Bench and Flat 40 

Brushes, Blacking 38-44 

Brushes, Boiler 50 

Brushes, Bristle > 38 

Brushes, Round Bristle Core 44 

Brushes, Bristle Fan or Top 44 

Brushes, Brunneirs Wire Wheel... 52 

Brushes, Casting 47 

Brushes, Circular Scratch 53 

Brushes, Core Box 41 

Brushes, Core Painting 42-44 

Brushes, Flask or Core 40 

Brushes, Hard 41 

Brushes, Machinist 40-49 

Brushes, Molders' Double 43 

Brushes, Molders' Soft 15, 39 

Brushes, Plasterers' Washout .... 45 

Brushes, Reliance 51 

Brushes, Rubber Bound 40 

Brushes, Russia Bristle 45 

Brushes, Soft or Dusting 39-40 

Brushes, Split Quill 44 

Brushes, Tube Wire 50 

Brushes, Varnish 43' 

Brushes, Wire 43-52 

Brunnell's Wire Wheel Brush .... 52 
Bryan Vacuum Molding Machine 

260-261 

Buckets, Oak 79 

Buckets. Calvanized 79 

Bucket Trucks 280 

Buffalo Blowers 201 



Page 

Buggv Ladles 346 

Bull Ladles 209 

Burdicks' Chaplets 77 

Butts and Peans 78 



Cabinet Makers' Clamps 95 

Cabbage Pots 158, 177 

Calcimine 77 

Camels' Hair Brush 42 

Cannon Stove Barrel Facing. . . .2, 25, 30 

Cans, Seamless Economic- 97 

Cans, Spray 88 

Cans, Sprinkling 79 

Capacities of Blowers for Cujjolas 351 
Capacities of V\'hiting Cupolas .... 186 

Carbons 28 

Carbon Blacking 20, 25, 28 

Carbonized Lead 28-34 

Car, Charffing 330 

Carrying Systems. . .303-307, 328-329-330 

Cars, Core Oven 281 

Cars, Flat (8 wheel) 329 

Cars, Self Dumping 330 

Cars, Tip 330 

Cars, Track Brooms 49 

Cars and Trucks 281-285 

Cars, Wooden Frame 285 

Car Wheel Brushes 48 

Car Wheel Facing 28-30 

Car Pusher 300 

Case Hardening 363 

Case Hardening Furnace 278 

Case Hardening Rawbone 77, 279 

Case Hardening with Prussiate of 

Potasli '. 363 

Cast Steel Cement ■ 54-55 

Coastings. S'hrinkage of 356 

Casting Table Cirinder 249 

Cast Iron, to Harden 363 

Cataloijues 15 

Catches, Door Ill 

Catch, Spring Cover Ill 

Caustic Soda 77 

Cedar Backets 79 

Cement 77 

Centrifuiial S'and ^lixiny- Machine 246 

Cevlon Plumbaoo '. . .28, 30. 34, 35 

Chain Blocks ."". 302-303 

Chain Hoist, Air Motor 311-312 

Chain Slings 266 

Chain Sprocket Hoist Traveling 

Crane '. 3.35 

Chaplets 106. 108-111 

Chaplets, Double Head 107 

'linplets. Dove Tails Ill 

Chaplets, Perforated 108 

( haplets. Radiator 109 

Chaplets, Shell 109 

(haplets. Stems 106-107 

Charcoal 30, 104-105 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 

Charcual, Lump 104-105 

Charcoal, Parting 104 

Charging Car 330 

Charging Barrows 1 .33-135 

Charging Doors 179-180 

Charred Charcoal lUiubone 77 

Giemistry 12 

Chipuing Hammers (Pneumatic) .. 309 

Chicago^'Plant 9 

Cincinnati Plant 8 

Cinder Crusher 174 

Circle Fire Brick 194-196 

Circular Brushes 51-52-53 

Circular Bibbed Flasks 155 

Clamps, Thomjjson 93 

Clamps, Eccentric Cabinet Makers. 94 

Clamps, "Esso" Screw 9G 

Clamps, Hawley's Adjustable . . . 97 
Clamps, Malleable Iron Screw .... 94 

Clamps, Steel Bar 95 

Clamps, Wooden Flask 158 

Classification (Facings and Black- 
ings) 28-29 

Clay, Fire 193, 197 

Cleaning Brushes 46-52 

Cleaning Mills. .15, 163, 164, 218, 228, 230 

Cleaning Room Illustration 230 

Clear White Pattern Glue 77 

Cloth, Wire 86 

Coal Barrow 130-132 

Coal Dust 20, 30-32 

Coal Facing 20, 30-32 

■Coal Shovels 84 

Code, Telegr^aphic 365-309 

Coke Barrows 130-134 

Coke Baskets 87 

Coke Blacking 30 

Coke, Foundry 104, 160 

Coke Forks S3 

Coke, Lump 104, 160 

Coke Shovels 84 

Collector, Dust 233 

Colors of Iron Caused by Heat . . 354 

Oommercial Weights 353 

Comparative Weights of ^Metals.. 355 

C'oiuparison of Weights 355 

Compound .' 59, 90-91 

Compressed Air 236-340 

Compressed Air Cranes 337-338 

Compressed Air Elevators 322 

Contlitions of Sales 14-16 

Connellsville Blowers 206 

Connellsville Coke 104, 160 

Coppering Iron 362 

Core Blacking 28-35-36 

Core Boxes T 102 

Core Box Brushes 41 

€ore Box Clamps 93-96 

Core Coating 56 

Core Compou.nd, Dry 59 

Core Compound. fJlutroso 90 

Core Compound, Dr. Kirk's 91 



Page 

Core Flour 61 

Core l-lour (Mixtures) 345 

Core Machine 15, 138-141 

Core Nails 77 

Core Oils, Esso 137 

Core Ovens 15, 274-275-276 

Core Oven Cars 15,. 281 

Core Oven Fitti'.igs 15, 275-276 

Core Oven Furnaces 161-163 

Core Oven, Portable 161 

Core Oven Racks 276 

Core Oven Shelves 274-276 

Core Oven, Stationary 162 

Core Oven Trucks 280 

Core Sand 77, 345 

Core Wash 24, 28; 30-36 

Core Wire 102 

Core Wire S'traiglitciier 299 

Cover's Metal Respirator 235 

Cranes 15, 31, 333-341 

Crane Ladles 210-211-212 

Crane Truck Ladles 241 

Crayons, ^letal Workers' 71 

Crow Bars 199 

Crucibles 1 56 

Crucible Tongs and Shanks 157 

Cruslied Silica Rock 77, 198 

Crusher, Cinder and Ore 174 

Cruslier, Sand 295 

Cubic Pleasure 353 

Cupolas 15. 177-186 

Cupola Blocks 190-191-192 

Cupola Daubing 198 

Cupola Elevators 322.327 

Cupola Lining 187-198 

Cupola Picks 199 

Cupola Spout 181. 182, 184, 187 

Cupola Tenders' Tools 214 

Cupola, ■\Miiting 15, 177-186 

Cutter, Sprue or Oate 171 

Cylinder Air Hoist 317 

Cylinder Air Hoist ^Mounted on 
"Trolley 338 

D 

Daubing, Cupola 198 

Dextrine 345 

Diameter for Increasetl Length of 

i'ipes 351 

Diamond Pattern Lumber 345 

Diamond Snap Flask 101 

Dillorcnt Colors of Iron 354 

dimensions of Ladles 216 

Dinus [Magnetic Separator ...168-169-170 

Dirt Barrows 1.30-131 

Discount (per cent) 3S9 

Disintegrator and Sand Pulver- 
izer 44 

Dogs. Pinch 97 

Dolomite 345 

Double Brushes 43 



VIII 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 

Dove Tails Ill 

Dowels, Brass 114-116 

Dowels, Brass Shoulder 115-119 

Dowel Fins 77, 116 

Draw Hooks, Plain 77 

Draw Hooks, Rubber Head 69 

Draw Screws, Iron 76 

Draw Sticks 214 

Drier, Sand 173 

Drills .-. 310 

Drills, Air 310 

Drop Doors for Cupolas,. . . .179, 189, 345 

Dry Measure 3o3 

Dry Mixer 295 

Dry Rolling Tumbler 227-228 

Dry Sand Blacking 27 

Dr'y Tumbling Mills 163-164-218 

219-227-228-229 

Drying Stove, Bamett 152 

Dusters 39-40 

Dust Bag 76 

Dust Collector 233 

Dust Hand Brushes 39-40 

Dynamo for Sand Sifter 243 

Dynamo for Separator 297 

£ 

East India Plumbago .' 36 

East India Silver Lead 35-36 

Easy Car Pusher 300 

Eccentric Clamps 94 

Electric Elevators 325-326 

Electric Separators. .168-169-170, 296-297 

Electric Traveling Cranes 333-341 

Electrotypin^ Plumbago 36 

Elevators 322-327 

Elevator Belt Power ....323-324-325-326 

Elevator, Foundry 322-327 

Elevator Platform 327 

Elevator, Pneumatic 322 

Emery Stones 76 

Emery Wheels 286-292 

Emery Wheels, Dressers and Cutters 77 

Emery Wheel Grinders 287-290 

Emery Wheel, Price List 292 

Equipment Brass Foundry 150-177 

Equipment, General 15 

Esso Pkmibago 31-37 

Esso Plumbago Core Wash 23-35 

Eureka Snap Flask 99 

Excelsior Facing and Blacking 345 

Exhaust Fans 234-235 

Exhaust System Showing Tumblers 230 

Exhaust Tumblers 15, 218-235 

Expansion and Contraction of Iron 354 

Eye Benders 344 

Eye Shields, Mica 345 

F 

F. & C. Blacking 23 

Facings 15-25-32-33 

Facings, Prices of 30-36 



Page 

Facing Bags 76 

Facing Bellows 74 

Facings and Blackings 30 

Facings, Coal 20, 30, 32 

Facings, Process of Manufacture. .20-25 

Facings, Sea Coal 20, 30, 3:i 

Facings, Stove Plate 25 

Factories 7 

Facts (we call attention to) 17 

Facts Worth Knowing 18-19 

Fans (see Blowers) 200-206 

Farwell's ^Molding ;^L^ chine 254-257 

Ferruled Bellows 73 

Ferro Manganese 92 

Filler, National Iron 54-55 

Filler, Reliance V\'ire 51 

Fillet, Leatlier 113 

Fillet, Wood 113 

Fire Brick, Boiler 196 

Fire Clay, (Lump and Ground) 193-197 

Fire Mortar 345 

Fire Sand 77 

Fire Stone 345 

Flake Graphite 36, 37 

Flake Plumbago 37 

Flasks, Brass Molders' List . .153-154-155 

Flasks, Clamps 93-158 

Flasks, Cut 99' 

Flasks, Eureka Snap 98 

Flasks, Iron . : 153-155 

Flasks, Iron Price List 154 

Flasks, Pins 76^ 

Flasks, Round 99 

Flasks, Taper Snap lOO 

Flasks, A\'ooden 98-101 

Flat Bristle Brushes 42-43-44 

Flat Cars (8 wheels) 329 

Flax Swabs 42 

Flexible Shaft Grinder 287 

Flint 345 

Floor Pendant, Hand Power Travel- 
ler 336 

Floor Rammers 78 

Flour 61 

Flue Brushes 77 

Flue Steel Wire Brushes 50 

Fluor Spar 58 

Flux, Mullins 159 

Follow Board Compound 63 

Forced Draft Brass Furnaces 1 48 

Forge Bellows 75 

Forges, Oil Rivet 27a 

Forks, Coke S3 

Forwarding, Tracing, Etc 368 

Foundation for Cupola 189 

Foundry Barrows 128-133 

Foundrv Books .... 349 

Foundr'v Coke 104, 160 

Foundry Elevators 15, 322-327 

Foundrv Facings and Blackings 15-20-25 

Foundry Flasks 98-101, 153-155 

l<'oiuiilrv Flour 61 

Foundrv Ladles 207-217, 346 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



rage 

Foundrv Lamps 08, 80 

roundry Mills 220-228 

Foundry Modern Tools 178 

Foundry ^lolasses 61 

Founder's Peerless Perfect Wash... .23-35 

Foundry Rosin 61 

Foundry Scales 293 

Foundry Screws 245 

Foundry Sprinkling Cans 79 

Foundry Tumbling Barrels 228 

Four Motor Traveler Crane 341 

Frazier's Rapping PlatoA 117-1 IS 

French Molding Sand 3-15 

Friction Geared Tumbler 223-224 

Friction Tumbling Mills 220 

Fuel in Consumption 359 

Furnaces Lunkenheimer 143-140 

Fvu-nace, Case Hardening 278 

Furnace Cement 77 

Furnace, Cupola 178-200 

Furnace, Force and Natural Draft 

147-148 
Furnace Linings, Brass Furnaces... 149 



Galvanized Buckets 79 

Galvanized Riddles 85 

Galvanized Spout Bellows 73 

Gannister, Lump and Crushed. .198, 347 

Garland Stove Plate Facing 22 

Ciasoline Torches 80 

Gate Cutters 265 

Gate Rakes 83 

Gate Spools 53 

Gauges, Cupola Blast 185 

Geared Crane Truck Ladles 214 

Geared Elevators 15. 322-328 

Geared Ladles 210-215 

Geared Tumbling Mills 15, 218-230 

General Equipment 15 

Georgia Sbapstone 21, 28-30 

Georgia Talc 21 

German Crucible Clay 22 

German Black Lead 34-30 

Glue Heaters 120 

Glue Pots or Heaters 120 

Glutrose 77, 90 

Glue, Liquid 365 

Glue to Resisjt IVIoisture 363 

Granulated Charcoal 105 

Graphite 23, 34-36 

Graphite, Flake 37 

Graphite Paint 36 

Graphite, Prices of 30. 36 

(irev Iron Chaplets 110 

Grinder. Emery ^^^leel 287-290 

Grinder, Ore Crusher 174 

Grinder, Rosin 175 

Grindstones 62 

Grind«to(nes, Weight of 354 

Ground Fire Clay 193-197 



Page 

Ground Pumice Stone 77 

(irouiid Silica 198-345, 347 

(ium Shellac 345 



H 

Hack Saws 160 

Hammers, Cliipping 309 

Hammer Core Machine ..138-139-140-141 

Hammer, Sledge 70, 345 

Hand Bellows 75 

Hand Ladles 208-209 

Hand Lamps 80 

Hand Plainer and Jodner 124 

Hond Power Crane, Floor Pendant. 336 

Hand Power Jib Crane 332 

Hand Power Crane with Chain 

Block 334 

Hand Power Crane with Chain 

Sprocket Hoist 335 

Hand Torches 80 

Handy Receipts for Foundrymen. 362 

Handy References for Foundrymen 362 

Hanna Screen Shaker .239-240-241 

Hard Brushes 41 

Hard Iron Stars 226 

Hardened Cast Iron 3(53 

Hardening Steel, to Drill 364 

Hardwood Core Boxe-s 102 

Hardwood Wedges 76 

Hav Rope 77, 227 

Hinge Tubes Ill 

Hay Rope Machine 268 

Heaters, Glue 120 

Heavy Facings 25 

Heavy Machine Facings 28 

Hemp Swal)s 42 

Hexagon Tumbling Mills 224 

History of the S. Obermayer Co. . . . 2 

Hollow Ware Facings 28 

Hoists for Cupola 322-327 

Hoist. Horizontal 319 

Hoisting Chains 266 

Hoisting Rope 266-345 

Hood, Roof 185 

Horizontal Hoist 319 

Horse Power 359 

Hose, Air 318 

Hose Trolleys 318 

Hvdrotluric Acid 77 



I 



Improved Turntables 282-284 

India Silver Lead 36 

Industrial Rv. System 328-329-330 

Ingot Molds" . . .' 152 

Ingot Mold Blackings 20-30 

Insert (See colored page.) 
In Turning Iron or Other Hard 
Metals 304 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



I'ag-e 

Invincible Sand Mixer 24S 

Iron Cenienit, Cast 54-.).") 

Iron Chaplets 10(5, 107-110 

Iron, C'opperinj^ .302 

Iron Filler (Prepared & Xationial.) .')4-.).) 

Iron Flasks 1.33-1.54-l.j.) 

Iron I'lask Pins 76 

Iron, Pijj: 3.)0 

Iron Riddles (Scrap) S7 

Iron Scales 293 

Iron Softener 58 

Iron Stars 22G 

Iron, Strength and Tensions of... .3.54 
Iron, to Prevent From Rusting. . . 302 

Iron, to Test Qualitv of \ .. . 356 

Iron Wheel Barrows' 128-132 

J 

Jacks, Screw and Hydraulic = 308 

Jib Cranes 332 

Joiner, Hand Planer 124 

K 

Kjrk's Compound 91 

L 

Laborers' Shovels 84 

Laboratory 12 

L acquers Used to Preserve Poli«ii on 

Brass 363 

Ladles, Babbitt and Melting 176 

Ladles, Foundry 15, 206-217. 346 

Ladles, Geared' 210-215 

Ladles, Hand 208 

Ladles, Malleable 176 

Ladles, Price List and Dimensions.. 216 

Ladle Reheairsal 217 

Ladle Shanks 208-200 

Ladle Wash 198 

Lamps, Hand 80 

Larimer Plant 10 

Lathe, Double End Wood 121 

Lead Melting Pots 176-177 

Leather Fillet 113 

Letters, Brass Pattern 68 

Letters, Pattern 65-68 

Lifters, Pattern 117 

Lifting and Draw Screws 117 

"Light on a Dark Subject" 31-37 

Light, Portable .' 272 

Lime 77 

Limestone 345 

Linings, Cupola 187-198 

Linings, Furnace 149-187-189-l!tS 

Lining Furnaces, Brass 149 

Linseed Oil 345 

Litharge 77 

Liquid Glue 303 



rage 

Liquid ^Measure 353 

Loam Sand Pdacking 27-28- 

Louisville Cement 77 

Low Grade F'lour 61-345 

Lump Charcoal 104 

Lump Pumice Stone 77 

Lunkenheimieir F'untrtce 143-146 

Lycapodium 77 



M 



Machine, Whitewashing . ., 301 

Machinery Facings and Blackings 20-30 

]Machinery Sand 57 

JMJaclliinist Bench Brush, Wire . . . 49 

Magnetic Separators 168-169-170' 

^Magnetic Separators, Iron and Cu- 
pola Drop 296-298 

Malleable Iron Do\\ el Pins 116 

Malleable Iron Furnaces 345 

Malleable Iron Screw Clamps 94 

Mallets 69-70 

Mallets, Raw Hide 69-70 

Mallets, Rubber Head 6» 

::Mallets, Wooden 69 

Maple Charcoal 104 

^larine Glue 363 

Jklason Automatic Valves 316 

Match Parts 345 

ilauls. Foundry 70-71 

Mauls, Rawhide Faced 71 

]\Iauls, Wooden 70 

INIeasure of Length 35i 

Measure of Surface 353 

INIeasure of Weights 354 

]\lelting' Capacities of Cupola 186 

:\Ielting Furnaces 143, 148, 179, 186 

:\Ielting Ladles I7G 

Melting Point of JNIetals 354 

Melting Pots 177 

]\letal Cutting Saws 165 

Metal Pattern Letters 65-68 

Metal Saws 122, 165-166 

.Metal, Strengrth of 35-^ 

;Metal Workers' Crayons 71 

:\ietal Weights . . ." 355 

!Mica for Cupola Holes 345 

Mica Schist 197 

Mica Schist Lining 197 

Millett Core Oven 161-162 

]\Iineral Facing 23 

]\li\ers. Centrifugal f?and 245-246 

;\Iixers, Dry Material 295 

Modern Tools in F'oundry 178 

Mi)la,sses 61 

Molding Bench 262-263 

^Molding Machines, Delano Pulley 258-259 
^Molding ^Machines, Pridraore 251-252-253 
^Molding INlaohines, Squeezer Type 254- 

255-256-257 

Molding Press 54, 114 

Molding Sand 57, 347, 348 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 

IMiolders' S'ponges 255 

Molders' Bellows 72-74 

JMolders' Bench Bnislies 15 

.Molders' Bnislies 38-52 

iViolders' Buckets 79 

Molders' Mallets 69-70 

Molders' Shovels 82-84 

Molders' Text Books 349 

Moiders' Tools 15, i03 

Molders' Wax Tapers GO 

Mold Drier, Portable 2(>:t 

Molds, Ingot 152 

Moid Wash 24-28-30 

Mortar and Pestle 158 

Motor Driven Elevators ;J25-o2() 

Motor Driven Emery Wlieel Grinder 291 

Motor Driven Sand Sifter 223 

"Motto Our Insert 

Mouth Blow Cans 68 

31ullin'3 Patent Flux 159 

N 

Name Plates QS 

JSIational Cupola Blocks . . 194 

^National Iron Filler 55 

National Patent Pig Iron Barrows 129 

National Return Facings 2G 

National Wheel Barrows 129-133 

^Natural Draft Brass Furnace .... 147 

New Orleans Molasses 61 

Newport Brass Sand, ^Molders' ... .57, 160 

Newport ]\rolding Sand 57 

l^iekel Platers' Brushes 45, 53 

Noodle (_;iue 77 

North Carolina Lead 28, 30, 34 

North Carolina Soapstone 28, 30 

JSiorth Carolina Talc 23 

o 

•Oak Buckets 79 

Oberniayer Company History 2-5 

Obermaj-er Cupola Blocks 192 

OI)ermayer Telegi-aphic Code ....305-369 

'Oblique Tumbling Machine 229 

OfFioes, Branches 7 

■Ofi'ces, Foreign 7 

Oil, "Esso" Core 137 

Oil, Core 137 

Oil Heater 270 

Oil, Linseed 345 

Oil of Vitriol 77 

•Oil Pvivet Forge 273 

Oil Torches 80 

Old Brown Mineral Facing 20, 30 

•Operator's Platform 185 

•Ordering, Phrases for 366 

Orders and Shipments, Amswers .. 367 

•Orders and Shipments, Questions 367 

■Onlinarv Commercial Weight 353 



rage 

Ore Cinder ( rus^her 174 

"Our ]Motto" Insert 

Ovens 161-162 

Oven Cars 281 

Overhead Carrying System 303-307 

P 

Paint, Graphite 36 

Parting C'harcoal 146 

Parting Sand Riddle .^ 85 

Patent Bellows '. 72 

Patent Steel Wire Brushes 48 

Pattern Brushes 41 

lattern Clamps 95-96 

Pattern Fillet 113 

Pattern Letters 65-68 

Pattern Lifters, Eraser's 117 

Pattern Lumber 345 

Pattern Makers' Supplies 112-127 

Pattern ^Makers' Sanding Trimmer 297 

Pattern Makers' \'ise 119 

Pattern Rapping Plates 117-118 

Peans and Butts 78 

Peerless Core Compound 59 

Peerless Cupola Blocks 190 

Peerless Follow Board Compound . .63-64 
Peerless Heavy Machine Facing ... 21 

Peerless Rosin Grinder 175 

Peerless Stove Plate Facings 22-30 

Peerless Stove Putty 62 

Per cent Discount 369 

Perfect Core Wash .23, 35 

Perforated Chaplets 108 

Pestle 15S 

Phrases for Ordering 366-367 

Phrases Regarding Time 368 

Piano mate Facing 20, 30 

Pick Axes and Sle^lges 70-199 

Picks, Cupola ." 199 

"Pick Up" Tongs 157 

Pig Iron 350 

Pig Iron Barrows 128-129 

Pig Iron Buckets 280 

Pinch Dogs 97 

Finch Point Crowbars 199 

Pinchers, ^Molders' Wire 144 

Pine Charcoal 104 

Pins, Flask 76 

Pins, Dowel 95 

Pins, ^^'ood Do\\ el 95 

Pipe Clf-aning Uru'Sihes 48 

Pittsburg Plant 11 

Plainer amd -Iciner, Haml 124 

Pl;«n of Brass Foundry 150-151 

Plater's Brusjies 45 

Plates, Rapping 118 

Platform, Elevator 327 

Plumbago 31-34-35-36 

Plumbago Blackings 28-30 

Plumbago, Ceylon 30, 35 

Plumbago Core \\'ash 28-35 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 
Plumbago, Different Kinds 27-37 

Plumbaa^o, East India 35, 30 

Plumbago, Electrotypmg 36 

Plumbago, Esso 37 

Plumbago Facings 30 

Plumbago, Flake 37 

Plumbago, Lubricating 37 

Plumbago Price List 30-3(3 

Pneumatic Elevator 322 

Pneumatic Tools 15, 309-310, 345 

Pointers about Facings and Sand. .32-33 

Polishing ^^^leels 76, 286-202 

Portable Compressed Air Oil Heater 270 

Portable Foundry Light 272 

Portable Mold Drier 260 

Po'rtable Sand Shifting Machine.. 238 

Positive Pressure Blowers 205-206 

Pots, Melting 177 

Powdered Glue 345 

Power Jib Cranes 332 

Power Transmitting by Wire Ropes 357 

Prairie Ilay Rope 227 

Preface 6-7 

Prepared Iron Filler 54 

Pressure Gauge 185 

Prices (Foundry Facings and Black- 
ings) 30 

Price List, Air Hoist 317 

Price List, Cupola 179-186 

Prices on Equipment 360 

Pridmore Molding Machines 251-253 

Proclamation 142 

Pulverizer, Wet or Dry 174 

Purchasing, AnsAvers Regarding .365-366 
Purchasing, Questions Regarding. 365 

Pure Ceylon Plumbago 34 

Pure Mineral Facing 22 

Putty, Peerless Stove 62 

Putty, S'tove 62 

Q 

Quality Insert 

Quantities of Earth Equal to a Ton 362 
Questions, Orders and Shipments. 367 
Questions Regiarding Shipments . . 365 
Questions Regarding Forwarding 
and Tracing 368 



Page 

Receipts for Tempering 364 

Receivers, Air 31^ 

Rectangular Core Oven 174 

Red Dog Flour 61-345 

Reference Books 349 

Reliance Blacking 20-29-30 

Reliance Wire Wheel Brush 51 

Remember Insert 

Reservoir Ladles 215 

Resistance to Compression (Metal) 356 
Resistance to Shearing (Metal) . . 356 
Resistance to Tension (^Nletal) .... 356 

Respirators, Cover's 235 

Return Facings 25-29 

Revolving Brushes 51-53 

Revolving Core Oven 275 

Rhode Island Facing 21 

Ribbed Flasks 153 

Riddles 85-87 

Riddles, Brass 85 

Riddles, Galvanized 85 

Riddles, Scrap Iron 87 

Riddles, Steel 85 

Riddling Machines 237-24S 

Riveting Hammers 309 

Roof Hoods 185 

Roots' Positive Pressure Blower . . 205 

Rope and Chain Slings 266, 345 

Rope Slings 266 

Rnpe Twisting Machine 26S 

Rosin 61 

Rosin Grinder 175 

Rotary Sand Sifting Machines .... 238 

Round Flasks 99 

Round Snap Flasks 99 

Rowland's Molding Press 264 

Rub Stones 76 

Rub Stones, Emery 76, 286 

Rubber Head Draw Hooks 69 

Rubber Head Mallets 69 

Rules 350 to 361 

Rules and Tables 359 to 361 

Rule to Find H. P. of an Engine. . 359 

Rumbler, Todd T 164 

Rumbling Stars 226 

Rust From biteel, to Remove .... 364 



R. 

Radiator Chaplets 109 

Railway Industrial System ....303-307- 

328-329-330 

Rakes, Gate 83 

Rammers, Bench 78 

Rammers, Floor, Rubber Tipped ... 78 

Rapping Plates 117-118 

Rattan Brooms 81 

Raw Hide Mallets 69-70 

Re-carbon izetl Charcoal 105 

Receipts and Compositions 358 



Safe Pressure on Bearing and 

Slides 358 

Sand 57, 347-348 

Sand Blast Apparatus 231 

Sand, Brass Molding 160 

Sand Crusher , 295 

Sand Drier, Obermayer 173 

Sand, Fire 77 

Sand Grinding Machines 77 

Sand ^Machinerv 57 

Sand Mixers . '. 245-246, 295 

Sand Molding 57-114 

Sand Pulverizing and Disintegrator 244 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



I'age 

Sand Sci'eens 8'.) 

Sand Sifters 2':i7-2i8 

Sand Sifters, ilotor Driven 243 

Sand Sifting Machines 2o7-24S 

Sand, Silica 77, 198, 348 

Sanding Trimmers 2G7 

Saws, Band 122, 105 

Saws, Bench Universal 123 

Saws, Hack 16G 

Saws, Metal 165 

Sawyer's Magnetic Separator 107 

Scales 293 

Schist Mica 77-197 

Scientific Text Books 349 

Scoops 82-84 

Scratch Brushes 47-53 

Screens ; 89 

Screens, Wire Cloth 80 

Screws, Draw 70 

Screw and Hvdraiilic Jacks 308 

S'ea Coal Facing 20-30-32 

Selected Charcoal 21 

Self Dumping Cars 330 

Separators 167-170 

Separators, All Kinds ..168-170, 296-29S 

Separators, Ding's 108-169-170 

Separators, Iron and Cupola Drop ..296- 

297-298 

Separator, Sawyer's 107 

*'8hake Out" Tongs 157 

Shanks, Ladle 208-209 

Shanks, Crucibles 157 

Shapes, Fire Brick 194-195 

Shell Chaplefcs 109 

Shellac Can 97 

Shelves, Core Oven 162, 274-276 

Shovels, Laborers' 84 

Shovels, Molders' 82 

Shovels, Scoop 82-84 

Sieves 85-87 

Silica Flour 198, 345 

S'ilica Sand 77 

Silica Wash 24 

Sizes of Whiting Cupolas ISO 

Slag Spout 181, 182, 184, 189 

Sling Chains 265 

Snap Flasks 98-101 

Soapstone 21-23-28-30 

Solid Measure 35."i 

Spar, Fluor 58 

Sparger's W'hite Heat Steel Com- 
pound 77 

Spark Arrester 183 

S'park Arrester and Roof Hood .... 183 
Si>eeds and Cii.i>acities for Cupolas 351 

Special Attention 16 

Special Catalogues 15 

Special Dry Sand Blaekiric- 27 

Spec-ific Gravity of Various .Nub- 

stances 361 

Specific Cravitv of Metals 355 

Spelter and Babbitt Ladles 176 



Page 

Sperry Twisting :Machine 294 

Spill Troughs 152 

Spiral Wire Brushes 50 

Spools, Gate 53 

Sponges, Molders' 205 

S'{)ray Cans 88 

Spraying Bellows 74 

Sprayers, Liijuid and Blacking 271 

Spring Closing Device 310 

Sprinkling Bellows 74 

Sprinkling Cans 7U 

Sprue or (iate Cutters, Belt Power. 172 
Sprue or (;'ate Cutter>s, Foot Power 171 

Spur Geared Elevators 324-325 

Spur Geared Tumblers 222 

Star fe'teel Core Coating 56 

Stars, Hard Iron 226 

Steam Heating Tumbling Barrels . . 229 

Steel Annealing .•jt;4 

Steel Barrows 15, 130-134 

Steel Casting Wash 24-28 

Steel Cement 54-55 

Steel Core Coating, Star 5(i 

Steel Foundry Supplies 15, 143-177 

Steel From Ru«>t, to Preserve 364 

Steel Ladles 176-208 

Steel Melting Ladles 176 

Steel on One Edge ( )nl\ to Temper 364 

Steel Plates, Pattern .\ 177 

Steel Plate Tumblers 224, 230 

Steel Plate Tumblers Showing Ex- 
haust system 230 

Steel Riddles 85 

Steel Sand 77, 345 

Steel Spout Bellows 72 

Steel Tempered 354 

Steel, to Soften 364 

Steel Tote Boxes 130 

Steel Trolleys 303-304 

Steel Trucks 135 

Siteel Very Hani 364 

Steel AVlieel Barrows 130-133 

Steel Wire Cleaning Brushes 46-52 

Steel Wire Screens 89 

Stems, Chaplet 106-107 

Stifi' Brushes 41-45 

Stone and Iron .S(i2 

Stone Coal Facing 20, 30-32 

Stores, Rub 76 

Stove Bolts and Rods 77 

Steve. Brass Founders' Drying .... 152 

Stove Brushes 41 

Stove Cement 77 

Stove Plate Facing 22-25-29 

Stove Plate Grinders 249 

Stove Plate Tumblers 225 

Stove Poli.sih .-545 

Stove Putty 62, 77 

Stover's Tumblers 219 

Strength of Iron 354 

Strength of Materials 356 

Strengtih of Metals .ir^ri 

Sturtevant Blowers 202 



THE S. OPERMAYER COMPANY 



Page 

Sturtevant Countershaft 203 

Sugar Sand 77 

Suggestions for Lining Cupola .... 188 

Sulky Ladles 346 

Sulphur 77 

Sundries 77-345 

Surfaeer and Smoother, S'ingle .... 125 

Swabs, Flax and Hemp 42 

Swabs, Obermayer Blacking 271 

Sweeping Brooms 48-49 

Switch Brooms 48-49 

Switch. Trolle^• 306 

Swiveled Type Truck Ladle 346 

System, Over Head Carrying 303-307 

Syste)u, Kailway Industrial. .328-320-330 



Table of Ardh Brick 

Table of Wedge Brick 

Table A\''liiting Cupolas 

Tails, Dove 

Talc, Georgia and Yellow 

Talc, North Carolina 

Talc, WJiite 

Taper Snap Flasks 

Tapers, Molders' Wax 

Tapping Bars and Chisels 

Tapping Spout 181, 182, 184, 

Telegraphic Code 305 

Tempering Receipts 

Tempering Steel 

Tensile Strength of Metal (per sq. 

in.) 

Terms 14, 

Terms Applied to Electric Units. 

Terms of Sales 

Test Cupola 

Testing Machine 

Text Books 

Thermometer (Bristol's Recording) 

Thompson's Clamps 

Three Motor Electric Traveler 

(Special) 

Three Motor Electric Traveler 

Ticeoleum 6-1, 

Tile 

Tilting Double Oblique Barrel 

Time, Phrases, etc 

Tinned Chaplets 108- 

Tin Parting Sand Dusters 

Tin Sprayers 

Tip Cars ' 

To Compute tllie Weight of Cast 

Iron 

Todd's Rumbler 

To Drill Hardened Steel 

Tongs, Crucible 

Tools, Grinding Machine 290 

Tools, Fillet 

Tools, Molders' : 15- 

Tools, Pneumatic 309-310, 



360 

360 

186 

111 

21 

23 

23 

100 

60 

214 

189 

369 

364 

354 

355 
368 

357 

16 

183 

294 

350 

277 
93 

339 

340 

77 

196 

229 

368 

111 

77 

8S 

330 

362 
164 
364 
157 
291 
115 
103 
346 



Page 
To Preserve Steel From Rust ... 364 

To Preserve Wire Ropes 357 

To Prevent Iron P'rom Rusting . . 362 

Torch, Blow ' 68 

Torch Wicks SO 

Torches, Wall and Hand 68-80 

To Remove Rust From Steel .... 364 

To Soften Steel 364 

To Solder Without Heat 364 

Tote Boxes 136 

To Temper Steel on One Edge 

Only 364 

To Temper Steel 'S'ery Hard 364 

Tracing. Fcn-wa.rding, etc 368 

Tracks 303-307. 328, 330 

Track Brooms 49 

Track Brushes 49 

Trade, "Announcement" 113 

Traffic, "Announcement" 342 

Tramways and Tracks 284 

Transfer Tables 282, 284 

Traveling Cranes 333-341 

Traveller, with Chain Block 334, 

Traveling Bracket Crane 333 

Trimmers, Wood 126-127 

Tripoli, Powdered 77 

Trollevs, Hose 318 

Trolley System 303-307 

Trolley Tracks 305 

Troughs, Spill 152 

Trucks, Core Oven 281 

Truck Ladles 213-214. 346 

Trucks, Steel 15-135 

Trucks, ^^'ooden Steel Frame .... 285 

Tubes, Hinge Ill 

Tumblers for ^^'et or Dry Rumbling 228 
Tumblers (for HeaAy Work) .... 228 
Tumblers (for Light or Medium 

Work) 219-227 

Tumblers for Brass Foundry . . . .163-164 

Tumbling Mills .' . . 15, 218-230 

'i umbling Stars 226 

Tumblers, Stove Plate 225 

Turntables 282-284 

Tuyere System 184 

Twisted Hay Roi>e 227 

u 

Ultimate 356 

Ultimate Compression 356 

ITltimate Shearing 356 

Ultinnate Tension 356 

Ihiiversal Saw Bench 123 

Universal Wood Trimmers 127 

X^seful Information 352 

Useful Rules and Tables o 59-361 



Vacuum ^Molding ^Machine, Brj'ans 

260-261 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



rage 
Valuable Practical Kec«pts and 

Compositions 808 

Valuable Tables 3")!) to 3GI 

\'alves, Air Hoist 315-316 

Valves, Mason Automatic 316 

\'arious Compositions in ('onin)un 

Use 358 

Vent Rotls " K»-2 

^'ents, \V'ax Tapers 60 

Vise, Pa/ttern Makers lli> 

Vitriol 77-345 

"Vulcan"Eniery ^^'lleel Grinders 288-289 

w 

Wall Torohes 80 

Wash, Core 24-28, 30 

Wash, Plumbai-o 23, 35 

Wa,sh, Silica 24 

\V ash, Steel Casting 24 

Water Tumblers 163-164 

Watering Pots 79 

Wax Tapers 60 

Wedges, Hardwood 76 

Weights and Measures 353 

Weights of Eiirtili, Hock, etc .... 362 

^^ eights of Metals 355 

Weig*htis per Cubic Foot of 3Ietal 355 
"NA'eiahts per Cubic Inch of Metal 355 

Welsh Mountain Clav 197 

Wet Blackings 20-24-28-30-32-33 

Wet Plumbago 20-24-28-30 32-33 

Wet Tumbling .Mills 223, 229 

\\lieeIbarro\vs 15-130-132-133-134 

AMiisk Brooms 81 

White Metal Pattern Letters 65-67 

Whitewashing Machines 301 

White Sand 77 

White Silica Rock 77-198 

^Miiting Cupolas 179-186 

Willow Charcoal 104 



rage 

Wire Baskets 87 

Wire Brooms 48 

Wire Brushes 46-52 

Wire Brushes, Patent 46 

Wire Cloth So 

Wire Coke Baskets 87 

Wire Cutter. Hand 300 

Viive Biddies 55-57 

Wire Ropes, Breaking Strength of 357 

Wire Popes, to Preserve 357 

Wire Sand Screens 89 

Wire Straightener, Blake 299 

Wire A\'heel Brushes 51-53 

Wood Cha rcoal 105 

Wood Dowell Pins 77, 95 

Wood F]ll(>t 113 

Wood Lathes 121 

Wood Mauls 70 

Wood Molding Boards 155 

Wood Trimmers 127 

"Wood \Vedges 76 

A^'ood Working INIachinery 121-125 

AVooden Buckets ". 79 

Wooden Fla.sk Clamps 158 

Wooden JNlallets 69 

Wooden Stave Tumblers 225 

Wooden Trucks 285 

Worm Geared Elevator 323-326 

Wrought Iron Chaplets 106-107 

X 

XX ^Mineral Facing 23 

XXX Mineral Facing 23 



Yale and Towne Chain Hoists 302-305 

Yellow Soapstone 21 

Yellow Talc 21 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




THE development and growth of any large enterprise is always cer- 
tain to contain many elements of historical valne. Conspicuous 
among the list of enterprises, it is interesting to note how the 
business of this Company, which had such a small beginning, has gradu- 
ally expanded, ever keeping abreast of its allied industries until it has 
finally reached its present proud position as the Largest Foundry Sup- 
ply House in the World. 
The S. Obermayer Co. was 
founded in September, 1874, 
by Mr. S. Obermayer, in a 
most modest manner, occu- 
pying a space not over 
twenty feet square, in a 
frame building on the east 
side of Broadwaj', in Cin- 
cinnati. The style of the 
firm was S. Obermayer & 
Co., and the business was 
principally confined to 
grinding coal used in mix- 
ing with molding sand. 
There was but one man 
employed, and Mr. Ober- 
mayer looked after the 
finances and the selling of 
the manufactured product. 
By severe diligence, close mr. s. obermayer. 

application, economy and hard work, he accumulated enough money to 
permit of enlargement, and the business was moved to Gest St. and C. H. 
& D. Ry., where a more commodious plant was secured. Mr. Oberma5'er 
at this time associated himself with a local capitalist and they then 
formed a company, the name being "The S. Obermaj-er Foundry Supply 
Mfg. Co." The business continued to grow and expand, many additions 
were made, and the goods became known to every foundryman in the 
country, and were recognized as the standard in quality everywhere, 
while the business methods of the Company, owing to prompt attention, 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




CINCINNATI PLANT 



liberal treatment and square dealing with its customers, placed it in that 
prominent position which it has ever since maintained. During the zenith 
of its prosperity, a most disastrous fire laid this large plant bare to the 
ground, and a new location was sought. Hardly were the ashes cold be- 
fore Mr. Obermayer started to build the present plant on Evans St., South 
of Eighth. Rare judgment was used in selecting the site, over six acres 
being secured with the best railroad facilities. In less than six months a 
new factory, with six times the capacity of the plant recently destroyed, 
was in full operation. 

In 1887 an immense 
seven story warehouse was 
erected, being the largest of 
its kind in this city. This 
warehouse has a storage ca- 
pacity of 20,000 barrels of 
Foundry Facings. The 
Company was re-organized 
in 1 89 1 with an increase of 
two and one half times its 
original capital stock and 
its style changed to the 
present title. 

At this time Mr. Obermayer, looking forward to the future, and having 
in mind the further developments and welfare of the business, bought 
four acres of ground in the city of Chicago, erecting the largest and most 

modern plant of its 
kind in the world. 
This plant is 400 ft. 
long by 100 ft. wide. 
In this factory was in- 
stalled the most mod- 
ern machinery for 
grinding and refining 
Plumbago and Fac- 
ings of all kinds, and 
since then many ad- 
CHicAGO PLANT ditions and improve- 

ments have been made. The factory is so situated between the Penna. 
R. R. and the C. B. & Q. Ry., with railway sidings from each, that all 
incoming and outgoing material is handled at its doors. 

In 1893 the mill at Larimer, Pa., was built for the manufacture of Sea 
Coal or Bituminous Facing. This plant is situated at the tipple of the 
celebrated Westmoreland Mines, where the best coal for gas and 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




CHICAGO OFFICE 



Facing purposes is 
procured. Within the 
past few years, the 
mill ha s been in- 
creased so that its 
present capacity for 
manufacturing Sea 
Coal Facing is over 
150 tons per day. 

In September, 1S98, 
Mr. S. Obermayer 
passed away, leaving 



his entire interests in 
charge of those whom 
he had trained, for 
many years, in the 
business. His dili- 
gence and thorough 
knowledge of the 
foundr)^ supply busi- 
ness and the knack he 
had of imparting this 
knowledge to those 
associated with him, 
left its strong impress, 
so that even after his 
death the business 




LARIMER PLANT 




continued to grow 
with unbounded suc- 
cess. In the manufac- 
ture of Foundry Fac- 
ings Mr. Obermayer 
had no peer. He 
knew how to manu- 
facture the best, and 
he knew how to sell 
his product. In ad- 
dition to his superior 
business qualifications 
he possessed those 
sterling personal char- 
acteristics which en- 



GENERAL OFFICES CIXCIXXATl PLANT 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



•deared him to all with whom he came iu contact, so that "None knew 
him but to love him." 

In 1900 a warehouse was 
opened in the city of Pittsburg, 
to supply the trade iu that 
section with all the articles 
■of our manufacture. Offices 
have also been established in 
all the larger cities in the 
Union, as well as in all the 
commercial centers of Europe. 
Obermaj'er's goods are known 
in all civilized countries of 
the world where iron or brass 
are melted. Through honor- 
able dealings and fair methods, 
and by manufacturing the desi 
and most reliable goods, the 
S. Obermayer Co. has grown 

from an humble beginning to its present supremacy, and is recognized 
as the largest of its kind in the world. 

A practical idea of its volume of business during the year 1902 may be 
obtained from the following actual figures which are taken from our 
records : 

Number of full carloads shipped during the year . . 2,940 

" " net tons " " " " . . 52,144 

" pounds " . 104,288,000 




PITTSBURG OFFICE AND WARlilluUSli 




CINCINNATI ENGINE ROOM NO. T 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




PREFACE 




THE numerous daily inquiries for prices and estimates which we are 
receiving, stimulated by the general revival of the iron industry, 
induces us to present and prepare for our friends and patrons our 
entirely new and complete descriptive catalogue and price list of all arti- 
cles needed in a modern Iron, Brass or Steel foundry. In compiling this 
catalogue our intention is to mention something regarding each and 
"' every tiling needed in your fo2indryy If we have failed in this effort, 
and should you require anything in the foundry not listed, please let us 
hear from you, as our aim is to supply you with all requirements for 
your foundry. 

We are the largest manufacturers of foundry facings and supplies in 
the world ; the largest importers and refiners of East India, Ceylon, Ital- 
ian and German Graphite in the United States and therefore are in a 
position to fill your orders promptly at lowest prices. 

Our goods have been on the market for over thirty years. They have 
been so improved, lately, that they are acknowedged to be the standard 
and best by the trade in general. We use the best and highest quality of 
crude material in the manufacture of our facings, and for this reason 
they produce the best results. All crude material is analyzed and tested 
before it enters into the process of manufacture. We have full confi- 
dence in the facings that we ship, and our guarantee goes with them ; 
they are to give good satisfaction or you do not have to pay for the goods. 

All orders are shipped the same day they are received. Our large 
storage and manufacturing capacities, with the favorable locations of our 
different plants, make our shipping facilities beyond comparison. 

Your continued patronage is the highest testimonial to the superior- 
ity of our manufactures and to our commercial integrity and promptiiess. 
We shall continue in our endeavors to render satisfaction. We will main- 
tain our reputation by selling and guaranteeing the best materials for the 
least money, and desire the trade to know zve will not be undersold by any- 
one. 

We keep in our employ practical molders who are thoroughly ac- 
quainted with the methods of manufacturing products from metals in 
all their diversity, whether steel, stove plate, green or dry sand castings, 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



brass, bronze or aluminum. Our facilities for handling and manufactur- 
ing are "up to date." Our superior machinery is especially adapted to the 
facing and blacking business, and the fact that we knozv our business v^zx- 
rants us to guarantee the quality of our goods, which have no superiors, 
and certainly no equals. 

We take this occasion to thank our friends, customers and patrons 
for their liberal patronage during the past thirty years, and we hope the 
quality of our goods will merit a continuance of your esteemed favors. 

We are Respectfully yours, 

The S. Obermayer Co. 



* 



Factories, Offices and Distributing Warehouses : 

Cincinnati, O., 641-657 Evans Street, 
Chicago, 111., Eighteenth & Rockwell Streets, 
Larimer, Pa., (Westmoreland Co.) 
Pittsburg, Pa., 35th & Charlotte Sts. 

BRANCH OFFICES: 

St>. Louis, Mo., Roe Building. 
Denver, Colo., Cooper Building. 
Detroit^, Mich., Majestic Building. 
Philadelphia, Pa., Land Title Building. 
Milwaukee, Wis., Majestic Building. 
San Francisco, Cal., 157 Montgomery St. 

FOREIGN OFFICES: 

Paris, London, Hamburg. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CINCINNATI PLANT 




The Largest^ Foundry Facing Factory in the World 

This Factory Covers Over Six Acres of Ground 
It is Situated on Evans Street, South of Eighth Street 



WE occupy 55,570 square feet of real estate, and use 90,000 square 
feet of floor space. 

Our railroad facilities are unsurpassed ; our private switch 
permits tracks through our entire plant, so that cars can be loaded or 
tiuloaded at our doors. 

We have, besides the Manufacturing Department, a warehouse build- 
ing seven stories high, which is 90 x 100 feet, in which to store our manu- 
factured products, so you can readily see we are in a position to carry ^ 
large stock of goods and to fill orders the same day they are received 
Visitors x\lways welcome. 
To visit our plant, take any Eighth street car going west. 

Long Distance Telephones, West 873 and West 1507 
Direct Telegraph Connections to the Offices 



THE S. OBERMAYER COI.IPANY 



CHICAGO PLANT 



w, 








'' 




^ 










«^fi|MH ^^H ^1 




t 




p^ 


^'r'-:^ 


i^piHIl 




j^^ 


^ffll 


■^ggin 


,=....jil 'Am 


21' Jii 

•...J-Ji 


a 




Pl| 


m 


Wmwmwm 




■1 




MP*'^^^ 


Bjial^iiita 




ff^ 


jg^R'T^^ 



THE most modern factor}^ for manufacturing Foundry Facings and 
Blackings in America. It covers over four acres of ground. We 
occupy 40,000 square feet of real estate, and use 65,000 square 
feet of floor space. It is situated on Eighteenth and Rockwell streets. 

How to Reach Us 

You can take Metropolitan Elevated R. R. (Douglas Park car) any- 
v.'here on the Union Loop, and ride to Western Avenue ; then walk two 
blocks north. 

Our switching facilities can not be excelled. We have an Eastern 
Line, the Pennsylvania R. R. Co., and two Western, C. B. & Q. R. R. Co. 
switches running into our factory buildings and warehouses. 

We are the only concern operating a foundr)'' facing factor}' in the 
West. 

Our Sample Rooms show everything needed in a modern foundry 
for either iron, steel or brass. 

Visitors alwavs welcome. 



Four Long Distance Telephones Private Switch Board 

Direct Telegraph Connections to Our Offices 

We have made extensive improvements in the way of new and 
'modern machinery recently in this plant. 



10 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



LARIMER PLANT 




Capacity, One Hundred and Fifty Tons per Day. 

Fifteen Hundred Carloads Shipped from this Plant During the Year 1902 

THIS Facing Factory is situated on the main line P. R. R. 22 miles 
east of Pittsburg, in the Youghiogheny district at the tipple of 
the Celebrated Westmoreland Coal Co. Mines, at Larimer, West- 
moreland County, Pa. This Coal is acknowledged to be the best known 
for foundry facing purposes. It contains more Carbon and less Szilphnr 
than any other coal. 

At our Larimer plant we have the only apparatus in this country for 
separating slate and other impurities from the coal. 

Our shipping facilities are unsurpassed. We operate our own en- 
gines for hauling and moving cars. 



Direct Telephone Connections, Irwin 61 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



11 



PITTSBURG PLANT AND WAREHOUSE 




THE most modern office and warehouse building in the East for 
handling Foundry Facings, Supplies and Equipments. This build- 
ing is situated at the corner of Thirtj'-fifth and Charlotte Streets, 
alongside the tracks of the Allegheny Valley Branch, of the Penn. R. R. 
The plant has ample space for handling stock of EVERYTHING 
NEEDED in a BRASS, IRON or STEElv FOUNDRY. Wire or tele- 
phone your orders. Should you desire to visit our plant take Butler 
Street or Penn. Ave. cars to Thirty-fifth Street, where we shall be 
pleased to welcome you. 



Direct Telegraph and Telephone Connections to Offices 

Direct Telephone Connections Irwin No. 6 1 ) to our Larimer Mill 

Pittsburg Office Telephones, Dell Telephone No. 24 Fisk, or Pittsburg &. Alle- 
gheny Telephone No. 324 Lawrence. 



12 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



LABORATORY OF THE S. OBERMAYER CO 

GOOD evidence is illustrated in a corner of the laboratory of the S. Ober- 
luayer Co., not only that greater exactness is demanded by foundrynien, 
but that they are insisting upon certain qualities being present in the ma- 
terial they purchase. 
The laboratory is not a deviation, as a certain journal termed it, but a necessity. 
Its present form is the result of improving and conceutraLing existing facilities in 
order to meet modern requirements. 

The importance of a careful examination and analysis of the crude stock enter- 
ing into the manufacture of foundry facings and the various commercial articles 
used in foundries, was early recognized by the late Mr. Ubermayer, who devoted 




considerable of his time to the study of chemistry, which resulted in the production 
of several facings now extensively used. For the last fifteen years the chemical 
work of the S. Obermayer Co. has been in charge of Mr. Herman Mende, who is a 
graduate of the University of Jena, Germany, where he was assistant at the miner- 
alogical and geological museum. 

The principal work at the Obermayer Company's laboratorv is of an analytical 
nature, which consists of examining the crude material, such as graphite, coke, 
bituminous facing, clay, charcoal, anthracite, sand, flour, rosin and other material 
which enters the foundry in various forms of manufactured articles. 

Experiments on a scientific basis are continually being made to improve pres- 
ent products and invent new ones, besides a helping hand is extended to customers 
if thiv should desire a chemist's assistance. 

The laboratory includes the latest and best instruments for the determination 
of graphite and carbon in various states. Half-shade polariscope for examination 
of other substances ; Microscope with latest features and attachments ; Mohr's bal- 
ances for determining specific gravity, not to mention other instruments which are 
necessary to a well equipped laboratory. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



13 




WE present to 3-011 what we term our " Combined Equipment and General 
Foundry Supply Catalogue No. 40," in which we desire to give you an idea 
of the latest improvements and labor saving devices connected with a 
modern and up-to-date foundry. We desire to call to your attention the fact that 
we can figure with you on " everything needed in a brass, iron or steel foundry." 



WE HAVE IN OUR EMPLOY FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT EXPERTS 

Who have entire charge of this special department, and they devote their entire 
time to all correspondence which relates to Cupolas, Cranes, Ladles, Tumbling 
INIills. etc., etc. 

We desire to advise our customers and friends that we are in a position to fur- 
nish you with Foundry Plans and Ideas of the latest and most improc'cd designs. 

We can furnish your foundry complete in all details, also supplying you, when 
necessary, with the plans for the building or for the Placing of the equipment, so that 
it will not only be a source of economy, but more convenient in every wav. 

With the list of goods mentioned, together w-ith our equipment department, 
we can furnish you with " all and everything needed in your foundry." 

Write us for special circulars. Advise us if you are experiencing anv trouble 
in the foundry —we will try to help you. We invite correspondence. All letters, 
will have our prompt ami personal attention. 

We desire foundrymen to advise us if they have any new ideas, plans or im- 
provements for foundry work, which we can place upon the market to the greatest 
advantage of all interested parties. 

We have been manufacturing Foundry Facings and Supplies for the past thirtv 
years, and our goods are known as the Best and Standard. Our Equipment De- 
p.\RTMEXT is not a new business with us, we having placed many of these goods on 
the market during our business career, but we are now in a far better position to- 
satisfy your wants in this department than any other concern in the rcorld. 

In sulunitting figures we do not expect to be the lowest, Init we will at all times 
guarantee our goods as represented — finished in the best possible manner — finished 
according to specifications furnished. The best material and workmanship enter 
into their manufacture, and thej- are built in a truly mechanical and practical man- 
ner. Each and every part is tested, and we know that every machine which you 
purchase from us will do the work in the manner intended. 

We thank you for your liberal i)alronage, and we hope the (piality of our goods 
and the service we have rendered you in the past will merit a continuance of vour 
valued commands. Yours verv trulv, 



The S. Obermayer Co. 



The Largest and Most Reliable Foundry 

Supply House in the World. 

Established 1874. 



Factories : 



Cincinnati, O. 
Chicago, 111. 
Pittsburg, Pa. 



14 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



REMEMBER. 



Prices subject to change without notice. 

All orders and contracts subject to de- 
lays, on account of strikes, car supply 
and other causes beyond our control. 

Prices named subject to a liberal dis- 
count. 

Quotations binding only for immediate 
acceptance. 

Cable address, " Esso," Chicago, 111., 
Cincinnati, O., or Pittsburg, Pa., U.S.A. 
All standard Codes used. 

We have direct telegraph and telephone 
connections to all our offices. 

TERMS : Net cash thirty days, unless 
by special agreement or contract other- 
wise specified. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



15 



Special Catalogues 



WE issue Special Catalogues and Circulars on the following and we 
would suggest that you write for any in which you are interested. 
In these catalogues we give you more general and detailed information : 

Holders' Tools . . . , Illustrated, with prices 

Wheelbarrows Iron, Steel and Wood for all uses 

Brass and Aluminum Supplies . . Illustrated with prices 

Core Machines " " " 

Sand Sifting Machines ..... " " " 

Tumbling and Cleaning Mills . . " " 

Molders' Brushes " " " 

Cupolas " " Capacities, etc 

Ladles " " Prices and Descriptions 

Core Ovens and Core Oven Fittings " " Descriptions 

Pneumatic Tools " " Prices and Descriptions 

Foundry Elevators " << << « 

Cranes " " Descriptions 

Air Hoists 

Trucks, Turntables and Core 

Oven Cars 

General Equipments ..... " " " 

Foundry Facings and Blackings " 

Obermayer Bulletin of Information " " 

We issue Special Circulars and Catalogues from time to time and we 
will be pleased to put your name on our mailing list. Send in your name 
and address. 



16 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SPECIAL ATTENTION 

If we please you, tell others ; 
If we don't, tell us. 

WE shall consider ourselves indebted to those who may inform us of 
any just complaint which they may have regarding our manu- 
factured products. We will thank them to call our attention 
to any faults or shortcomings, and we assure manufacturers and the 
trade that we shall investigate such matters promptly, also take special 
pains to rectify any wrong. "To err is human," therefore we hope you 
will never hesitate to advise us. We desire your trade and our object is. 
to furnish you with perfect goods and entire satisfaction. 

Conditions and Terms of Sales. 

PRICES mentioned are subject to a liberal discount, varying with the 
fluctuations of the market, and they are binding only at the time 
given. No quotations given by our salesmen are binding on us, sin- 
less the order is given to them at the time. Prices subject to change with- 
out notice. 

We necessarily send our catalogue to many with whom we have not 
had the pleasure of an acquaintance and all persons ordering goods from: 
us for the first time should accompany their orders with cash or satis- 
factory references, unless satisfactory financial rating is shown in the 
Commercial Agencies. P'or the same reason as the foregoing we must, 
decline to ship goods C. O. D. to strangers, unless they comply with the 
above request, because of the weight and bulk which would entail un- 
necessary additional expense in case of non-acceptance by the purchaser. 

Special quotations furnished when desired. 

Your inquiries will receive prompt, careful and thorough attention. 

We pack carefully and ship in merchantable condition, and our re- 
sponsibility ceases with such delivery at .shipping point. Claims for 
missing packages, overcharges or unusual breakage should be made oui 
the Transportation Companies. 

We contract through freight rates on lots of over 200 pounds at: 
lowest figures to all points. 

Our shipping facilities are unexcelled, shipping goods from our Cin- 
cinnati plant to the North, South and the INIiddle West ; shipping to 
the West and Northwest from our Chicago plant and shipping from our 
Pittsburg plant to all Eastern points. 

W^rite for our prices. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 17 



WE TAKE THE LIBERTY OF CALLING YOUR. 
ATTENTION TO THE FOLLOW- 
ING FACTS. 

THAT good facings, when properly used, are a source of profit to the 
manufacturer and a saving of time to the molder. 

That in making smooth, clean and good Castings, soft fluid 
iron, good sand, good molding and good facings are the elementary ne- 
cessities. 

That if one kind of our Facings does not suit your sand, we have 
■others that will. 

That we sell good molding sand for every description of castings. 

That we have done more to assist in the saving of labor and mate- 
rial in the cleaning and improving the appearance of castings, and in the 
reduction of prices than all similar establishments in the country. 

That we are well acquainted with the wants of Foundrymen, and are 
prepared to furnish everything in their line with promptness and dis- 
patch. 

That we meet the trade personally and thus have opportunities of 
•deriving valuable information about their requirements in different sec- 
tions. 

That, being the manufacturers, we are able to offer DEALERS and 
HEAVY BUYERS the most flattering inducements as regards special 
prices. 

That we contract freight by rail or water at the very lowest figures. 

That foundrymen needing molders and other mechanics can have 
their wants supplied by us, free of charge, by informing us of the nature 
of the work to be done. We will always endeavor to secure skilled 
workmen for you. 

That foundrymen in doubt as to the kind of Facings required for 
their work, and those desiring any information connected with the busi- 
ness, can obtain cheerfully what knowledge or advice we may possess, by 
corresponding with us. We offer our best efforts to them from our 
knowledge and that of experienced foundrymen in this and other cities. 



18 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FACTS WORTH KNOWING 

THAT we are the largest and most reliable foundry supply house in 
the world. 

That we are the largest importers and refiners of East India or Cey- 
lon Plumbago, Graphite and Silver Lead. 

That we employ skilled mechanics only in our establishment, among 
whom are molders and experts in the various branches of their trade. 

That the United States Government uses our Facings exclusively, 
and in letting contracts specifies the quality of material wanted upon the 
standard of our manufactures, using our name in their specifications. 

That our concern is the only establishment where you can get a com- 
plete assortment of Brass Pattern Letters. 

That in orders placed in carload lots you will save twenty-five to 
fifty per cent in freights and besides we make a special discount on such 
quantities. 

That we do not sell Facings in smaller quantities than one barrel. 

We pack in tight barrels, paper lined, and make no charge for them. 

Special freight rates secured. 

Facings and Blackings are often condemned without a fair trial. The 
molder should exercise patience and perseverance in applying them and 
judgment in pouring the metal. Don't condemn them at the first unsatis- 
factory trial. It is likely you have not used them properly. When you 
are in doubt, write to us for directions, and they will be cheerfully fur- 
nished. 

That our plant at lyarimer is the largest and best equipped plant of 
its kind for the manufacture of Sea Coal or Bituminous Facing. 

That our plant at Chicago is the latest and best equipped factory for 
the making of all kinds oi foundry facings in the country. 

That we fill all orders for the Eastern trade from our Pittsburg ware- 
house. 

That orders are shipped from the nearest factory to your foundry, 
giving you the advantage in time and freight. 

That in shipments going a long distance we can save you money in 
freight charges by making complete shipments of Equipments, Facings 
and Supplies all in one car. 

You receive dollar for dollar from us. 

We offer you the most liberal terms. 

We make prompt shipments. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



19 



Transportation Companies are responsible for the goods after our 
delivery, in good order, to them, but we are always willing to aid our 
customers in settlement of any claims for loss or damage while in transit. 

Should there be any loss in transit make your claim to them. 

Quotations subject to change without notice, and all contracts are 
contingent upon strikes, unavoidable delays and circumstances beyond 
our control. 

A cheap thing is seldom good and a good thing is .'^eldom cheap. 

If you should desire to telegraph us use either our Telegraphic Code 
or A. B. C. Code. 

Foundrymen or Holders desiring information should communicate 
direct with us. 

Our entire tonnage exceeds the tonnage of all others combined. 

Our No. 40 catalogue is the most complete of its kind in this line of 
business. 

Always keep all Facings in a dry place. 

On your orders always designate definitely by figure or letter the article in 
mind, thus making known your wants, which will avoid mis- 
takes and facilitate filling your requirements. 

WE HAVE " EVERYTHING YOU NEED IN YOUR FOUNDRY " 




CINCINN.\TI ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 



20 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FOUNDRY FACINGS AND BLACKINGS 

Process of Manufacture and Quality 

EVERY foundryman is interested in good Facings and Blackings, and 
no article in the market can we call to mind that varies so much in 
quality as these. Raw material of the basest impuritj^ is sometimes 
utilized by unreliable manufacturers and offered at temptingly low prices 
and guaranteed as A No. i. But poor facings will produce poor castings, 
and they are dear at any price ; that is self-evident. Our goods have been 
pre-eminent for more than thirty years — they require no introduction. 
Over six thousand foundrymen use them daily. 

Our new and improved machinery for the reduction of material into 
blackings grinds them into an impalpable dust. Blackings and facings 
reduced to that desirable texture should be demanded. Coarse blackings 
are the cause of much dissatisfaction and of considerable expense ; they 
result in too much waste in the "shakings " that are left, which must be 
thrown away. 

Our Facings and Blackings are ground from the purest and best se- 
lected material only, and our Bolted Facings are finer than flour. We 
employ a chemist who analyzes all the material we manufacture ; should 
any fall below our approved standard of purity and excellence, it is 
promptly rejected. High grade goods have made our reputation, and 
to maintain this standard is our constant endeavor. 

Our Sea Coal or Bitiiminoiis Facings are ground from the best qual- 
ity of gas coal and contain neither slate nor sulphur (these being 
eliminated by a process of our own invention) but are rich in Hy- 
dro-carbon gases, and are at least twenty-five per cent stronger than any 
other coal facings. They are ground fine and uniform, and should be 
mixed with the sand in proportion of one shovel of coal facing to twelve 
or fifteen shovelfuls of sand for medium and light castings, and of one 
shovel of coal facing to nine or ten of sand for heavy castings. 

Such firms as are located adjacent to a railroad or have switching 
facilities, and who are provided with a bin or other proper receptacle, can 
save money by ordering these facings in carloads in bags. We are ship- 
ping large quantities to firms having such conveniences. Foundrymen 
should please bear in mind that this advantage is only vouchsafed to those 
who are so situated. 

Something is needed that will prevent the sand of the mold from 
being burned by the molten metal ; that will cause the casting to 
" peel " readily ; that will permit the casting to be delivered from the 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 21 



mold with a " slick," smooth surface and a bright color ; and in order 
to do this, the facing used must be refractory ; something that will nei- 
ther burn or run before the molten metal at the time of pouring ; it must 
adhere firmly to the surface of the mold, and part well, or '' peel" readily 
from the casting; it must admit of being smoothed or " slicked " in the 
finishing of the mold ; finally, it must give the casting a uniform bright 
color. Plumbago (or black lead) blacking or facing, if of good quality 
and properly prepared, contains the above requisites. It will do it well 
and cheaply, and enough of the expense of dressing castings will be 
saved to more than pay for the blacking. 

Our Georgia or Yellow Talc 

Is absolutely pure, and will not wash when used in moderate quan 
tity. It contains no marble dust, oyster shells or other unmarket- 
able trash to make it sell cheaply. Good for hollowware and other 
light castings. 

Our Selected Charcoal Facing 

Is ground from hard and heavy wood — no mixture of anthracite to 
make it weigh heavily. Good for core blacking, for returning pat- 
terns and on light work. 

Our Pine Charcoal Facing 

Is a splendid facing for brass and bronze work, and it is sometimes 
preferred as a Return facing. No other establishment but ours 
grinds pure white pine charcoal. 

Our Coke Facing and Blacking 

Is ground from the pure and genuine Connelsville Lump Coke. It 
is excellent for general and dry sand or loam work. 

Our Rhode Island Facings 

Are pure and unadulterated ; they are too well known to require 
comment, having been used by the leading foundries for the last 
thirty-five years, and being fully up to the standard at the present 
time, and at greatly reduced prices, merit your consideration. 

Our Peerless Heavy Machine Facing or Blacking 

Is a graphitic coal; it is unequaled for all classes of work, and espe- 
cially on all machine work, where fine, smooth castings are desired. 
We can truthfully say Peerless Facing or Blacking will satisfy you. It 
has a heavy Black-Lead body and is composed entirely of fire proof 



22 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



ingredients, which, with their different properties, compose the very 
best heavy lacing or blacking o" the market. It will not run before 
the iron; it can be "slicked" vithout adhering to the trowel, and it 
will make the smoothest, brightest and best colo7'ed casting possible 
with the use of a facing or blacking. We heartily recommend it for 
all kinds of work and if not entirely satisfactory in every particular 
3'ou can hold it subject to our order. 

Our Peerless Stove Plate Facing 

Is giving splendid satisfaction. We have introduced it in stove 
foundries in all parts of the country, and in all kinds of sand. Ever)'- 
where the result has been the same. A smoother, brighter and better 
peeled Casting was never obtained with any other facing. We are 
informed by customers that they accomplish this result with a saving 
of at least 25 per cent in facing. 

Our Pure Mineral Facing 

Is ground from pure graphitic coal. It is good for the heaviest and 
lightest work. Do not confound it with the XX Mineral Facing. 

Our **Blackstone*' Heavy Machine Facing and Blacking 

Is used, not only for the heaviest class of work but also for the light- 
est. On the latter it need not be slicked; on the former it may also be 
rubbed into or brushed on the mold with the hand, or with a camels 
hair brush. This Facing and Blacking is extensively used on fur- 
nace and rolling-mill work. The United States Gover^iment uses it 
in its arsenals and ivorkshops, and it is used by all the railroad 
foundries in the country. This is a good Blacking for loam and dry 
sand work. It is also very good as a heavy stove plate facing. 

Our Garland Stove Plate Facing 

Is a fireproof and a magnificent facing. It will not stick, wash or 
cut under the gate, and it peels easily. 

Our German Crucible Clay 

Is used as a foundation facing in the place of lime or cement, in a 
great number of the largest and best stove foundries in the United 
States. It assists in making very smooth castings. 

Our Reliance Facing 

Is an excellent facing for general work, including sinks, car- 
wheels, etc. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Our "H. B. B." and *T &. C.*' Blackings 

Are intended for heavy work and for loam and dry sand castings. 

Our Founders* Peerless Perfect Wash 

Is used on very particular cores and on heavy castings that are de- 
signed to be extra smooth ; also on brass, dry sand work and espe- 
cially on cylinders. 

Our Esso Plumbago Core Wash 

Is splendid for large or small cores. 

Our XX Mineral 

Is good on car wheels, for light and medium weight work. When 
Blackings are " sticky " or curl under or follow the trowel, let the 
molder dust a little charcoal over them very lightly ; or, if more 
convenient, he can mix a little common low grade flour into the bag 
with the blacking before dusting on the mold. He will thus be en- 
abled to slick it more readily or to return the pattern without fear of 
the mold adhering to it. 

Our American Graphite, 

Which we placed on the market ten years ago, has deservedly at- 
tained great favor as a general utility Blacking for all purposes, and 
where work is not so particular it is giving good satisfaction at a 
lower cost than either Silver or German Lead. It is a pure Plum- 
bago, works free and easy, and it will stand the iron without cutting 
or washing, which produces good, clean castings. By examining the 
samples and trying them on the sand, by the side of other facings, 
you will find it a most economical facing to use, owing to its fine- 
ness and heavy body. We have modified it, making four adaptations. • 
The "sticky" we denominate No. i; that which "slicks" best 
and is the least " sticky," we denominate No. 4. Of course Nos. 2 
and 3 are between the two extremes. 

Our North Carolina Talc 

Is not recommended as a facing, but as a lubricator. It is of pure 
white color, and the finest grade is called French Chalk, for leather 
finders, druggists, kid glove dealers, etc. 

Our Brilliant Facings, 

Of which there are three grades, whose refractory powers are modi- 
fied in accordance with the nature of the castings desired, were iti- 



24 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



vented and patented by our Mr. Obermayer while experimenting with 
various chemicals which he used in blacking molds for steel castings. 

Brilliant No. 1 

Will withstand a white heat without running before the metal. It 
forms a surface which resists the heat like a Salamander, the result 
being a clean scale when the casting becomes cold. It is a splendid 
blacking and dusting facing for general work. It can easily be 
" slicked," does not wash, and peels readily when the casting be- 
comes cold. It is excellent for blacking rolls and other heavy work. 

Brilliant No. 2 

Is the best stove plate facing ever invented. Many stove manufac- 
turers use no Return or Charcoal facing with it, but return pat- 
tern directly upon it. It leaves a beautiful color and finish on the 
casting ; it does not wash or run before the iron ; does not burn un- 
der the gate or sprue, and peels the sand readily, also permits the 
castings to grow cold quickly. For extra fine work you should dust 
our Return Facings very lightly over this facing. We recommend it 
heartily to Stove Manufacturers. 

Brilliant No. 3 

Is a splendid facing for medium or light work, and it answers well as 
a stove plate facing. 

Our Steel Casting Wash 

Is one of Mr. Obermayer's discoveries. It is, as its name implies, a 
perfectly indestructible blacking for steel castings and for steel con- 
verters. 

Our Silica Wash 

For steel castings, is absolutely pure. It is the very best on the mar- 
ket and is used in almost all the steel foundries in the United 
States. 

No charge for Trial Samples of any kind. 





THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 25 



TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF STOVE 
PLATE CASTINGS 

Our Stove Plate Facings have been on the market for the past 
thirty years, and they have proven themselves all that we claimed for 
them, that is the VERY BEST. Every Stove Mokler in the country is 
familiar with our brands of STOVE PLATE FACINGS, and he knows 
how to use them to the best advantage. 

Our Stove Plate Facings are finely ground so there are no shak- 
ings, all the Facing passing through the Dust Bags. In order to make 
perfect Stove Plate Castings, two Facings are essential, a top or Heavy 
Facing dusted on the mold to cover the pores of the Sand, a light or 
Return Facing dusted on the top or Heavy Facing to prevent the pattern 
from " Sticking" when the pattern is " returned or printed back." 

In ordering Stove Plate Facing state whether your vSand is "Open " 
or " Close." 

We give you below the names of our well known brands of Stove 
Plate Facings. 

TOP OR HEAVY FACINGS LIGHT OR. RETURN FACINGS 

XXX Heavy Stove Plate Facing National Return Facing 

Brilliant Stove Plate Facing Eagle Return Facing 

Esso Stove Plate Facing Peerless Return Facing 

India Silver Lead Facing Prepared Charcoal Facing 

Fire Proof Facing White Pine Charcoal Facing 

In conjunction with the above Facings BOLTED CEMENT is 
dusted on near the sprue or gate of the mold. This will prevent the 
iron from " Washing'" at that point. 

Our Stove Plate Facings have been endorsed at various meetings of 
the National Stove Manufacturers' Associations as the Standard of 
Quality. 

If You Want Good Clean Stove Plate Castings Use " Obermayer's " 
Stove Plate Facings 



26 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




NATIONAL RETURN OR LIGHT FACING 



For Stove Plate and Light Castings 



IN this branch of the Fachig business we pride ourselves on making 
the finest and most complete line manufactured. When castings are 

wanted particularly smooth, bright, and of a uniform color, it is neces- 
sary to return the pattern. Our Return Facings will not stick to the pat- 
tern, while they aid the first or heavy Facing. The particular benefit de- 
rived from their use is in making a bright, smooth casting, of uniform 
color, true to the pattern. This can not be obtained by the use of 
Charcoal. We have RETURN Facings for all classes of work and all 
kinds of sand. When the Heavy or First Facing is put on the mold 
it should be allowed to settle before the Return Facing is shaken over 
it. With the use of our Return Facings a quick return of the pattern 
is not as necessary as it is with the use of Charcoal Facing. Return 
Facings must be kept in a dry place as they absorb moisture very 
rapidly. We make Facings for both open and close sand, therefore 
it is always best to let us know what kind of sand you use. The 
very best results are obtained by following these directions. If your 
sand is poor use our German Crucible Clay as a foundation Facing. 
The moisture which this Facing absorbs from the surface of the 
sand, and the heat of the iron, forms a crust which readily scales from 
the casting, and our National Return Facing is found to be the best 
for this purpose. 

Use XXX Heavy Stove Plate with above to secure good castings. 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 27 




DRY AND LOAM SAND BLACKING 

IT is necessary, very often, for foundrymen to make castings in Dry 
or lyoam Sand, and to secure the best results the item of a good, 
first-class Blacking should be given serious consideration. 

For the above classes of work we recommend a Blacking that will 
withstand or resist the action of the hot iron when it is poured, which 
will permit the casting when it is taken from the sand to peel readily 
and retain a good blue color. To secure these results for a foundry- 
man the manufacturers must understand the quality of material which 
is suitable for this class of work. We have made a particular study 
and have given careful attention to castings which have been made 
in Dry and Loam Sand, and we are in a position to furnish the right 
kind of Blacking. We have prepared a SPECIAL DRY SAND 
BLACKING, which takes in consideration all the vital parts with 
which one has to contend in this class of work, and it is known as 
our SPECL\L DRY SAND BLACKING, which we guarantee to give 
full and entire satisfaction. 

When you are interested, write us and we shall be pleased to sub- 
mit samples and prices. 

This DRY SAND BLACKING is the best and most successful 
material which has ever been placed on the market. It's noi cheap 
but iCs good. 

Obermayer's Blacking Swab is used successfully for distributing 
this blacking on the mold. 

Use No. 702 Ceylon Plumbago on Green Sand work, especially 
where Heavy Machine Castings ^Yith smooth surface is desired. 



28 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



T 



CLASSIFICATION AND USES OF FACINGS 
AND BLACKINGS 

O enable foundrymen at a glance to select the brands of Facings 
or Blackings suitable for the size, nature and quality of castings 
which they may desire to make, we classify them as follows : 



For Cast Iron, Gas, and Water Pipe: 

Best Coke, Lehigh, Reliance and Charcoal. 

For Lightest Machine, Brass Castings and Hollow-ware: 

Talc, Soapstone or Charcoal, Pure Peerless Plumbago. 

For Cores : 

Charcoal, Coke, Blackstone, Anthracite, Plumbago or Graphite, Peer- 
less' Perfect Wash and Esso Plumbago Core Wash. 

For Agricultural Implements and Medium Weight Castings: 

Brilliant No. 3 Plumbago, Reliance, Blackstone, Pure Mineral, XX 
Mineral and Peerless Plumbago. 

For Heavy Machinery, Rolling Mills, Car Wheels, Ingots, Blast 
Furnaces, Etc. : 

Founders' Perfect Wash, Brilliant No. 1, " H. B. B." and " F. & C." 
Plumbago, Blackstone, Peerless Perfect Wash, Esso Plumbago Core 
Wash and American Graphite. 

For Car Wheels: 

XX Mineral, Reliance, Blackstone and Special Car Wheel Facing. 

For Loam and Dry Sand Work : 

Reliance Blacking, Peerless Perfect Wash, Esso Plumbago Core 
Wash, Pure Ceylon Plumbago and Special Dry Sand Blacking. 

For Steel Castings and Steel Converters: 

Brilliant No. i, our vSpecial Steel Casting Wash and Silica Wash. 

For Brass Castings: 

Charcoal, Carbon, East India Silver Lead or Ceylon Plumbago and 
Georgia Talc. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



29 



For Stove Plate or Piano Castings, Light and Heavy Facings 
are Used as Follows: 



First or Heavy 

Brilliant No. 2 Plumbago. 
Blackstone Heavy Machine. 
XXX Heavy Stove Plate. 
Garland Stove Plate. 
American Graphite. 
Esso Heavy Stove Plate. 



Light or Top or Return 

Superfine National Return. 

National Return. 

Eagle Return. 

Phoenix or Carbonized Return. 

Selected Charcoal. 

Peerless Return. 



In some parts of the United States either German Crucible Clay, 
Foundation Facing or Prepared Bolted Cement are used in addition to 
the Light and Heavy Facings on Stove Plate. These are dusted 
directly upon the Sand to fill up the pores and to draw dampness. 

For Hollow-Ware Castings: 

Yellow Talc, Ceylon Plumbago and sometimes extra Fine Sea Coal. 

For Cannoi\ or Cylinder Stoves and Kettles: 

Our celebrated Cannon Stove Barrel Facing applied with a camel's 
hair brush and our Peerless Plumbago. Sometimes a mixture of 
Talc and fine Pure East India Plumbago. Sea Coal is al.so mixed 
with the Sand on this class of work. 

Sea or Bituminous Coal Facings 

Are invariably used in machine foundries in addition to the black- 
ings. The object of their use is to assist in peeling a casting as 
well as to vent the mold. They are mixed in with the sand and 
in machine foundries extensively used mixed with the sand for 
making cores. Put yourself in correspondence with us regarding 
Facings and Blackings. 





30 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PRICES ON FOUNDRY FACINGS AND BLACKINGS 



Founders' Perfect Wash . lo cents per lb. 

Peerless " " 8 " 

Esso Plumbago Core Wash 6 " 

Brilliant No. i Facing, patented July 26, 1884 63^^ " 

No. 2 " " " " ....... A}4 " 

Peerless Plumbago 3)^ " 

Steel Casting Wash 5 " 

"H. B. B." Blacking A% " 

"F. & C." Blacking 3% " 

American Graphite .... 3 " 

Rhode Island Facing and Blacking, ist quality 3 " 

" " " " " 2d qviality 2% " 

Reliance Facing 2^^ " 

Pure Mineral Facing 3 " 

Blackstone, Heavy Machine (a Carbonized Lead) 3 " 

Providence, R. I., Heavy Machine 3 " 

Peerless, " " 3 " 

Esso, " " 3 ■' 

XXX Heavy Stove Plate Facing 3 " 

Peerless Stove Plate 3 " 

Brilliant " " -3 " 

Superfine National Return Facing 3 " 



Regular " " " 

Improved " " " 

" Eagle " " 

" Peerless " " 

Coke Blacking and Facing (Hand-Picked, 72-hour Connelsville) 

Commercial Coke " 

Selected Charcoal " 

White Pine " '• 

Prepared Charcoal " 

Lehigh " 

Anthracite " 

"XX Mineral Facing 



3 
3 
3 
3 
^Va 

3 
3 
2 

1)2 
2 



North Carolina Soapstone (Pure white) or Talc 1% " 

Yellow " " " iJ€ " 

Pennsylvania " << <. ^y^ u 

Georgia or Cream " .< » ij^ " 

Sea Coal or Bituminoas Facing .... $1.00 per bbl. of 200 lbs. 
Sea " " " " in carloads. Prices on application. 

Bolted Sea Coal F'acing i " " 

German Crucible Clay \% " 

Prepared Bolted Cement i)^ " " 

Foundation Facing 2 " " 

Sea Coal or Bituminous Facings shipped in carloads direct from nearest plant. 

Above prices in original barrels ; in less quantities, add 2 cents per lb. 

For prices on Plumbago, see page 36. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



31 



A LITTLE LIGHT ON A DARK SUBJECT 




"ESSO PLUMBAGO" 



32 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 




POINTERS ABOUT FACING 
AND SAND 

I. The gases in molding sand pass out when 
iron is poured into a mold. 

2. When gases pass up through the iron, it is because the sand is 

rammed too hard or it is not properly vented. 

3. Steam accumulated under liquid iron will raise and cause blow holes. 

4. Too much water used in mixing sand creates surplus steam when 

the metal is poured into the mold. 

5. When iron bubbles or boils, the gases are passing off the wrong 

way. 

6. Iron naturally seeks a soft bed. If poured on a hard bed it will 

bubble and fl}'. 

7. If there is not a good opportunity for gas and steam to escape down- 

wards, it is seldom that there is pressure or body of iron strong 
enough to keep them from passing up through the iron, and 
thereby causing a casting to blow or be scabbed. 

When iron bubbles or boils in a mold, it will make a scab. 

Too much venting will seldom do any harm, but hard ramming may 
cause all kinds of trouble. 

Whenever hard ramming is required, it should be done on the out- 
side portion of a mold. 

Dry sand molds, as a general thing, should be rammed harder than 
green sand molds. 

12. The rammer should never be permitted to strike a pattern when 

ramming up a mold. 

13. The narrowest point of the mold fitted is the one which should be 

rammed the hardest. 

14. Too much depth of sand in ramming will be apt to make swells on 

the 'side of a casting unless well gaggered and strong sand is 
used. 

15. Any bottom section of a mold that is covered rapidly with iron, so 

as to have a pressure upon it, will stand harder ramming than 
where it is to be covered over slowly. 

16. Never patch a mold with a tool when you can patch it with your 

hand or finger. 

17. The le.ss sleeking in order to properl}* finish a mold, the better will 

be the casting. 

18. A hard surface sleeked mold is apt to cause cold shut and thin scabs 

on a casting. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 33 



19. Never sleek the mold twice where once will do. 

20. A close mixture of loam or dry sand is very liable to scab, while if 

it is too open, the mold will not stand the dropping or w^ashing 
effect of the iron when poured. 

21. If No. 702 Plumbago is used as a blacking and rubbed on with the 

hand, you will prevent scabbing, and the casting will be bright, 
smooth and peel off clean. 

22. A cold shut casting is harder to deal with than a scabbed one. 

23. Scabs can be chipped off, but to obviate cold shuts has puzzled many 

a molder. 

24. Dry sand or loam molds, if not thoroughly dried, generally cause a 

casting to become scabbed. 

25. Using the facing sand too strong cau.ses cold shut or streaked cast- 

ings. 

26. Wet blackings, dry sand or loam work should be mixed with 

molasses water instead of clay. It should be mixed gradually 
leading up from paste. Add more water until proper consistency 
is secured. 

27. A casting poured hot will finish up cleaner than one poured dull, but 

a casting poured with dull iron will take a greater strain or 
weight to break it than one poured with hot iron, but b}- using 
No. 702 Ceylon Plumbago or Esso Plumbago Core Wash you 
can pour the iron as hot as you desire and as soon as you tap the 
iron. 

28. For ornamental or small brass castings, use New Process Brass Sand. 

If convenient put the sand through a No. 60 riddle. 

29. When pouring off after night, use white Soapstone or Flour aroun-d 

the gates. 

30. Use our XXX Heavy Stove Plate for bottom and National Return 

for top facing to keep the pattern from sticking. These make 
"up-to-date" castings and are the finest castings in the world. 

31. If 5'ou want a good "all-round" facing for a jobbing Foundry that 

can be used as a heavy dust, or as a wet blacking (when mixed' 
wuth molasses or clay water) use our Brilliant Facing. It makes \ 
the castings as clear as a mirror. It makes an excellent F.vciXG 

for STOVE plate CASTINGS. 

32. Always see that your gates are cut before closing your cope or 

clamping the flask. 

33. After closing flask note carefully that same is weighted and well 

clamped. 

34. When it is possible to make castings in green sand they are prefer- 

able to those made in loam or drv sand. 



34 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PLUMBAGO, BLACK LEAD, OR GRAPHITE 

THESE three names mean essentialh^ the same thing, though it 
may seem strange to the enlightened citizens of this country 
that, aside from most of those who have adopted scientific pro- 
fessions, a dense ignorance exists as to the nature and uses of Graphite. 
Thus many molders maintain it to be unhealthy because it is Black 
Lead (probably associating the name of White Lead with it). It is 
not Lead, but simply a condition of carbon or pure coal, of which the 
finest and purest is the diamond, which, being crystallized, is the most 
perfect specimen. Like every article of commerce, it is graded in qualit)' 
and has its different degrees of purity. The best quality of Graphite 
in its crude state is mined in the Island of Ceylon in the East 
Indies. A very fine Graphite is mined in New York State and in 
Canada, but this contains large quantities of quartz, which must be 
separated from the Graphite, entailing additional cost. German Black 
Lead of various grades is a graphitic clay. Our Blackstone Facings 
are ground from a graphitic coal. We presume that graphite, in 
sundry stages of purity, is found in every country on the globe, but 
not in a remunerative quantity or quality. We are direct importers 
of the Ceylon Graphite and German Black Eead, and besides have the 
most extensive establishments in this or any other country to employ 
and convert native graphite to manifold purposes. Refined Graphite, 
which is reduced to an impalpable dust, is denominated Electrotyping 
Plumbago. Then we have the refined, floated, foliated or flaky graphite 
from which every particle of foreign matter is removed, notably any 
grit it may have contained. This article, when reduced, is denom- 
inated Lubricating Plumbago, and in quality varies from the absolutely 
perfect to grades often very imperfect. It is used for many purposes, but 
this article has nothing to do with any of them except those pertinent to 
the iron trade. As a dry lubricant for blowing cylinders for rolling-mill 
machinery or any machinery that is liable to get hot or squeaky, it is in- 
valuable, and acknowledged indispensable. It enters into the manufacture 
of crucibles for the melting of steel, iron, and brass. Castings of every 
description are made almost perfect by applying it in its proper condition 
to the molds. Of these conditions PURITY is paramount. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



35 



Ceylon Plumbago 

There is no doubt that pure CEYLON PLUMBAGO, with a heavy 
body, will assist to produce the cleanest and brightest castings. 

Pure Ceylon Plumbago 

If properly used on the mold will save you money in cleaning and 
dressing the castings, alter they leave the mold. We furnish the best 
grades suitable for your class of work, and we guarantee every pound of 
our CEYLON PLUMBAGO to satisfy you in every respect. It will 
give your castings a good blue-steel color. 

East India Silver Lead 

Most suitable for green sand or dr}^ sand work. We make the grades 
and qualities suitable for your purpose. Our experience of over thirty 
years in the business is of some value to you. 

Founders' Perfect Core Wash 

This is applied to the mold after mixing it with Molasses Water. It 
forms a hard skin or veneer on the mold, which does not run before the 
molten metal. 

It is intended for dry sand and skin dried molds and for painting 
large cores. 

•'Esso'* Plumbago Core Wush 

The best Core Wash ever put on the market. Cores can be dipped 
or painted with Camel Hair Brush. Mix this Esso Core Wash with 
molasses water, and thin down to consistency of thick cream. 

We are the largest importers of Ceylon Plumbago in the United 
States. We give you the best values 





36 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



INDIA SILVER LEAD AND EAST INDIA PLUMBAGO 

For Foundry Uses 

-i^'o- 914 I pQi- i^ggyy castings 10 cents per lb. 

o- 913 ( Special heavy mining machine castings ... 8 

^* ^^/ f Medium weight castings 7^ 

or 716 j & t> 

^°- 9f Kight castings 1% 

or 728 j -^ » » I ^ 

o- 909 ( General iobbing work 6 

or 710 j ■' ^ 

No. 905 \ ggg^ Plumbago Core Wash 6 

or 712 I '- 

No. 911 \ pQ^„-,^|gj-s' Peerless Perfect Core Wash ... 10 
or 732 j 

Above prices in barrel lots. 

In less quantities, add 2 cents per pound. 



PLUMBAGO— GRAPHITE— BLACK LEAD 

For Electrotyping, Lubricating, Etc. 

Electrotyping Graphite (molding) 35 cents per lb. 

" " (polishing) 40 

Esso Perfect Flake L,ubricating Graphite 25 

Stove Polish Plumbago 10 

German Black lycad 3 

American Graphite No. i 3 

No. 2 3 

Paint Graphite No. i 4 

" " No. 2 2 

Special prices in large quantities. 

All Plumbago packed in good strong barrels, paper lined. 

Barrels contain 500 pounds. 

Half barrels contain 300 pounds. 

Kegs contain loo pounds. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



37 




**ESSO'' PERFECT LUBRICATING PLUMBAGO 

^T^HIS is Nature's own perfect lubricant. It is merely Ceylon Plum- 
-*- bago, reduced to flake, with all impurities removed. 

"Esso" Perfect Lubricating Plumbago can be used successfully 
wherever friction exists. It is not affected by heat or cold, or acids. It 
can be mixed with oil or water and applied wherever a lubricant is 
required. 

Within the past few years we have installed special machinery for 
the production of this material, and we can furnish same to the trade or 
consumer in an)- quantit}'. 

Prices in bbl. lots 15 cents per lb. 

" one half bbl. lots 18 " 

" one hundred pounds 25 " " 

" in cans 30 " " 

To the Dealers: 

We are prepared to furnish this Lubricating Graphite, using your 
own brands if you desire. 



NOTICE 



We manufacture a special grade for use in blowing-engines in blast 
furnaces, also for steel manufactures. 



38 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRISTLE BRUSHES 

For Foundry and All Other Purposes 

IT is a positive fact that we are manufacturing the very best quaUties 
of Molders* Hard and Soft Brushes. 

In our experience of over thirty years in the Foundry Suppl}' busi- 
ness, we have found that the best goods are the cheapest, and this appHes 
in particular to Holders' Brushes. 




CINCINNATI PtANT WAREHOUSE NO. 2 



A good brush will last three times as long as a cheap one, and it will 
do the work better. 

A molder's poor brush is dear at any price. 
All our brushes are made under our own supervision. 
Special brushes made to order ; send us your drawings. 
We make steel wire brushes of all kinds. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



39 



MOLDERS' SOFT OR DUSTING BRUSHES 

Russia Bristle Brushes are Sent Unless Otherwise Specified 

We can furnish any Style, Size or Grade you Desire 




You may search the world and you 
will not find a better brush for the 
purpose, both in quality and work- 
manship. We make only one grade 
of this style. The bristles are four 
inches long, selected Russia, wire 
drawn. The block in two parts se- 
curely glued and is screwed together. 
It is an extra large brush. 

Price $15.00 per doz. 




ri( 




r"iG. 



We recommend figures Nos. 2 and 3 soft brushes, which are wire drawn 
and of the best bristle. We recommend this type as we have studied the 
wants of the molders, and it is our aim to give them a satisfactory brush. 
The Russia Bristle Brush will cost more money, but will last longer and 
give the best of satisfaction. Tlie prices on these two figures are the 
same, according to the size of block and quality of bristle used. 

Best Russia Bristle $900 per doz. 

American Bristle 8.00 " 

" Horse Hair Bristle 7.20 " 

Mixed Bristle 6.00 





Fig. 4. 
Machine Molders 



Fic. 5. 
Stove Molders. 



Figures Nos. 4 and 5 are the waxed or pitched brushes. These have the 
same kind of bri.stles as figures Nos. 2 and 3, but will fall out more readih- 



40 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



than the wire drawn. We do not recommend the pitch brushes, but some 
molders prefer to use them. The prices are the same. The No. 4 
brush has a larger block and is used by machine manufacturers, while the 
No. 5 is used by stove manufacturers. 

Best Russia Bristle $9.00 per doz. 

" American Bristle 8.00 

" Horse Hair Bristle 7.20 " 

Mixed Bristle 6.00 " 




Fig. 6. 

Flask and Core Brushes 

Mixed Bristle $6.50 per doz. 

Best Pure Bristle 7-50 




Vic. 7. 

Machinists and Molders' Bench Brushes 

Pure Bristle 1 10.50 per doz. 

Mixed Bristle ai:d Tampico 9.00 

Our Molders' Brushes are made for rough usage in the foundry 




Fig. 7^4 
Rubber Set and Bound Flat Brush 



Length of bristles extending from 2)4 in, to 4)4 in. from block. 
All sizes in stock from 2)4 in. to j^}4 in. in width. Write for prices. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



41 



HARD OR STIFF BRUSHES 

For Brushing Iron Patterns 

Kussia Bristle Brushes are Sent Unless Otherwise Specified. 
We Can Furnish any Style, Size or Grade You Desire 




Fic;. 8 
Medium Size 

Extra quality selected 

Russia Bristle . . $12.00 perdoz. 
Russia Bristle . . . 6.50 " 
American Bristle . 4.50 
Tampico and Bristle 3.00 " 

Extra size, 1J2 inch, stock. 




Fig. 10 

Large Size Only 

Russia Bristle . . . $8.50 per doz. 
American Bristle . . 6.50 " 
Tampico and Bristle 4.00 " 




Russia Bristle . 
American Bristle 



S6.50 per doz 
4-50 




Fic. 9 
Medium Size 

Russia Bri-stle . . . $6.50 per doz. 
American Bristle . . 4-5o " 
Tampico and Bristle . 3.00 " 




Fig. II 
For Stove Foundries 

Russia Bristle . . 
American Casings 

Bristle 6.50 

American Bristle . . 5.50 



$7.20 per doz. 




Stove Foundries— Extra Size 

Extra quality selected 

Russia Bristle . . $10.00 per doz. 
E.Ktra quality selected 

American Bristle 7.50 " 
American Bristle . . 6.00 " 



'i'liiiilllMlllllllllllllllllillWilllllllBllBlillliilllg 



Width, i^ 


inch 


. . $4.00 


" H 


" 


• • 4-25 


" n 


(( 


• • 450 


" i/s 


(( 


. . 5.00 


" ^Va 


" 


• • 5-25 



Fig. 14 
Core Box Brushes — Best Russia Stiff Bristle 

00 per doz. Width, i}4 incli . 

"2 '• . 



$5. 50 per doz. 

5-5 
6.00 
6.50 " 



Bristles extend one inch from block. 

Remember, we have had thirty years' experience in manufacturing 
brushes. 



42 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CORE PAINTING BRUSHES 




These brushes are carefully made and well adapted 
to liquid use. We furnish them bound with tin or brass. 
The bristles are selected American, but we will quote 
prices with Russia Bristles upon application. 

These quotations are on tin-bound brushes (Fig. 15V 
Width ^4 inch $1.75 per doz. 



2 

3 

3>< 

4 

4>< 

5 

6 



2.00 
2.25 

2-75 
3-50 
4-50 
550 

7-50 
850 

9-50 
10.50 
12.00 



Fig. 15. 
Flat Bristle Brushes L^arge core brushes for gas and water pipes (not 

For Painting Cores bristle), $6.00 per dozCU. 




Double Thick and Brass Bound 

These brushes are made extra 
THICK of picked camel hair. The brass 
binding having its edge turned under 
gives additional security to the hair and • • 

prevents it from cutting on edge of bind- Camel Hair Brushes 

ing, which frequently happens and causes the hair to come off on the work. 

. $14.45 per doz. 

1 8 00 
. 20.00 " 
. 30.00 " 

Write for Discounts 



idth, I inch . 


. $ 7.20 per doz. 


Width, 2 inch 


- i^ " . 


9.00 " 


" 2V^ " 


" i>^ " . 


, 10.50 


" 3 


" i^ " . 


. 12.60 " 


" 3V3 " 





Hemp $2.00 per doz. 

Flax 2.75 " 



Fig. 18 

A Splendid Lathe Brush 

Machinist No. 19 

Excellent for Brushing Lathes and Planers, 

Price $2.50 per doz. 



THE S. ORERMAYER COMPANY 



43 



Molder's (Combined) Pattern Double Brushes and Dusters 




Fig. 19 



Fig. 20 



These brushes are all carefully made and will outlast others of this 
style. The upper part is stiff Tampico and bristle. The lower part is 
pure soft bristle. 



No. 19. Best Bristle . . 
No. 20. Bristle .... 



. $9.00 per doz. 
. 7.20 



We manufacture our own brushes, so we can furnish the kind suit- 
able for your purpose. 



Flat* Bristle or Varnish Brushes 




Fig. 21 

Triple thick. Finest French bristle, perfectly chiseled. This is the 
finest brush obtainable for finest finishina:. Beaver tail handle. 



Width, I inch ; length of bristle, 2 inch 



1/2 
2 

3 



-^4 
3 



. $ 8.00 


per doz 


10.00 


" 


. 16.00 


" 


. 24.00 


(1 


. 32.00 


" 



Order our Holders' Hard or Soft Brushes for a trial. 



44 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




Fig. 22 



Bristle Fan or Top Finishing Brushes 

In Tin. Cedar Handles. 

Width, I, 1%, 2, 2}i, 3, 3>^ and 4 inches. 
Price per inch 28 cents 



Camel Hair ** SPLIT QUILL" Brushes 




2 Quills . 



Fig. 23 

. $5.00 per doz. 5 Quills $ 9.00 per doz. 

6.00 " 6 " 12.00 " 

. 7.00 " 8 " 18.00 " 

Bristle Core Round Brushes 




Fig. 24 

Can be used for cores in order to get into small corners. 

Length of bristle, 25 8 inch $16.00 per doz. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



45 



NICKEL PLATERS' RUSSIA BRJSTLE BRUSHES 

These are acceptable Core-box Brushes, but rather high priced to use 
for the latter purpose. They are made of the best quality of Russia 
Bristles, stiff and warranted to withstand acid in an}' liquid form. 



Fic. 25 

\y% inch wide and contains 92 pods of bristles, 4 pods wide by 23 
long. Price, ^7.50 per doz. 




Fig. 26 



yi inch wide, contains 115 pods or bunches of bristles, 5 pods wide 
by 23 long. The pods, however, are smaller than those in the i^-inch 
brushes. Price, $7.50 per dozen. 




Fig. 27 

These are extra quality stiff Russia Bristles. The pods are bunched 
in large holes and the brush is particularly strong and well made, the top 
being screwed on. They contain 120 pods, 8 pods wide by 15 long. 
Price, $12.00 per dozen. 

In the above styles of brushes the bristles extend one inch from 
block. 

Platers* Washout Brushes 

Prices per Dozen 



Fig. -n 
Straight or Bent Handle. 



^^' ROWS. 


Pure 


Mixed 


Gray 


imte 


Russia, 


Bristle 


Tampico. 


Tampico. 


260 I 


$3 50 


%2 50 


$1 30 


Si 20 


261 2 


4 50 


3 50 


I 70 


I 50 


262 3 


6 00 


4 50 


2 60 


2 30 


263 i 4 


7 00 


5 50 


3 50 


3 00 


264 5 


8 50 


6 CO 


4 30 


3 70 


265 6 


9 50 


7 00 


5 20 


4 50 



46 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PATENT STEEL WIRE BRUSHES 



Patent Hinged Bridle Cleaning Brush 




Fig. 29 
For General Use in Cleaning Castings 

This brush will outlast any other, the bridles on the ends of the 
brushes preventing the wires from vibrating — vibrating causes the wires 
to become brittle. This trouble is obviated with our patent bridle brush. 

A trial will convince you of the advantages. 

Price, 4-Row Brush. $8.40 per dcz. 5-Row Brush, $9.60 per doz. 



No. o, 

No. I, 

No. 2, 

Either 4 or 5 Rows 
Wide. 



For Cleaning Heavy Castings 




FiG. 30 



The above cut is a fac-simile of our Patent Brtis/i. Consumers of 
wire brushes will readily recognize the true and correct principle on which 
it is constructed. In the old brushes the vibration of the wires which 
pressed backward and forward suddenly by the user in cleaning castings 
produces crystallization, and causes them to break off close to the edge or 
shoulder of each perforation. 



Price, 4-Row, $8.40 per doz. 



5-Row, $9.60 per doz. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



47 




STEEL WIRE CASTING 

OR CLEANING 

BRUSHES 



Fig. 31 
Square Brush 



No. 


No. 


Length of wire 


Price 


No. 


No. 


Length of wire 


Price 


Rows. 


Rows. 


extending out- 


Per 


Rows. 


Rows. 


extending out- 


Per 


Width. 


IvCngth. 


side of block. 


Dozen. 


Width. 


I^ength. 


side of block. 


Dozen. 


I 




2 in. 


$2 00 


5 


14 


3 


$6 00 


I 


12 


2 


2 25 


4 


12 


4 


6 00 


2 


12 


2 " 


3 25 


4 


14 


4 


6 25 


2 


12 


3 


3 50 


5 


12 


4 


6 50 


2 


12 


4 


3 75 


5 


14 


A 


675 


3 


12 


2 " 


3 75 


4 


12 


5 


675 


3 


12 


.3 


4 00 


4 


14 


5 


750 


3 


12 


4 


4 50 


5 


12 


5 


750 


4 


12 


2 


425 


5 


14 


5 


7 75 


4 


12 


2 " 


450 : 


4 


12 


6 


7 75 


4 


14 


3 


525 i 


4 


14 


6 


825 


4 


12 


3 


550 


5 


13 


6 


850 


5 


14 


J 


5 75 


5 


13 


6 


9 00 



Extra sizes made to order. State if you want fine or coarse wire. 
Warranted best Bessemer steel. 





Fig. 33 
Round Brush. 



Fig. 32 
Oblong Brush, with Handles Four Rows Wide 

Same sizes as above list are carried in stock. 



Round Brushes for Cleaning Castings 

Length of wire, extending outside of block, 4 inches, $6 00 

5 " 6 50 

Iron bound, extra quality and strength . . 6 " 8 00 



48 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Steel Wire Casting Broom 




Fig. 34 

For Cleaning Large Pulleys, Car Wheels, Rolling Mill and Blast 
Furnace Castings. 

Price, $13.50 per dozen. 

Extra sizes and steel wire brushes of any description made to order. 
Quotations mailed on receipt of a sketch and dimensions. 



Upright Steel Sweeping Brooms 

For Freight and Cattle 
Cars, Street Railways, Streets, 
Stables, Docks, Factories, Iron 
Works, Railroads, Steamboats, 
Sugar Refineries, Oil Refiner- 
ies, Tank Cars, Tanneries, 
Rolling and Paper Mills, Gas 
and Glass Works, Street Pav- 
ers, Packing Houses, Furnaces, 
Breweries, Malt Houses, Dis- 
tilleries, etc. They are the best 
Brooms ever made for the pur- 
pose. They can be used on Ce- 
ment Floors, Asphalt, Wood 
or Brick Floors, Coolers, Tubs 
and Hogsheads. Warranted 

not to scratch the finest var- '" ^5 

nished tub. These Brooms are not to be compared with other Steel 
Brooms that have been sold for years ; they are made on an entirely new 
principle, of the best and finest steel wire. Warranted to sweep cleaner 
and better than any broom made. They will outwear twenty-five of the 
ordinary brooms. 

Great care is used in tempering to secure the required elasticity and 
strength for the purposes intended. 

Price, $20.00 per dozen. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



49 



HEAVY STEEL WIRE CASTING BRUSHES. 
BROOMS, ETC. 

For Heavy Work 

Car Track Brooms 




Fig. 36 

For Rough Sweeping About the Factory 

Price, $36.00 per dozen 



Sweeping and Scrubbins Brooms 




iMG. 37 



For Sweeping Purposes 

To take the Place of Corn, 

Rattan or Bass 

Brooms 

Steel Push Sweeping and 

Scmbbing Broom for 

Light and Coarse 

Sweeping, 

Cleaning and Scrubbing 



Fine Steel Wire Machinist's Bench Brush 



Made of very fine steel 
wire, for sweeping off Planers, 
Lathes and Drills. Warranted 
to outwear fifty best bristle 
brushes. 




Fig. 38 
Price, $9.00 per Dozen 



50 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FLUE AND SPIRAL TUBE STEEL WIRE BRUSHES 





Fig. 40 



Fig. 39 

For cleaning the flues or the tubes of steam 
boilers, thereby economizing fuel to a greater 
extent than any patent arrangement for that pur- 
pose. Parties interested will duly appreciate the 
merits of an invention designed to keep the flues 
or tubes of steam boilers in the best possible con- 
dition to produce steam. Ashes, soot and other 
deposits are well known to be non-conductors of 
heat. Figure 40 shows our large flue brush with 
iron guard. At a glance you will perceive that it 
is the best made. The center or wire cones being 
enclosed at each end with cast iron and having a 
flange all around of one inch, makes it im- 
possible for the brush to slip or come apart in the 
flue. The braces at the end strengthen the brush 
and serve to slide it into the flue again in case it 
is pushed entirely through, saving the trouble of 
crawling over the boiler and lifting it in as with 
other brushes. We make any size, from 4 to 24 
inches diameter. When ordering specify style 
desired. Price, $1.00 per inch on either style. 



Steel Wire Brush with Long Handle 



Fig. 41 

For Cleaning Out Pipes, etc. 

Price, $12.00 per dozen 



Under Boiler Broom 



Inside Boiler Broom 




Fig. 42 
Will keep the rust from destroy- 
ing the boiler at the bottom. 
Price, $36.00 per do;£ei\ 




Fig. 43 
Will keep the inside of boiler 
free from scales or rust. 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



51 



** RELIANCE" STEEL WIRE 
WHEEL BRUSHES 

Can be placed on an ordinary emery 
grinder. Suitable for cleaning all kinds 
of castings. Especially designed for 
Platers, Stove Manufacturers, and Hard- 
ware Manufacturers ; also used b}' Cycle 
Makers. 




Fig. 44 



"Reliance*' Wheel Brushes Complete, Including Metal Hub 



Number. 


Diameter. 


Width of Face. 


List. 


SO 
S3 
54 

55 


15 in. 
12 " 
10 " 
8 " 


2J^ in. 

2 


$15 00 each. 

13 50 " 
12 00 " 
10 50 " 



State Size Arbor Hole Required 

No. 50 brush is the one in most general use. 

Nos. 50, 53, and 54 are regularly made for arbors 1^2-in. and smaller. 
No. 55 for arbors i-in. and smaller. For larger sized arbors there 
will be an additional cost. 

The finer grades of sections or fillers can be furnished oi Brass Wire. 

Sections or Fillers for ** Reliance '* Steel Wire Wheel Brushes 




Brush 


Section 


Sections 


List. 


No. 


No. 


Per Set. 


50 


3314 


6 


$7 50 per set. 


53 


341 1 


5 


6 50 


54 


358 


5 


6 00 


55 


3^^ 


4 


5 50 



Fig. 45 



In our "Reliance" Wire Wheel Brushes we have listed only those 
sizes which are in general use. Our invention enables us to make these 
goods just as large as may be required. There are now in use a con- 
siderable number of 15-in. and i8-in. diameter brushes, with face varying 
in width from A^]-z-n\. to 12-in. These brushes are all .so constructed that 
when ivorn out, the refillings or sections (as shoicn above) can be replaced 
by any operator, thus saving the delay and expense of returning the hub to us. 

These Wire Wheel Brushes are proving of great advantage for a 
variety of purposes aside from platers' and foundry use. They are 
suitable for polishing, cleaning and refiiiishing all kinds of metal; also 
for removing scales from hot forgings, tools, etc. 

Special sizes and sections made to order. 



52 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRUNNELL'S PATENT WIRE WHEEL BRUSH 





Fig. 46 
A New, Useful and Practical Invention 

For Scouring, Buffing and Cleaning All Kinds of Castings 
Specia:iy Adapted to Stove and JVlantel Manufacturing, Electro Plating and all Machine Work. 

Its simplicity, durability and practicability recommends itself to all manufac- 
turers who desire a rapid and efficient means of cleaning, polishing and buffing 
both plain and difficult castings. 

For the most speedy cleaning of small gear wheels and preservation of the 
sharp edges of the teeth this wheel brush can not be excelled. 

This invention, which is made of steel, allows the wire to be easily replaced 
when worn out, by means of a removable nut and disk on the front part of the 
wheel. 

DIRECTIONS 

Any kind of wire can be used, but after ten years' experience the use of bright 
wire No. 23, or broom wire No. 22, is recommended. 

To insure good work this wheel should run at about 1,000 revolutions per min- 
ute, though it can be operated safel}- at any speed. 

Care should be taken not to bear too hard against the wire, as by doing so the 
side, instead of the point of the wire, comes in contact with the work, rendering 
liability to bend ; but should this happen, simply reverse the wheel. 

In order to get the cutting point of the wire, bring the wire barely in contact 
with the end of it and better and more rapid results will be obtained. 

The wheel should have a bonnet-shaped piece of sheet iron covering it about 
half way to prevent injuries by wire striking the operator, as occasionally there 
may be a loose w'ire. 

It is in use in many foundries and machine and plating shops, to any of which 
we will with pleasure refer you. 

The hub of this brush is made in two sizes, four and seven inches in diameter; 
the brushing surface can be extended to almost any size. In ordering please give 
us the diameter of the shaft on which you intend to place it. Price, $20 each. 

Extra sets of wires to replace those worn out, five pounds to each brush, 25 
cents per pound. 



THE S. OBERMAYF. R COMPANY 



53 



BRUSHES SPECIALLY MADE FOR PLATERS 
AND METAL FINISHERS 

Circular Scratch Satin Finish) Brushes 




For heav}' use, made very strong of coarse brass and steel 
wires, centers filled with lead. 



Diameter. 



each 



u 

4X 
5 

S% 
6 

e% 

7 



2 50 

3 00 

4 50 



5 
6 
6 

7 
7 
8 

9 
10 

1 1 00 

12 00 

13 00 

14 00 



3 Row. 



$ 3 75 
4 .50 

7 00 

8 00 

9 00 

10 50 

11 50 

12 00 

13 00 

15 00 

16 50 
19 00 
21 00 

24 00 

25 00 



$ 5 00 
6 00 
9 00 

11 00 

12 00 

13 50 

14 50 

15 00 

16 qo 
18 50 

2 1 50 
24 00 
27 00 



30 00 

33 00 



4 Row. 



P 7 00 
8 00 
12 00 
14 00 
16 00 
18 50 
20 50 
22 00 
24 00 
27 00 
30 00 
36 00 
40 00 
44 00 
48 00 



% 9 00 
10 00 
15 00 
18 00 
21 00 
24 00 
27 00 
29 00 
32 00 
36 00 
39 00 
42 00 
48 00 
54 00 
60 00 



In ordering brushes state size of center block and arbor hole, num- 
ber of rows, size of wire, and the work for which the brush is intended. 



GATE SPOOLS 

We can furnish these Gate Spools in several 
sizes. We have one STANDARD SIZE we carry 
in stock, which we find is used extensively in 
Stove Foundries. 



Price on STANDARD SIZE $2.50 per dozen 

They are made of dry, selected, seasoned wood. 




54 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Obermayer's Prepared Iron Filler 

READY FOR. USE 

You May Need it for Blow Holes, Patching or Defects 

in Castings 

SUPERIOR TO ANY OTHER IN THE MARKET 



JANUFACTURED BY 



INNATl-CHlC/lG0PlTT5il 

f*UTUPlN 



Fig. 49 

Its use is not confined to Iron Founders and Machinists because it 
is adapted for all kinds of I^eaks in Water, Steam or Gas Pipes, Boilers, 
Oil Tanks, Cisterns, Hydraulic Machiner}-, Caissons, Gaskets, C}'linders, 
Flanged Connections, etc.; blemishes or pitting in Hulls of Iron or Steel 
Ships. 

In 25-Pound Cans 25 cents per lb. 

In 12 " " 30 " " 

Directions for use are very simple and as follows: "This can be 
applied with a knife, the same as putty, but care should be taken not to 
get it too thick ; or it can be thinned with turpentine and applied with a 
brush." It will dry hard in twelve hours and retain same color as the 
casting. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



55 



National Iron Filler Cement 

THIS is a metallic compound in dry powder form, ground extremely 
fine, which, when mixed with water to a consistency of thick paste 
and allowed to dry a few hours, becomes as hard as iron, entirely insol- 
uble in oil or water, and proof against intense heat. 

It quickly and easily repairs any Blowholes, Cracks or Imperfections 
in any Iron or Steel Casting which it matches in color. It does not chip 

out. 

Don't Throw a Large Casting away on Account of a Small 
Imperfection or a " Blow Hole " 

We Can Save the Casting 
We Can Save You Time 
We Can Save You Money 



We Can Save You Trouble 
We Can Save Your Soul 



(by preventing you from using a lot of 
bad words) 

AND ONLY BY U5INQ 

NATIONAL IRON FILLER. 

Which Is the same color of the casting and it gets hard as the iron, and sets in less than ao 
hours and remains as hard and tough as the iron Itself 




Fig. 50 

PRICE, 25 CENTS PER. POUND 

No More, No Less Put Up in 12-Pound Cans 

Directions for Use — Measure out enough National Iron Filler to 
fill the defect, and add sufficient water to make a thick paste. Put the 
material into the hole and smootli with a Putty Knife. Keep dry and 
always see that the can is kept closed. 

THIS IRON FILLER IS A GREAT SUCCESS 



56 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



STAR STEEL CORE COATING 



THE formation of smooth and approximately accurate holes in iron or 
brass castings always involves trouble and expense. The method proposed 
by usis to substitute, when possible, a little extra attention and labor in *^^he 
foundry for the wear of machine tools, supplies, power and labor of the machine 
shop. Broadly speaking, the improvement suggested is to insert steel cores of 
the shape and size of the shaft or bar for which the hole is to fit in the mold and 
afterwards remove them from the casting. This has been done in many foundries 
for years, except for special work, where tapering cores must be made so they may 
be removable and the crystallization and chilling of the iron makes it difficult, if 
not .impossible, to do anv further work on a casting that cannot be brought to the 
emery wheel. These objections have prevented the general use of steel cores. 

It will be admitted, however, if these steel cores can be coated with a composi- 
tion which will resist the heat and pressure of the melted iron, be non-conductive 
enough to prevent "chilling," and free from gas producing substances as to reduce 
the liability of "blowing" to a minimum, of a nature not antagonistic to the iron, 
where it will lay, hard enough when placed upon the steel cores to bear ordinary 
handling, and after the casting has been made, to become so soft as to offer no re- 
sistance to its removal, the use of steel cores is capable of a greater adaption to 
modern foundry work than it has yet been given. It is not asserted that a steel core 
will work in all places. It cannot compete with a sand core for producing a hole 
that is as perfect as made with the sand core without drilling or reaming. It has 
been found impracticable to cast a thin shell around a large steel core, but thinner 
shells can be cast around a steel core standing on end than lying down in the mold. 
A thinner shell can be cast around a well proportioned mold with thin webs if the 
metal can be poured slowly. 

Good enough holes can be made with sand cores, steel cores, a drill or reamer 
according to the work. Between steel cores and drilling there is not much choice 
if the drill is ground true and held solid, but the steel core is much cheaper. It 
does not cost anything foi jigs or fixtures, and it is a good way of saving shop 
costs. 

It has been proven that Star Steel Core Coating is the only successful prepa- 
ration. One pound properly thinned will make enough castings to cover nearly 
900-12/3 inch cores, or 2,000 one-half inch set screws. 

Put up in One and Five Pound Cans 
$1.25 per Pound 

T.'iiis is Particularly Useful for Agricultural Inipleme-nt castings. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



57 



WE ARE SHIPPERS OF 



Albany \ MOLDING White Core Sand ; also Canister, 
Zanesville/ SANDS 



Centerton 



for 



Fire Brick and Welch 
Mountain Clay 



Newport ( ^^^^ ^isht 

Sandusky \ or Medium 
Indiana / Castings 



We manufacture and Grind Special BRASS 

MOLDING SAND for Fine 

Ornamental Castings 

We furnish WINDSOR. LOCK MOLDING SAND for Aluminum and Brass Work 
Prices, Carloads or Less, upon Application 




58 THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY 




FLUOR SPAR. 

Have you ever used FlyUOR SPAR in your Furnaces or Cupola? 
If not we desire to call your attention to the following benefits 
derived from its use : 

1. It will save from 3 per cent, to 5 per cent, more Iron than 
I^imestone. 

2. It will reduce the Sulphur and Phosphorus. 

3. It will increase the Silicon and Manganese. 

4. It will increase the Tensile Strength of iron and steel. 

5. It will increase the Capacity of your Furnace or Cupola. 

6. It will increase the Heat and Save Fuel. 

7. It will lengthen the life of j'our Furnace Blocks and Ivining. 

8. It will save the I^abor of handling Limestone and Cinders. 

9. It will Fluid and Clean the Iron from all impurities. 
ID. It will Fluid the Slag. 

II. It will Clean your Furnace or Cupola. 

It is the only natural Flux known in the world for all kinds of 
metals, and should be used in all Furnaces, Converters, Cupolas, Cruci- 
bles, etc. Six (6) pounds of Fluor Spar to the ton (2,000 lbs.) of iron 
will be suflScient in most cases. 

Price in Barrel Lots, $25.00 per Ton 

Special Price in Car Loads 

Special Circular Furnished With Full Description on Application 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 59 



PEERLESS DRY CORE COMPOUND 

This Compound is, as its name implies, a substitute for flour, rosin 
and other materials formerly used in making foundrj^ cores. It has been 
in use for more than fifteen 3-ears, and is still the reliable compound for 
mixing with core sand. 

Cores made with this mixture are more solid and compact; it pre- 
vents blowing and swelling, and can be easily removed by a few raps on 
the casting. This obviates the necessity of slow laborers' annoyance, 
which is an expensive charge to foundrymen. 

Directions for Using the Peerless Dry Core Compound 

As the quality of sand used in making Cores in various localities 
differs, it is impossible to give the exact proportions to be used; but tell 
your Coremakers to use the Peerless Dry Core Compound in place of 
flour or aiiytJiing else yoii have been using, and in about the same quanti- 
ties. If your Core is TOO stiff use LESS, or if not stiff enough, use 
more of the PEERLESS Dry Core Compound. 

After one or two trials you will get the correct proportion {ox your 
Core Sand. 

For Large Cores 

Take I shovelful of PEERLESS Dry Core Compound to lo or 12 
shovelfuls of ordinary Core Sand ; if the Core is too stiff add two 
shovelfuls of Burnt Sand, such as is scraped from castings. 

For Small Cores in Brass Foundries 

The following are the directions : Use two pounds of the Compound 
to one bushel of Iron Founders' Burnt Sand, such as is scraped or falls 
from their castings, sifted through a No. 14 Sieve, this proportion of each 
to be mixed thoroughly ; and when used to be mixed with Water. For 
all Cores above i inch in diameter, add i quart of Sharp Sand. 

Our object in putting this on the market as a Compound, and not the 
Core Sand ready for use, is to avoid the expense of transportation, which 
can be readily understood. Packed in barrels of about 225 pounds. It 
will be to your advantage to give it a trial. 

Our improved Esso Core Wash can not be excelled by any in use, and 
it is furnished for less money than any other of more pretentious claims. 

Trial Samples Sent Free of Charge 



60 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MOLDERS' WAX TAPERS 

For Venting Cores 

WAX Tapers are used as an improved method of venting cores, 
where complicated connections have to be made, permitting the 
free flow of gas from the core. In making port cores for cylinder 
work, it would be very difficult and slow work to connect all the vents 
made by the ordinary method of wire-venting, whereas the Taper can be 
rammed up in the core and left there. Then the heat melts the wax and 
leaves a perfect connection for vent. In numerous other instances the 
Wax Taper can be used to much better purpose at considerable saving 
of labor. 

They being very light in w^eight, the cost is so small that the value 
of the individual Taper can scarcely be computed. The size or length 
can be varied to suit the emergencies. We can supply any length or 
thickness, the standard size being ^ inch diameter by i8 inches long, 
this size taking about fifty Tapers to a pound. 

In stock ready for immediate shipments. 

Price 60 Cents Per Pound 

Put Up In 1 , 5 and 1 Pound Packages 

Invaluable for Cylinder Castings 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 61 



HIGH GRADE FOUNDRY ROSIN 

Our Rosin is especially selected and graded for the Core-room. We 
are the only concern who can furnish you with crushed Rosin. 

We have at all times a large stock of Rosin, and are, therefore, in 
a position to furnish it at lowest market prices, in car loads and in barrel 
lots. 

Our machinery is especially adapted for Ground or Pulverized Rosin. 



FOUNDRY OR. CORE FLOUR 

We have contracted for the entire output of one ot the largest 
flour mills in this country, and can make shipments direct, thereby 
saving you time and freight charges. 

We furnish the best foundry flour for core work, and always carry 
a large stock on hand in our warehouses, and can fill all orders 
promptly. 

Lowest market prices on application in ton lots and car loads. 

We make a Specialty of flour for core work in foundries. 

Special Price on Genuine Rye Flour 



NEW ORLEANS BLACK STRAP FOUNDRY 
MOLASSES 

Extra Thick and Heavy 

It can be thinned down to any consistency wanted. 

Our Molasses is not to be compared to ordinary grocers' Syrup. 
One gallon of our Black Strap Foundry Mola.sses will go further in 
use, and will make three gallons of the ordinary Syrup. 

Price, 15 Cents Per Gallon in Barrel Lots 

Special price in Car Load lots, which we ship direct from our 
Plantation, thus saving you time and freight. 



62 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PEERLESS STOVE PUTTY 

Sold in Kegs, Tubs, Half Barrels and Barrels 

Onr Stove Putty is very elastic and adhesive, will not burn or 
.crumble, perfectly fire-proof, used to fill up joints, cracks, etc. 

It is mixed with a pure vegetable oil; it has none of the bad fea- 
tures or the fishy odor of the many inferior and cheaper articles on the 
market. 

In Tubs of ICO lbs. each 6 cents per lb 

In Kegs of 200 " 5 " " 

In Half Barrels of 400 " 4)4 " " 

In Barrels of 800 " 4 " " 



GRIND STONES 

Mounted and Unmounted 

Wet and Dry all sizes. Quality the best. All Orders Filled Promptly 
In Ordering, state for what Purpose Stone is to be used 




Fig. 51 
Price, $35 per Ton 
Stones Shipped Direct, from Quarry to Save Freight* 

We Make a Specialty of Selecting Grind Stones for 
Foundry Use 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



63 




PEERLESS FOLLOW 
BOARD COMPOUND 

Something New in Foundry Practice 

YOU KNOW THE COST OF 
FOLLOW BOARDS 

WE have a composition of 
chemicals in poivdered and 
liquid form which, when properly- 
used, becomes as hard as the wood. 
It will produce perfect partings 
Fig. 52 with sharp, hard, durable edges. It 

will neither swell nor shrink. It is light and strong and improves with 
age. We obviate chiseling the Follow Board from wood by the use of 
our COMPOUND. This exceeds other compounds known for matches 
or for similar purposes. 

Directions for Using 

Select location for the pattern, ram up 

drag and make partings in the usual way. 

Shake the Liquid Compound thoroughly before 

using. Oil the exposed portion of pattern. 

Then shake on a thick coat of powdered 

Soapstone or Talc. 

A wooden frame should be made with 

strips crossways,which should not be more than 

Yz in. deeper than pattern ; do not use a solid bottom board, but leave 

space between the strips through which to pour the Compound when 

mixed. Place this frame on drag, adjust clamps or weights ; take enough 

of dry Compound and heat it until 
lukewarm ; then stir the Liquid 
Compound and mix with the dry 
thoroughly, using just enough to 
permit of it being poured. After 
which set it aside for one hour, then 
turn the top frame over, take oflf the 
sand and place the newl}' made Fol- 
low Board in a temperature of 300 
degrees. The material will get per- 
fectly dry and hard over night, it 
will resist dampness, remain hard 
and will be ready for use the next 
p^^ J. morning. Leave the pattern on the 




Fig. 53 




64 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



board until the compound becomes hard and thoroughly dry, after which 
give it one or two coats of shellac and same will be ready for use. 

Fifty pounds dry and five gallons liquid Compound will be sufficient 
quantity to give a good trial ; smallest package sold. Put up in larger 
quantities of 500-pound barrels and 50-gallon packages. 

It will save you about sixty per cent in making Follow Boards in 
comparison to the old method. A trial order will convince you how 
much money can be saved. Write for prices. 

TICEOLEUM 

For Dressing Iron, Brass, Composition, Metal and 
Wood Patterns 

Ticeoleum will not gum the patterns. Will not need heat. It will 
not allow the pattern to rust. Patterns dressed with TICEOI^EUM will 
not corrode or rust. It dries quickly on the pattern, leaving a hard sur- 
face like enamel, smooth as glass, and prevents anything from adhering 
to it. 

Considering quality and the service it renders, Ticeoleum ranks far 
above the realms of competition among so-called pattern dressings, 
hence its value as such is incomparable. 

It is a new departure and does not contain a particle of acid or 
beeswax. 

Ticeoleum prevents 57.nd or facing from sticking to the pattern 
when it is returned to the mold to be printed. 

Particularly useful when molding small or difficult pieces, as it 
assists in drawing the patterns very readily. 

Directions 

Remove all wax or rust from patterns. Shake the can well and pour 
out a small quantity of Ticeoleum Pattern Dressing (as much as you 
think will cover the pattern) into a dish pan. PUT THE SCREW-CAP 
ON THE CAN TO PREVENT EVAPORATION. Apply the Dress- 
ing to the pattern with a rag or small brush, and, before it dries, com- 
mence to polish it with a hard bristle brush. It is advisable when a 
pattern is dressed the first time with this dressing to give it TWO 
COATS. After polishing the last coat finish the pattern with a few rubs 
with a dry cloth. 

Price, 50 cents per Quart or $2.00 per Gallon 

Freight allowed on orders of 10 gallons or more. 



THE S. OBERMAYEK COMPANY 



65 



FULL-SIZED ILLUSTRATIONS AND FACE MEASUREMENTS 



-OF METALLIC- 



PATTERN LETTERS ANR FIGDRES, 

For Foundrymen Machinists and Pattern Makers, to Put Inscriptions of Names^ 
Dates of Patents, Etc., on Patterns of Castings. 

Greatest Variety in the United States, 



ROMAN STYLE. 

^his is the leading style, and gives universal satisfaction. The 
dark lines over the letters show their thickness. ^^ 




i-S 2C. 3-16 2C 1-4 in. 2C. 5-16 in. 2c. 3-8 in. 2^c. 7-i6in. 2^c. 1-2 in. 2^< 




i}^ inch 6 cents. lyi i'li-'h 7' 2 cents. 



c inch 9 cents. 



/Use 2}4 inch 14 cts. , 3 inch (heavy) 16 cts. . 4 inch 30 cts. , (5 inch 35 cts. 

6 inch 40 cts., figures only). 1^9 cts., 2^ inch Condensed Roman 14 cts. 

Note. — The Roman Series is a universal favorite with Pattern ^Makers. 

Extra Thin Roman 5-16, 3-8, 1-2, 5-8, 3-4 inch made to order, of about one-ha.lf 
standard thickness. 

2 inch Roman, double thickness, 12 cents each. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SHARP FACE GOTHIC. 




^2c. 3-16 2c. X 2C. 5-16 2c.% 2;^c. >^ in. 2>^c. ^s^n. ^c. 3/in, 3^c. I in. 5c. 



Condensed Thin Roman. 




ya in. 2>^c. }4 in. 2>^c. ^ in. 3c. Ji in. 4c. 



This is a new and desirable style. It is more 
condensed and thinner than the regular Roman. 



FLAT FACE GOTHIC. 

THIN LETTER. m 




}i in. 3><c. % in. 4C. I in. a\^c. 



FLAT FACE GOTHIC. 



THIN LETTER 




3-16 2C. ]{ 2C. J^2 }4c. % 2><c. ^ 3C. 3.{ No. 3, 3i^c. J4: No. 2, 4c. Ja No. 3, 4c. i No. 3, ^yic. 

Treble Thick Gothic to order. 



^ ANTIQUE POINTED— NEW. 

^ This is a new and desirable size for light ornamental work. 




% in. 30, 




yi in. 4c. y^ in. 40. ^ in. 5c. ^ ia. 5C. i in- 6c. 



1% in.7C 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



67 



REDUCED PRICE LIST OF PATTERN LETTERS. 



NEW STYLE HAIR LINE GOTHIC. 

, For Hollow Ware and Stove Manufacturers. They are a very 

light letter, but will make a sharp, clean print upon Hollow Ware or 
^ Stoves, where it is desired to have nearly a smooth surface. Price, 
1-8 3-16 1-4 5-i6 same as other letters of corresponding sizes, 2 cents each. 



c c 



FLATTENED FACE SHARP GOTHIC. 

These Letters are thicker than the Flat Face Gothic. 




3-16 2C. % 2C. 5-16 2C. % 2j^c. Yi in. 2%c. Yi in. 3c. i inch 5 cents. ij^ inches 7 cents. 

1% inch 6 cents, 1% inch 8 cents, 2 inches 10 cents, 3 inches 15 cents. 

REVERSED ROMAN BRANDING-IRON PATTERNS 

For Making Bjanding-Irons, Molds for Babbitt Metal 
Brick Molds, etc., ],i inch deep. 





Perspective View. }i in. 3c. % in. 3c. ^i in. 4c. h inch 5c 



^4 inch 6c. 



REVERSED GOTHIC BRANDING-IRON PATTERNS. 

EXTRA DEEP. 



HAIR LINE 
BRANDS. 

1-8 inch 5 cents. 
3-16 " 5 " 
1-4 " 5 " 




in. 5c. 14 in. 5c 



y^ in. 6c. % in. 7c. 



I in. 7c 



CONDENSED ROMAN BRANDING- 
IRON PATTERNS.-Reversed. 



5-16 IN. DEEP. 




SHARP FACE GOTHIC REVERSED. 

For Putting in Molds of Artificial Stone Work. 

7-16 in. 3 cts. 1% in. 8 cts. 2 in. 12 cts. 
^ in. 6 cts. lyi, in. 10 cts. 3 in. 15 cts. 

HEAVY FLAT GOTHIC REVERSED. 

I in. 8 cts. 1% in. 10 cts. lyi in. 12 cts. 

ROMAN REVERSED. 



% inch 3 cents. 



I inch 7 cents. 



6S 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRASS PATTERN LETTERS AND FIGURES 

Made Very Smooth. 

They May be Soldered, Riveted or Sweat on Iron 
or Brass Patterns 

Made in all Sizes and Styles 

Foundrymen, Investigate the Merits of Our Brass Letters 

Harder and More Durable Than WHITE METAL 

Sizes . . /8 A K T6 'A % H H H I i)i I'A 2 2% 3 & 4 

Price . . 4c 4c 4c 4c 5c 5c 6c 7c 8c 9c loc 12c 15c iSc 20c 30c 

Special discounts in large lots. We will make any style shown on 
previous pages in BRASS when desired. 

OBERMAYER'S BLOW PIPE OR TORCH 



For Dry Sand Molds 

It can not be beaten as a handy torch, 
and it will give the best satisfaction in all 
classes of work that require the concentration 
of heat on a small mold. 

This Torch is warranted after being care- 
fully tested before leaving the factory. 

Price, $5.00 




Fig. 55 



MOUTH BLOW CAN FOR SPRAYING WATER OR 
OTHER. LIQUIDS ON THE MOLD 



We carry these in stock and 
they are made in a substantial 
manner from either copper or tin, 
being about 2-in. in height and 
4-in. in diameter. These are ordered 
frequently with Holders' Tools. 




Fig. 56 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



69 



MOLDERS' MALLETS 




Fig. 57 

Hard Wood Assorted Sizes 

Price, $2,50 per Dozen 

Stock sizes, IJ4 x 2}4, 2}^ x 4, 3x5, 4x6. 



Plain Rubber Head Draw Hook 



Molders' Combined Draw 
Hook and Rawhide Mallet 





Fig. 58 
Ahvaj's carried in stock. 



Fig. 59 

These are made to fit loops, 
catches or holes in pattern. 
Price, $?.20 per dozen 



Save Your Patterns by Using Rubber Head Mallets 




Fig. 60 

Made in Three Sizes 

Small 2/i inches long x i3^ inch face, $1 00 

Medium 3^ " " x 2>^ " " i 25 

Large ^}i " " ^ 2j{ " " 1 50 

Other Sizes Made to Order 

Rubber Mallets are especially valuable where light and thin castings 
are made, in that they do not break the patterns. Every tap of the 
mallet vibrates the pattern so that the sand does not stick to it. 



70 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MOLDERS' PATENT RAWHIDE MALLETS 



List of Prices 




No. 


Diameter 


Length. 


Weight. 


Per Doz. 


O 


I in. 


2^ in. 


1}^ oz. 


$ 3 2o 


I 


1% " 


23^ " 


3>^ " 


4 20 


2 


l>^ " 


3 " 


6 " 


4 So 


3 


l|^ " 


2,% " 


r/z " 


5 6o 


4 


2 " 


3X " 


lO " 


7 20 


■^ 


2V, " 


aYat " 


21 " 


1 8 50 


6 


2 3^ " 


4^^ " 


22 " 


20 00 



Fig. 62 

These are light Mallets, made entirely of hide (except the handle) 
and suited to a variety of uses. 

Rawhide, as a Mallet, is especially valuable where light and thin 
castings are made. They do not break the patterns. We respectfully 
call the attention of stove manufacturers to the advisability of adopting 
them. 



LARGE FOUNDRY MAULS USED ON FLASKS FOR 

FLOOR WORK 




Fig. 61 



These Mauls are made of exceptionally strong, well-seasoned wood, 
and when desired can be furnished at extra cost with an iron band on 
the ends to prevent the edges wearing away rapidly when in use. 
Size 6x9 with handles, length over all, 32- in. 
Large size Foundry Mauls, as illustrated, at $24.00 per doz. 

We furnish small mallets which are used for large Core Boxes. 
Size 4x6, made of Elm, with handles lo-in. clear of Maul at $8.00 per doz. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



RAWHIDE FACED MAULS 



71 



These Mauls, or Hammers, 
are invaluable for Holders, 
Machinists, Workers in Brass 
or Silver, Jewelry Manufacturers, 
or for any one who needs to 
strike a hard blow without bruis- 
ing the material when he is at 
work. 

When worn out, the faces 




Fig. 63 



can be renewed at slight cost. The old ones are easily removed by fasten- 
ing the Maul in a vise, when a few blows on the side of the faces will 
usually knock them out. If worn down very much a cold chisel may be 
necessary. The new faces need no fastening except a tight fitting in 
the shell. 

List of Prices Without Extra Faces 



No. 


Weight. 


Diameter of 
Face. 


Price 
Per Dozen. 


Extra Faces Per 
Dozen Pairs. 


I 
2 

3 


I in. 

2 


I '4^ in. 


$12 00 
15 00 
18 00 


$ 3 60 
4 So 
6 00 




4 

5 


U "' 


2 " 

23^ " 


24 00 
36 00 


7 20 
9 60 





METAL WORKERS' SOAPSTONE CRAYONS 

For Marking Iron Patterns or Castings 




I'lC. 64 



The Following Sizes in Stock 



A X >^ X 5 I 
X X >^ X 5 f 



$3.00 Per Gross 



Ax ^ X 5 I 



K X i^ X 5 f 
Packed in i Gross Boxes, 



$4.00 Per Gross. 



72 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



A Great Success. Your Molders Want Them 
OUR. NEW IMPROVED MOLDERS' BELLOWS 

With Sheet Steel Spout 




Patented — Fig. 6=; 



The new feature of this Bellows is the Sheet Steel SpOUt, which 
will neither mash, break nor rust, as the galvanized sheet iron pipes. 
This Sheet Steel Spout is nicely fitted on the Bellows Head, to which a 
Strong Steel Hinge is adjusted, and all are firmly riveted together. 

This Bellows has three thicknesses of leather at the head (where 
Bellows usually first break or wear out). This doubly strengthens the 
Bellows where it is most needed, and makes it perfecth^ air tight at 
that point. 

Notwithstanding the superior excellence of this Bellows, we have 
placed them on the market at the price of ordinary bellows, believing 
that the appreciation of foundrymen will be manifest in largely in- 
creased sales. 

9 inch $i2.oo per doz. 

lo inch 14.00 " 

12 inch 18.00 " 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



73 




MOLDERS' FOUNDRY BELLOWS 

These Bellows are made especially 
for our own trade and are the strong 
est Molders' Bellows offered for foun- 
dry use. The Blow Pipe is set firm; 
is less liable to get out of place and 
at the same time is airtight. A ten ■ 
inch Ferruled Bellows is equal to an ordinary twelve-inch bellows. The 
leather is heavy, selected sheepskin. They have melallic hinges and a 
galvanized iron spoilt. 

Prices according to size, from $12.00 to $21.00 per dozen. 



Fig. 66 
Molders' Ferruled Bellows 



Molders' Ordinary Bellows With Galvanized Spout 

These are made with Blow Pipe fastened in the regular way. They 
are very good Bellows in every particular, and have a strong blast. Not 
quite as durable as Ferruled Bellows and don't cost as much. 




8 inches . . . . $10 00 per doz. 12 inches 

9 " .... 1 1 00 " " 14 
ID " .... 12 00 " " 



5i5 00 per doz. 
18 00 " 



Molders* Bench Bellows 




Fig. 68 
Bench Bellows 

These are a great convenience. No spout, but short, light and 
exceedingly strong and durable. Prices same as the above quotations. 

We make Molders' liellows which have hor.se hide, calf skin or any 
tough leather, when they are preferred, at special prices. 

We manufacture our own Bellows. They are made to last. 
Investigate Our BLACKSMITH BELLOWS 



74 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SPECIAL FOUNDRY BELLOWS 

Obermayer*s Facing Bellows 




Fig. 69 

For distributing Blacking upward and where it can not be applied 
with the dust bag. It is very favorably spoken of where used. 

Price, $3.25 



Oberinayer*s Sprinkling Bellows 




Fig. 70 

For saturating the mold, when advantageous, with water, benzine, 
kerosene, etc. 

Price, $3.50 Each 

These Bellows are of special value to Foundry men, especially so 
where Dry Sand Molds are made. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



75 



LARGE BELLOWS FOR FORGE OR 
BLACKSMITH WORK 

Strictly First-Class High-Grade Bellows 



English (Extra Long) Pattern 

28 in $14 00 

30 " 15 00 

32 " 17 00 

34 " 19 00 

36 " 21 00 

38 " 24 00 

40 " 28 00 

42 " 34 00 

44 " 40 00 

46 " 45 00 

48 " 50 00 

50 " 60 00 

60 " 125 00 



Opens Wide 




Fig. 71 
Best Oak Tanned Leather 



The above illustration shows the manner in which these are made, 
and you will notice they have five folds of leather, three in the top and 
and two in the bottom. No other makes have this feature. We manu- 
facture Hand Bellows (not molders), which are made of the very best 
leather. 

Hand Bellows 

6-inch $ 9.00 per doz. 

7 " 10.00 

8 " 1 1 00 

9 " 1300 

10 " 15 00 

12 " 20.00 

IF YOU GIVE THESE A TRIAL YOU WILL SEND US 
DUPLICATE ORDERS 



76 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Fig. 72 



EMERY OR VITRIFIED RUB 
STONES 

For Cleaning or Producing a Very Smooth 
Surface on Castings 



We carry the following sizes of Rub Stones in stock : 

2 in. X 2 in. x 6 in $0 75 each 

2 in. X 4 in. x 6 in i 00 

4 in. X 4 in. x 6 in i 50 

2 in, X 2 in. x 8 in 2 00 

2 in. X 4 in. x 8 in 2 50 

4 in. X 4 in. x 8 in 3 00 " 



Draw Screws For Wood 
Patterns 



Fig. 73 

Small Size 

$1.50 per dozen 

Hardwood Wedges 



The Obermayer 
Dust Bag 

$2.50 per dozen 




Fig. 74 



Iron Flask Pins, No. 2 




$2.00 per hundred 



I'IG. 76 

$16.00 per hundred 



Cheaper than you can buy the Shipments made promptly 

lumber. Number in a barrel, 600. by express or freight. 



Write for Discounts 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



77 




SUNDRIES 



Beeswax. 

Baj'berry Wax. 
Lump Pumice Stone. 
Ground Pumice Stone. 
Portland Cement. 
L,oui.sville Cement. 
Plaster of Paris. 
Annealing Carbon. 
Draw Hooks 
lyime. 
Core Nails. 
Flue Brushes, 
lyycapodium. 
Noodle Glue. 
Sparger's White Heat Steel Comp'd. 
Annealed Core Wire. 
Litharge. 
Tripoli, Powdered. 
Arsenic. 
Pure Shellac Varnish. 
Caustic Soda. 
Oil of Vitriol. 
Baking Japan. 
Fire Sand. 
VvHiite Sand (for cores). 
Sugar Sand. 
Hay Rope. 



Clear White Pattern Glue. 
Ticeolium. 
Asbestos, Crude and Ground. 
Stove Putty. 
Annealing Charcoal, 
Charred Raw Bone Charcoal. 
Pattern Makers' Supplies. 
Case Hardening Raw Bone. 
Parting Sand Riddles. 
Glutrose. 
Annealing Raw Bone. 
Borax. 
Sulphur. 
Silica Sand. 
Emery Wheel Dressers and Cutters- 
Stove Cement. 
Furnace Cement. 
Aluminum Flux. 
Tin Parting Sand Dusters. 
Stove Bolts and Rods. 
Sand Grinding Machines. 
Pure Turkish Emery. 
Sheet Mica. 
Hydrofluric Acid. 
Burdick's Chaplets. 
Bone Black. 
Wood Dowel Pins. 



78 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FLOOR RAMMERS-COMPLETE 




Fig. 77 
$15.00 per dozen 

Hickory Handles only $6.oo per doz. 

Polished Iron Butts and Peans 75 per set. 

Brass Butts and Peans furnished when desired at extra cost. 
Molders' Hard Wood Bench Rammers 




Fig. 78 

Made From the Very Best Hard Wood, Well Seasoned and Oiled 

READY FOR USE 

13 inches long, 4-inch butts 60 cents a pair. 

Special sizes to order. 

Rubber Tipped Floor Rammers 




Fig. 79 

We furnish RUBBER TIPPED FEOOR RAMMERS when desired. 

Large size, 3 in. wide, 7^ in. long ; holds tip 3 in. wide, {I in, thick and ^( in. high. 
Small " 2 " 2^ " " 2^ " H " " H " 

Prices upon application. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



79 



FOUNDRY SPRINKLING CANS 

Extra Heavy and Strong 



These are made of Galvan- 
ized Iron ; also of Copper, which 
have double bottoms, and are 
very strong. For foundries, etc. 

Prices, Galvanized Iron, 
$2.50 each; Copper, $8.00 each. 
All sizes carried in stock. 

Our Foundry Sprinkling 
Cans are built extra heavy to 
withstand the rough usage in 
the Foundr}'. 




Fig. 8u 



FOUNDRY GALVANIZED 
BUCKETS 

Made of Heavy Galvanized Material 




Fig. Si 

Used in handling Clay Wash 
or Molasses Water. 

Price, $9.00 per dozen 

Capacities from 2y^ to 3^^ 
gallons each. 

Always carried in stock. 



PATENT FOUNDRY 
BUCKETS 

Made of Either Oak or Cedar Wood 




Fig. "62 

Extra Heavy and Strong. 

Price, $9.00 per dozen 

Constructed to withstand the 
rough usage in a foundrv. 



80 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 





Fig. 83 



THE RELIABLE WALL 
TORCHES 

Our Torches Give a Bright, Clear 

Flame, Almost Equal to an 

Arc Light 

They are the best and simplest 
Torches made for lighting Factories, 
Foundries, Machine Shops, Blacksmith 
Shops, Rolling Mills, Warehouses, etc. 

They are made with both single 
and double burners. Made for Kerosene 
or Gasoline. In ordering state kind 
desired. 

Single Burner, $3.00 each. 
Double Burner, 4.50 each. 





HAND TORCH 
LAMPS 

l||^^H& ' Made For Rough Usage 

■n/WHtii'in 

miiHi 

Fig. 84— No. I J^ Fig- 85— No. 2 

f 

ms 

Fig. 86— No. 3 

No. I $0 75 each 

No. 2 I 00 each 

No. 3 I 25 each 

Made from Sheet Steel, Brazed with hard Spelter Solder. 

These goods are practically indestructibk. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



81 




OBERMAYER FOUNDRY BROOMS 



These Brooms are made of heavy steel bands 
or heads which are securely nailed together. By this 
method of construction it is impossible for the 
brooms to work loose or the handles on the 
material to fall out. 
No. I. Corn and Japanese Fiber mixed, 

35 lb. per doz., at $8/:o per doz. 

No. 2. Corn and Rattan Fiber mixed, 

35 lb. per doz., at ;^8.oo per doz. 

No. o. All Japanese Fiber, 

33 lb. per doz., at $8.oo per doz. 

No. I. All Japanese Fiber, 

39 lb. per doz., at ^P90o per doz. 

They are adapted for all kinds of heavy and 
light sweepings. They will last longer and give 
better service than any ordinary wire wound broom. 
No shoulders to break or tear when sweeping 
around machinery. The brooms keep their shape 
till entirely worn out. They are useful for 
Factories, Iron and Steel Mills, Foundries, Ware- 
houses, Railroads, Packing Houses, Stables, and 
wherever rough service is required. 



Fig S; 



CORN WHISKS 

These are sometimes used by Foundries ana 
Machine Shops for bench use. 

No. I at $3.00 per doz. 
No. 2 at $3.50 per doz. 
No. 3 at $4.00 per doz. 

No. 4 is made heavy and extra strong for 
shop use at $3.50 per doz. 

Prices subject to discount. 




liitiiiiiiift* 

Fig. 88 



82 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MOLDERS' SHOVELS 



Our Own Brands and Those of Leading Shovel Manufacturers 




Fig. 89 
"Split" Handle 




Fig. 90 
"D" Handle 

Different Brands and Descriptions 

Our Holder's Shovels are the best. We offer you a larger variety 
than any other concern. 

We call your particular attention to our *' Obermayer '* and 
'* Peerless *' Brands, which we guarantee to be second to none. 

When ordering, specify whether " Split" or " D " handle is wanted. 

Prices and Brands 

Ames $16.50 per doz. Obermayer .... $13.50 per doz. 

Blair 14.00 " Peerless 12.50 " 

Tredwell .... 12.50 " Justis 8.40 " 

Hadwin .... 11.80 " Eagle 6.50 " 

We carry an immense stock of different Brands of Holders Shovels 
at our various warehouses. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



83 



"OBERMAYER" GATE RAKES 





"OBERMAYER" COKE FORKS 



Sizes From 10 to 16 Tine 




Fig. 93 
From ^3.00 to $3.75 each, according to size. 



All sizes always carried in stock for immediate shipment. 



84 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



"OBERMAYER'S" COAL, COKE SHOVELS 
AND SCOOPS 

Plain Black Polished Lipped Shovels 




Fig. 94 
" D " Handle 

From $7.50 to $15.00 per doz. 



Coal or Coke Shovels 




Fig. 95 
"D" Handle 

From $12.00 to $20.00 per doz. 



Obermayer Scoops 




Fig. 96 
From $8.00 to $21.00 per doz. 
Large assortment always carried in stock for immediate shipment. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



85 



MOLDERS' EXTRA HEAVY STEEL, GALVANIZED 
AND BRASS RIDDLES 



Obernvayer's Riddles are Guaranteed to be the Heaviest, Strongest and to 

Withstand the Roughest Usage. Cross Bars are Equalized 

on the Bottom. 




Fig. 97 



Fig. 9S 



Steel Wire Riddles 

iS-iiich Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 12 mesh . . $6.00 per doz. 

Galvanized Wire Riddles 

18-inch Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 12 mesh . . $8.50 per doz. 

Brass Wire Riddles 

iS-iuch Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 18 mesh . . $12.50 per doz. 

Brass Parting Sand Riddles 

18-inch from No. 20 to No. 26 $3.00 each 

Extra Fine Brass Riddles for Rosin, etc. 

From No. 28 to No. 100 S4.Soeach 

We carry all Riddles in stock. ])()th with or without cross 
bars. All kintls made to order. 

Special Sizes Made to Order 



86 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



DOUBLE CRIMPED WIRE CLOTH 



Exact Size of Mesh 



■ ■ ■ 

1 ■ ■ 

t ■ 

«■■ 

!;■■ 


1 ■■,.■■ 

■■■I 

,■ » ■ 1 


■ ■ ■ i 

■:,■"■ 1 

1 ■; ■ 1 
1 ■ ■ 1 


turn 

Hi. 


■■■■■■ 1 


i, ■ ■ 

1 ■■ 

'1 Bi Hi 


■ ■ ■ B 
■. ■ ■■ 


1 ■ ■ 1 
■■■■ 



Fig. 99 
4 Mesh. No. 11 Wire 



.•ri*riii>«-»tir«iir»«rB«r(i'rk»r«iri«r«trii»r-#r-*>r«* 

-»■•'•■ •■:«>r»>rii'r««r •**'■'<"»'*"■• r ••#•«'*■ n'r ■■#■'# 

■-••■-•'••ii'r»'*-»>*-«tr«i-i*-ii'r»'#«'C»'« ••■■■# ••cii^r I 
•• •♦rii'»- ••#■■«'•' i'r»'r«'r«>r»r«'rrr«*r»-r ■!§-■>! 
-■>*-a-ir#rB ■'«>•■ rn* • r« ■■•*■»• r.'r»r»'«-«>ri 

'#■'*•'■■•'■■■••'•'•'*'•• r«-ir»ir«-»' ■•r«'r •'•*■'•■■ I 

'k'«'«-«'*'» «'■'■■ iTa'Ci ■'*'■"■■■ ■■«'■'■"■'« a'ra'r*' if I 
•tf I'lr »'»"•** **"»-r»**rr»- *■« iirtfB'rrrB'irB'ra'i 
•»■■-«♦•■'■■••• ■'r«'r«r»'«r»>>f»*r«'r»>rrir ■»»-■♦*•! 

:■■"••«' r «'if •••■■•* n'ra- r ••*-»• r»<r ■••■■'*"■•*'■»•■■'■" I 
r« rf^i rri • * • r« r» r.'ri • r»ii'r»** •••■»«r» I 

"ra-M-^-n'*-*'*' •••'•'il'a-ra>r»->r'a'«'B-r-ii'a ■*r>^r«-irf 
••■>jf ■<■"«* •"«•«• »'r»' If a'lra' If ■ #a'tf»>«*a'«-a'««>«rB>j 
•••Ca»a-a»a •'••••"" »;ra'r»irn'*-a«r B<r-Birii'*-«fr ■•a* « 

B-«'B"a'r«*«'«-'r«'rB'r«'r«-c«i»-a'«'»>rB'r8'«(*B'ira'i 

B<ra»»-«'B-a'ra-ira(rB-*'B>r«'«ra'if ••irB<B-«-#«'i-a'r« 

*B'«*»!B-«'r«'rii'rB-*»'r-«rB B'-a'ra'rvra'B~»'irB c 

ra»rB'a-a»»-B'rByr-8.i#-a!r-B-r"«'ira-rB-ira«B:»«ra(«-atrt 



Fig. ioo 
12 Mesh. No. 18 Wire 




Fig. ioi 
40 Mesh. No. 30 Wire 



"We invoice at Lowest Market Price at time of Receiving order. 
Steel and Brass Wire Cloth of all kinds carried in stock. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



87 



THE OBERMAYER. SCRAP IRON RIDDLES 



Extra Heav3' Riddles, ^ to 
i^-in. Mesh, $18.00 per doz. 

The Obermayer Riddles are 
made with heavy oak hoops 18 
inches, 20 inches and 22 inches in 
diameter. They may be used for 
screening coal or for small castings, 
cinders, etc., in foundries. 




Fig. 102 



WIRE COKE BASKETS 




Fig. 103 



They are made of extra heavy crimped Galvanized Steel Wire 
firmly put together, and make a strong, durable basket. 

We carry two sizes in stock : 

No. I holds 60 pounds or i bushel $4-50 

No. 2 holds 120 pounds or 2 bushels 5.50 

These baskets are better and cheaper than wooden baskets to handle 
coke or charcoal. Special large coke baskets for crane service made to 
order. 



88 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



HIGH GRADE GALVANIZED STEEL BASKETS 




No. 


Bush'ls 


Diam. 


Depth. 


Weight 


Price 
Per Doz. 


I 


I 


17 


IlK 


6 


$18 00 


1^2 


1/2 


19 


13 


7 


22 50 


2 


2 


20 


16 


8 


27 00 


3 


3 


23 


■1 


10 


36 00 


4 


4 


25 


20 


12 


t? 00 


5 


5 


25 


24 


14 


54 00 


6 


6 


27 


27 


16 


63 00 


lOI 


I 


15 


17 


6 


18 00 


I02 


W. 


15 


22 


8 


22 50 


103 


2 


15 


28 


9 


30 00 


106 


1/2 


17 


17 


7 


22 50 


107 


2 


17 


21 


9 


27 00 


108 


2/3 


17 


27 


II 


36 00 


III 


2>^ 


20 


17 


9 


31 50 


112 


3 


20 


21 


II 


36 CO 


113 


4 


20 


27 


13 


45 00 



Fig. 104 
Complete Double Bottom 

strong, Durable, Light Weight 



Rope, Iron or Clip Handles, as you like. Specify which, otherwise 

we send Iron. 

Extras 

Add for Wire Me.sh Bottoms $ 6.00 per doz. 

" " Shoes or Runners 6.00 " " 

" " Casters $6.00 to 24.00 " 

" " Covers 30 per cent 

" " Heavy Tin Plate 50 " " 



MOLDERS' SPRAY CANS 




Fig. 105 

For spraying water or other liquids on the mold. Made substan- 
tially from either Brass or Enamelled Tin. 

Smaller size in Copper or Tin of other design. 
Price, Brass, $1.50 each. Tin, 75c each. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



89 



STEEL WIRE SAND SCREENS 




Fig. io6 
Double Wires 

The above Screen is made from Selected Steel Wire, extra laced with 
DOUBIvE WIRES instead of single. The frames painted and the 
wires coated to prevent rusting. 

The regular size for Foundry use is 4 Mesh, for fine sand 5 Mesh, 
and for gravel 3 Mesh. 

No. 1 Steel Wire Sand Screen 

Size, 6 feet high, 28 inches wide $10.00 each 



No. 2 Steel Wire Sand Screen 

Size, 5 feet high, 24 inches wide $ 9.00 each 

Special vSteel Wire Screens to order. 



90 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




GLUTROSE (LIQUID) CORE COMPOUND 

Sold oi\ Quality, Retained on Merit 

Glutrose Core Compound is an article made in liquid form, to be 
mixed with the sand. This mixture is diluted by the use of water to the 
consistency desired, then the sand is tempered according to the size of the 
core. 

Cores can be made to have a hard outer surface so the thin places and 
corners may be kept sharp and strong. 

No Gases are Generated 

thus preventing blow holes in your castings. We manufacture several 
grades which are intended for general foundry use — one grade for small, 
fine cores, especially valuable for brass work ; also a grade for radiator 
work, where a strong, slender, tough core is required. SAVES TIME, 
SAVES MONEY and SAVES TROUBIvE. It has a heavier body 
than any Liquid Core Compound on the market. Diluted and used often 
as a substitute for molasses water. A trial will convince j'ou. Always 
in stock. 

Prices on application. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



91 




DR. KIRK*S CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR FLUX 

For Cleaning, Softening and Strengthening Cast Iron When 

Melting ii\ a Cupola 

This Compound is designed to supply Carbon, which is a strong ele- 
ment that is desired in producing good castings. In the process of 
manufacture, where fluidit}- in melting is essential, this flux, when used, 
will make a good, strong casting. This Compound will assist in making 
hard iron soft. It will reduce percentage of loss ; it will reduce tend- 
ency to clinging to lining, and it will facilitate escaping of dirt and dross 
from the iron. It will assist the lining in being glazed, thus cleansing 
the Cupola and makes the slag brittle and easily removes it. 

Directions 



Use about five pourids to each ton of iron melted ; make into a tliick 
paste and distribute equally upon each charge of fuel before you add the 
charge of iron. This compound should be used dry before tapping when 
placed in the bottom of ladles. 



92 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



i FERR.O 

m MANGANESE 




We can furnish 80 per cent pure Ferro Manganese in LUMP or 
POWDERED form in carloads or less. 

Ferro Manganese is one of nature's own remedies, and has been used 
in the iron industry for many years. It strengthens the iron ; it prevents 
blow holes, and otherwise improves the iron. When used in very small 
proportions it acts to soften the chill. Used in larger proportions, say i 
per cent, it acts to strengthen soft iron. It aids the escape of gases, thus 
reducing the chances of blow holes or unsound castings. It assists won- 
derfully in eliminating sulphur in coke or iron w'hen it is melting in the 
Cupola. 

With the use of FERRO MANGANESE you can safely use more 
scrap iron in your mixtures. When using FERRO MANGANESE for 
chilling or softening iron, there is a general improvement of the iron iu 
solidity, toughness, etc., and after a little experimenting it will prove to 
you that FERRO MANGANESE is a valuable adjunct in your foundry 
for nearly all classes of castings. 

The most economical way to use FERRO MANGANESE is to put 
it at the bottom of the ladle. It may be used in lump form in the Cupola. 
W^hen placed in the tapping spout in running metal it will mix thor- 
oughly. You should use one pound of ground FERRO MANGANESE 
IN LADLES to about 400 pounds of iron. If this does not produce the 
results required, experiment a little, using more or less FERRO MAN- 
GANESE, as ,your case may require, and in a short time you will fully 
realize the benefits of this material. 

Lump 

In small lots of 25 lbs 10 cents per lb. 

In lots of 200 lbs 7 

In ton lots 4>^ 

Powdered 

In small lots of 25 lbs 15 cents per lb. 

In lots of 200 lbs i2>^ " " 

In ton lots 8 



F. O. B. Factory 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



93 



THOMPSON'S ADJUSTABLE FLASK CLAMPS 

Prevent Run-Outs by Using the Best Flask Clamp 

Thousands in Daily Use— Send for a List of Users 




Fig. 107 




Fig. 108 
This Cut Shows Clamp in Use 

These Clamps will not only save time, but do away with wooden 
wedges. They are the most practical and economical flask clamps on 
the market. It is not necessary to have a great variety of sizes. The 
following sizes carried in stock. 

No. I. lo-inch . . $ 9.60 per dcz. No. 5. 30 inch . . $20.40 per doz. 

" 2. 14 " . . 12.00 " " 6. 36 " . . 24.00 " 

" 3. 18 " . . 1440 " " 7. 42 " . . 31.20 

'■ 4. 24 " . . 16.80 " 

It is to your interest to order a trial lot. 



94 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



ECCENTRIC CLAMPS 




Fig. 109 

Has Advantages Over the Ordinary Screw Clamp. A Time and 
Labor Saving Instrument. 



Nos o 

Open, inches . . 2^ 
Price $4.00 



I 


2 


3 


4 


4 


6 


8 


12 


.00 


$7-50 


$ 1 1 . 00 


$13.00 per doz 



MALLEABLE IRON SCREW CLAMPS 




Fig. 1 10 



Nos. ..... 

Open, inches . 
Price 



2 
6 

$7-50 



i 11.00 per doz. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



95 



CABINET MAKERS' AND BUILDERS' STEEL 
BAR. CLAMPS 






Fig. 


III 






12 inches . 


. $13.00 per doz. 


48 


inche-s . 


. $26.00 per doz 


15 " 


• 1375 " 


54 




. 28.00 " 


18 " 


. 15.00 


60 




• 30-75 " 


21 " 


16.00 " 


66 




• 32-50 " 


24 " 


• 17-25 " 


72 




• 34-75 " 


30 " 


• 19-50 " 


78 




- 3700 " 


36 " . 


• 21.75 " 


84 




• 3900 " 


42 " 


- 23.85 " 


90 




• 41-50 " 



The increased demand for long Clamps by manufacturers of cabinet 
and undertakers' goods is fully met by this Clamp. No clamp made 
equals it in strength, convenience and ease of adjustment. It clamps 
instantly any width of work up to eight feet. Any odd size made to 
order. We make this Clamp with a screw head in place of the eccentric 
head, when so ordered. 

The Only Steel Bar Clamp Made 



inch 



1 G 

_7 
1 (T 



WOOD DOWEL PINS 

Prices on Maple, Hickory, Ash or Oak Rods 



50 per 1,000 ft. 



50 
00 
30 
60 



_9_ 
1 G 



ii 
1 6 



$6.50 per 1,000 ft. 

7.00 " 

8.00 
10.00 " 



96 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



"ESSO" SCREW CLAMPS 




Fig. 112 
With Ball and Socket Swivel 




Fig. 113 
With Riveted Swivel 

Heavy Square Thread on Screws. Frames " Ribbed " all around. 
The Strongest and Best Clamps made. 

To Open, inches .2 2^3 4 5 6 

Price $4.00 $5.20 $6.00 $8.40 10.00 $13.00 per doz. 

To Open, inches. .7 8 9 10 12 

Price $15.60 $18.00 $20.00 $22.00 $27.00 per doz 

In Ordering, Please State Which Style Swivel is Desired 

From 2 to 6 inch, half doz. in box. 
From 7 to 12 inch, quarter doz. in box. 



Cabinet Makers' Clamps in .stock ; large assortments. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



97 



HAWLEY'S PATENT ADJUSTABLE CLAMP 




These Clamps are made from the best malleable iron and are so 
constructed that they can be adjusted instantly to any size flask within 
the length of the Clamp. Each Clamp will take the place of five to ten 
plain, old style clamps. The}^ are strong, comparatively light and 
durable. 

No. I adjusts from 

" 2 " " 

" 3 " 



Fig. 115 



7^^-in. to ii-in. Flask 
9 " to 14 " 
i2,y2 " to 24 " " 

PINCH DOGS 



6.00 per doz. 
7.50 
18.00 



No. 00 i/2in 30 cents per doz. 

02 " • . 40 " " 

I 2V2 ''.... • 50 " 

" 23" 70 " 



ECONOMIC SEAMLESS STEEL CAN 




For Shellac, Paint, 
Varnish, etc 
The Hermetical Seal Pre- 
serves Brushes and 
Contents 

This can is made from 
smooth surface, cold-rolled 
"Swedoh" steel, drawn seam- 
less, in two parts. It is well 
finished and heavily enameled 
outside, the interior being 
coated with a light varnish 
that will not discolor the 
material kept in the can. 

It commends itself at once 
to pattern and cabinet makers 
and all who use fine paints, 
varnish, shellac, etc. 

Size of "Economic Can" 
9^^2 inches high, 6 inches in 
diameter. 

$3.00 each 



r'iG. 116 



98 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE EUREKA SNAP FLASK 

The Most Perfect Acting aad Reliable Flask Upon the 
Market. Cheap in Price and Always Ready 

Hardwood— Malleable Iron Trimmings 




Fig. 117 

The placing upon the market of a ready-made vSnap Flask is an ar- 
ticle as new as it is needed, and we are determined to give Foundrymen a 
chance to get the best constructed, the best acting and most durable Snap 
Flask at a price that will be a great saving over the old way of making 
them for themselves, and, besides, getting a superior article. It can be 
seen by the cut that the flask has the most perfect acting hinge. It is so 
constructed that the sand can not get into it, and does not have to be 
cleaned every time it is taken off the mold, nor will it break or crack the 
mold in taking it off. It has an adjustable guide, which can be adjusted to 
the pins very quickly. The pins are V-shaped, with corresponding bear- 
ings on the adjustable guide, which insures a square and perfect lift of the 
cope. This flask is bound on both edges with heavy band iron. The cor- 
ners are all rabbeted together and bound with heavy corner irons, which 
makes them stiff and strong. The hook is the simplest and most perfect 
in action of any hook made, and when closed holds the flask perfectly 
tight and stiff. 

The cope is grooved all the way around so as to prevent an}^ sag in 
lifting off or closing up. This flask complete cannot be equalled in 
quality for the price. 

Price $6.00 Each, Any Size 
Snap Flask Trimmings $3.00 Per Set 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



99 



EUREKA ROUND SNAP FLASK 




Fig. ii8 

We illustrate our Eureka Round vSnap Flask, which fills a long-felt 
want in the Foundry. They are I'/i inches thick. They have our pat- 
ent hooks. The edges are bound with heavy band iron, and have our 
latest improved adjustable guides and pins. The cope is grooved, and is 
made to stand a great deal of rough usage. It works perfectly. 

Price, $10.00 Each 

EUREKA SPECIAL CUT SNAP FLASK 




Fig. 119 

The above cut illustrates the Eureka Snap Flask, cut for a special 
pattern. 

We make this Flask c/d in any shape. 

In ordering, send drawing of the sides ot the Fla.sk as it is to be cut 
to fit the pattern, or send pattern. 

Use Our Taper Snap Flask 

LoiC. 



100 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE STANDARD TAPER. SNAP FLASK 




Fig 1 20 

All Measurements Given at the Parting (Flasks Taper 1 inch to 1 ft.) 

For Example: A flask 12x12 inches, 6-inch cope and 6-inch 
drag, would measure 13x13 inches at the bottom, 12x12 inches at 
the parting, and 1 1 x 1 1 inches at the top. They are made with special 
machinery and built on templets, and the taper is perfect. Therefore, 
in ordering, if you are going to use wood slip-boxes, we would prefer 
to cut them out for you, and when nailed together we will guarantee 
them to fit perfectly on all four (4) sides. Instead of grooves we use 
band iron for holding the sand in cope, as shown in cut. For any 
special casting, which has to be perfect, there is no better flask in 
which to make it than these, if you have perfect slip-boxes. 

They do not crush the mold. 

Band Iron, extra $2 00 

Price for cutting slip-boxes, each 50 

List Price for Taper Flask complete, each 10 00 



Write For Discount 
R U a User of Obermayer's Facings? 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



101 



NEW DIAMOND SNAP FLASK 




Fig. 121 

The New Diamond Snap Flask is furnished ot the very best ma- 
terial, with malleable iron trimmings mortised and dovetailed into the 
wood. The pins and sockets are placed on with bolts, and the hinges 
are warranted not to get loose from the wood. On each flask is one 
adjustable socket to take up the wear. 

The New Diamond Snap Flask is the lightest, strongest, and best 
flask on the market. It suits the majority of molders, for both bench 
and machine work. This flask is guaranteed to be perfect in every 
respect. 

Sets of Five. — We call special attention to a set of five Snap Flasks 
of any size, length and width, which consists of five drags, each 2, 3, 4, 5 
and 6 inches, and of five copes the same. They are interchangeable, and 
the following twenty-five depths of Flasks may be made of one set. 



Copes 22222 
Drags 65432 



3 3 3 3 3 
65432 



44444 
65432 



Copes 5 5 5 5 5 
Drags 65432 



6 6 6 6 6 
65432 



These sets are used for odd jobs, as they do away with the nailing 
on of strips to suit the work. 

Price for single Diamond Snap Flask (cope and drag) .... $6.00 

Price of sets of five is $27.50. 

Match and cheeks made when desired. Price, $2.50 each. 

Prompt Shipments 



102 



THE S OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER. CORE BOXES 




Fig. 122 

We furnish a complete set of Core Boxes which consists of fourteen 
sizes and three lengths to each size, viz.: 6 in., 12 in., and 16 in. long, 
making in all 42 boxes. 

Straight ends $40.00 per set 

Cone end extra 10.00 " 

List of Standard Cores 





Diam. 
of Core. 


To Bore 


Diam. 
of Core. 


To Bore 




III 


2)i 





Diam. 
of Core. 


To Bore 


Diam. 
of Core. 


To Bore 


2^ 
3^8 


1-3- 

3i\ 
3U 


3^8 


3}f 
4,\ 
4iV 



They are made of hard poplar, which is not likely to warp as maple 
wood does when used continually with the wet sand. 

Core Boxes made in any size and sold in any quantit}- desired. 



ANNEALED CORE WIRE 



We furnish to the trade 
Annealed Iron Wire in 
bundles, and carry in stock 
assorted sizes, from No. 8 
to No. 16, standard wire 
gauge. Other sizes fur- 
nished when ordered. 

We always ship this in 
bundles unless otherwise 
specified, without making 
extra charges, the average 
weight being from 100 to 
150 lbs. each bundle. 



9 

10 

11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 







Fig. 123 



Decimal Figures refer to Diameter in Decimal Parts of an Inch 
Investigate Our Core Wire Straightening Machines 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



103 




HOLDERS' TOOLS 



Fig. 124 




Fig. 127 

ALL KINDS, SIZES AND MAKES CARRIED IN STOCK 
FOR IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT 




Fig. 128 



All Holders' Tools sent by express or mail with 
charges prepaid. 




Fig. 132 

SEND FOR SPECIAL MOLDERS' COMPLETE TOOL CATALOGUE, which 
we send to any individual molder FREE OF COST. 




Fig. 133 




Fio. 134 



104 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



LUMP CHARCOAL 



Carloads or Less 




We are prepared to furnish at all times Charcoal used by foundries 
for skin drying molds and other purposes. We operate our own Charcoal 
Kilns and burn nothing but Hard Wood. Less than carload lots put up 
in barrels. Shipped in Bulk in carloads to all parts of the United States 
and Canada. 

NOTICE 

We desire to call the attention of the trade to the fact that we 
furnish all kinds of Willow, Maple and Pine Charcoal and carry 

this material in stock ; Charcoal for Animal Food, Veterinary and 
Medicinal purposes. We furnish Charcoal for every purpose known, 
in lump, granulated or powdered form. 



FOUNDRY COKE 




We ship genuine 72-hour Councils ville Foundry Coke at lowest mar- 
ket prices. We have made arrangements to secure for the foundrymen 
the best Connellsville Coke. 

Carloads shipped direct from the Coke Ovens. Less than carloads 
shipped from our nearest warehouse. 

Write for prices and freight rates. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 105 



RE-CARBONIZED GRANULATED WOOD 
CHARCOAL 

For Filtering Purposes 




We are furnishing this material to the builders of refrigerating 
plants, also to the manufacturers of Artificial Ice. 

Our Granulated Charcoal is pure and sweet, and free from all foreign 
matter, being used for all filtering purposes; it is manufactured from 
simple burnt hardivood Charcoal. 

This gramdated wood Charcoal is suitable for purifying water, 
whether used in the manufacture of Ice or not. 

Put up in bags or barrels ; 3 cents per pound. 

Special prices in car loads. 

Special prices to dealers and Ice Machine builders. 

Order from our nearest Warehouse. 



Notice 

Our filtering Charcoals are made from hard wood — Maple — and 
made under our own supervision. 




We Are Manufacturers of Granulated Animal Charcoal for Filtering, etc. 



106 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



i 

ft? 



z 

CO 0^ 

i S 

1 g^ 



Wrought Iron Ghaplets and Ghaplet Stems. 





r 
















_ 
















t*(" 




CO 

CO 


o 

CO 




1— I 


CM 


o 


05 






O 
QO 


o 


CO 


o 


US 


O 

CO 








o 


lO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


t>. 


l>- 


t^ 


(JO 


00 


05 


OS 


o 

rH 


'♦l 




CO 


o 


00 








X) 


1>- 


t>. 

05 




o 

CO 


o 

CO 


o 
o 


CO 


o 


^^ 




CO 


CO 


00 


^ 


"^ 


^ 


T}H 


'^ 


-^ 


lO 


lO 


lO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


'^•r 




o 




o 

CO 




o 
o 


o 

CO 




o 
oo 


o 


o 

o 


o 

1— ( 


o 

CO 


o 


o 


o 








C<1 


C<l 


CN 


cq 


<M 


C<1 


oq 


oq 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


CO 


r-*X} 


IU3 


CO 
00 


35 


t^ 

^ 


o 


CO 

T—t 


O 




CO 


CO 


o 




CO 


00 




o 

oo 






1—1 


rH 


T-l 


c^ 


oq 


cq 


(M 


(M 


?q 


?q 


s^ 


(N 


oq 


oq 


(M 


.M|rH 




O 
^ 


CO 


o 




o 

00 


lO 

00 


o 


05 


o 

o 


o 


o 


I— ( 


o 






•-tto 


tH 


T— 1 


rH 


1— ( 


tH 


T— 1 


T-l 


T— ( 


T-i 


C<l 


(M 


(M 


oq 


(?q 


(M 


O 
^2 


09 . 

H 1.1 




^ 




^ 


r 


^ 


- 


X 


: 


:^ 


: 


: 


: 


: 


- 


a* 
5 


^ 


'a./ 


CO 


^ i 


'^ 


lO 


lO 


CO 


CO 


!>. 


t^ 


00 


05 


o 
1—1 


y-l 
rH 


T— f 



G 


0) 


o 


N 










c3 


U 




V 


Ih 


bO 


03 








O 


M 


J2 


e 


^ 


"O 


C 


3 


li 


u 


OJ 


c 


o 








o 


Ul 


o 


(U 






.-^ 








o 


o 


(U 


<*-! 


^ 


o 








ri^ 


a; 


() 


Lh 


o 



SIZES IN STOCK. 




% 



Fig. 136 



i 




Aii Tinned. 





m* 




10 

00 


CO 
00 




CD 


OS 

00 


CO 
Oi 


oq 

(35 




rH 






00 



rH 


oq 

rH 





o^ 


10 
oq 


CO 


Oa 




u*» 


CO 
CO 

10 




CO 


00 


10 

1—1 
CO 


OI 

CO 




CO 


X) 

Oi 

CO 




(oq 


LO 



00 



j—i 

OO 


lO 
CO 

00 



oq 

Oi 


10 

Oi 



CO 



rH 


H 


•-*» 


CO 
CO 




CO 


00 

CO 


10 




o^ 
o^ 





X) 

10 




Oi 




lO 



CO 


lO 
CO 

10 



CO 


lO 
CO 

CO 




CO 1 


< 
Q 


•*» 




tH 







CO 

cq 



oq 



10 

oq 




CO 

oq 



oq 



00 

oq 



Oi 

oq 





CO 




rH 
CO 




CO 

CO 



CO 




CO 


1 

Oi 
CO 




-fS 


CO 
00 

1—1 
■6*9. 



OS 

r-l 


Oi 

1—1 


to 



oq 


CO 

rH 

oq 



oq 


Ol 


lO 
CO 

oq 


CO 

o? 




lO 


10 

OI 


oa 

CO 

oq 


00 
CO 

oq 


lO 

oq 




00 

oq 




-*)• 


lO 
1—1 



CO 

rH 


10 
CO 

I— 1 




tH 





00 

r- 1 


00 




Oi 
r-t 


LO 

OS 
tH 




oq 


uO 

oq 




rH 

oq 




rH 

oq 



o< 

oq 


10 
oq 

oq 


•ui 

JO 90B 

gui.ti 


J tUOJJ 


c 
CO 


CO 


■^ 







Hid 



CO 


Hid 

CO 


t^ 




00 


OS 





rH 
1-* 


oq 

1-* 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



107 



SIZES IN STOCK, 



WROUGHT 
IRON 

CHAPLET 
STEMS. 




WITH SQUARE PLATE FITTED. 



PRICE PER HUNDRED. 



DIam.of 
Plates. 


IJin. 


IJin. 


If in. 


2 in. 


2iin. 


3 in. 


Thick's 
of Plates 


tV in- 


e'l '"•• 


i in. 


1 1 in 


T3 in- 


iin. 


Diam.of 
Stem. 


iin. 


T5 in- 


1 in- 


^ in. 


fin. 


fin. 


Length 
3 in. 


$2 80 


$3 43 


$4 00 


$6 43 


$9 83 


13 97 


H " 


2 85 


3 50 


4 10 


6 60 

6 77 


10 10 
10 37 


14 35 


4 '' 


2 90 


3 57 


4 20 


14 73 


H " 


2 95 


3 65 


4 30 


6 95 


10 65 


15 10 


5 " 


3 00 


3 73 


4 40 


7 13 


10 92 


15 47 


5^ " 


3 05 


3 80 
3 87 


4 50 


7 30 


11 20115 85 


6 " 


3 10 


4 60 


7 47 


11 48 


16 22 


61 " 


3 15 


3 95 


4 70 


7 65 


11 75 


16 60 


7 " 


3 20 


4 03 


4 80 
4 90 


7 83 


12 07 


16 97 


n " 


3 25 


4 10 


8 00 


12 30 

12 60 

13 15 


17 35 


8 " 


3 30 


4 17 


5 00 
5 20 


8 20 


17 75 


9 " 


3 35 


4 25 


8 55 


18 60 


10 " 


3 40 


4 33 


5 40 


8 90 

9 25 
9 60 


13 70 

14 25 


19 25 


11 " 


3 45 


4 40 
4 50 


5 60 

5 80 


20 00 


12 " 


3 50 


14 80 


20 7-5 


N>t Prise 
J9r Curving 

PUles to 
Suit Diun. 

XOora. 


25 


35 


45 


60 


75 


1 00 



DOUBLE HE&D GH&PLET STEMS. 

Made of ^ inch round Iron, from % to 2]{ inches long (measuring from face of 
shoulder). 

Price, per hundred, from S/g to jYs inches $4 00 

Price, per hundred, from ij| to 2j^ inches 5 00 




Fig. 138 



DOUBLE HEAD GHAPLETS, WITH FORGED HEADS. 

Made of ^ inch round Iron, from 3^ to 2}4 inches long, 
with heads ^ inch in diameter. 

Price, per hundred, from )i to i^ inches $5 oo 

Price, per hundred, from 1%. to 2}4. inches 6 00 



DOUBLE HEAD CHAPLET STEMS, WITH SQUARE PLATES FITTED. 

Tinned. 




Fic. 139 




Stems made of ^ round Iron, from % to 2^ inches 
long. 
Price, per hundred, }4 to i inch, with plates 

from 3/ to iX inches $S 00 

Price, per hundred, lyi to i^z inches, with 

Plates from iji to 2 inches 9 00 

Price, per hundred, i^ to jyi inches, with 

Plates from 2 to 2)4 inches 10 00 

Special Size Chaplets Made to Order. 



108 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



•*ESSO" PERFORATED TIN CHAPLETS 




Fig. 141 
These Can be Made in Any Size, Shape or Form 

WE HAVE found, through experiment, and after considerable ex- 
pense, the many advantages secured by the adoption of Perfo- 
rated Tin ChapletS. They are used extensively on radiator 
work and in stOVe foundries where gas ranges are manufactured, and 
are particularly useful on gas-burners, water backs, water fronts and ends. 
No measuring necessary, as the Chaplet is made the thickness 
of metal required. The iron flows through all perforations, thus 
making a solid mass ; whereas in using other tj^pe Chaplets there 
remains a head or rod extended outside of casting, which has to be 
chipped or cut oflF, thus entailing extra expense and loss of time, and 
adding innumerable chances for leakage. 

On all sanitary plumbing work, engine work or other 

castings which necessarily have any port-holes, they are found in- 
valuable ; in fact, anything pertaining to cored work of any 
description. THE MORE COMPLICATED THE WORK, THE 
MORE INVALUABLE THEY WILL PROVE. 

We are prepared to make the dies necessary to suit any class of 
work, making Perforated Tin Chaplets any size, shape or form required. 

Write for particulars with prices. 

Send for Trial Samples 

"Everything You Need In Your Foundry" 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



RADIATOR. CHAPLETS 



109 





M^IATOR .NO WATER-BACK CHAPLET5. 
Fig. 142 

No. I. Head, Yt, inch, stem, yV, length to order. 

No. 2. Double Head, same size No. i. 

No. 3. Head, Y^ x ^, stem, ■^^, length to order. 

Special Chaplets and Plates Made to Order 

Write for Prices and Discounts 

Prompt Shipments Guaranteed 

LOVEJOY'S SHELL CHAPLETS 



•iiail 




Fig. 143 




■ 3 



wm- 



Fig. 144 



The illustration shows the manner in which the Chaplets are placed 
when in use. They are made from ^s-in. to i-in. thickness and are used 
to a great advantage. An accurate adjustment of core may be secured 
without the use of gauges, effecting a saving of time and labor. 

Also securing smooth surfaces of the casting outside and inside. 

Perfect amalgamation of Chaplet with the cast metal. 

A vented top for the escape of gas, thus insuring a full pour within 
the shell, consequently a preventive to " blowing" of the molten metal. 

Strength to resist pressure and to do perfectly the work they are 
intended to accomplish. 

Trial lots forwarded without charge. State thickness of metal in 
casting when ordering, and if possible give approximate weight of cores. 



All sizes in stock and we make prompt shipments. 



110 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER'S GREY IRON CHAPLETS 





Fig. 14s 

We can furnish in large or small quantities the cheapest and most 
practical chaplets for general work that have been introduced. They are 
the invention of an experienced foundryman, and they have been tested 
in actual practice on various kinds of work. 

They leave ver}' little, if any blotch on the surface, and fuse well 
into the hot iron, so as not to cause blow holes. As they become part of 
the casting, there is no loss of weight, and the time saved in molding 
pays for the chaplets many times. 

We make the following; sizes: 



List Prices 

I/Cngth, y^ inch $0.72 per hundred 



3/ 



If 8 
2 



.78 

.84 

.90 

.96 

1.02 

1.08 

1. 14 

1.20 

1.26 

1.32 

1.38 
1.44 



F. O. B. cars or express here. No charge for boxing. 
We will accept no order for less than 500 of one size. 

Coppering 40 cents per 100 extra. 

Prompt shipments. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



111 



W No. 1 



DOOR CATCH 

(Pat. May 31, 189S.) 





Y No. 3 




Z No. 4 



SPRING COVER CATCH 



(Pat. May 16, 1S99.) 






A No. I 



B No. 2 



A B No. 3 



Fig. 147 

These catches are designed to dispense with setting cores or fihng or 
cutting lugs to swinging hearths, tops or covers. 



DOVE TAILS 

(Pat. May 16, 1899.) 





F F No. I 



GO No. 2 



Fig. 148 

For holding legs in stoves, sinks, bath tubs, or where dove tail is 
required in Foundry work. 



HINGE TUBES 

(Pat. Maj- 16, 1S99.) 

All tubes filled with 
composition. 



.M^ 



ii 



A^ 



Fig. 149 If Interested Write for Other Styles and Prices Fig. 150 

Round Hole Oval Hole 



112 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Pattern Makers' Supplies 

WE FURNISH A COMPLETE LINE OF 

PATTERN SHOP SUPPLIES 

WHICH CONSISTS OF 

Brass and Malleable Iron, Peg, Plate, Shoulder and Tube 
Dowels, Rapping Plates, Lifters, Leather Fillet, Brass 
and White Metal Pattern Letters, Bending Irons, 
Varnish Cans, Vises, Sand and Wood Trim- 
mers, Hand Screws, Glue, Shellac and 
all kinds of Glue and Paint 
Brushes, etc., etc. 




STOCK ROOM CINCINNATI WAREHOUSE 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



113 



LABOR SAVING LEATHER 
PATTERN FILLETS 




Fig. 151 
Sizes run in sixteenths from ,^j; to % — in eighths from }i to i inch. 

Our Flexible Leather Fillet can be applied to any corner, and is as easily 
handled upon a compound curve as in a straight line. It is the best fillet produced, 
and a trial never fails to demonstrate to the entire satisfaction of the most skep- 
tical. It is a great time and labor saver, as the applying of it is accomplished -svith 
a single operation ; no tacking or clamping, thus dispensing with the use of 
miter box. It is not affected by heat, cold or moisture an}- more than is the pattern 
itself, while its lightness, durability and neatness soon win for it golden opinions. 
The progressive pattern maker will perceive the absolute practicability of our 
Leather Fillet and its superiority to all others. It is furnished in lengths of 4 and 
5 feet, and put up in bunches of 100 feet each, ready for shipment by mail or ex- 
press. All sizes are constantly carried in stock and prompt shipments guaranteed. 

Our Wood Fillet is made in eleven sizes — viz., from J^ to 2-inch radius in 3 
feet lengths, and sold by the yard. It is made of the best clear white pine, kiln 
dried and free from knots, sap and blemishes, worked in cove to feather edge. Our 
wood fillet, having the advantage of being shellaced on cove only, is constructed 
to accommodate the standard draft that all patterns should have ; therefore, it will 
fit perfectly when in position, and is practically useful and of trifling cost. 

How to Order.— Our Fillets are numbered by sixteenths contained in a radius^ 
viz., I inch radius is No. 16. Always order by number. Be sure and state whethei 
Wood or Leather is wanted. Use wood fillet for straight work, and leather fillet of 
same number for all curved lines. Sold by the yard, packed in light wooden 
cases. Owing to this fact 33 yards is the smallest quantity for which we accept orders. 



Price List 



Leather Pattern Fillet, per 100 Ft. 

No. I, i^g in radius $1 50 

2, 1^ " 2 50 

" 3. T5 " ■•• 3 50 

" 4. X " 4 00 

" s, tV " \-^^ 

6, y% " 5 oc 

8, >^ " 6 00 

" 10, >^ " 7 00 

" 12,14^ " S50 

" 14. ^ " 9 7? 

" 16, I " 10 50 



No. 



Wood Pattern Fillet, per 100 Ft. 

4, j^,y in radius $3 00 

390 

4 05 

4 65 



6 K 

9. 8 
"> T5 

12, it 

14.11 
16, \% 

''O 'i^- 
~^1 1 8 



24. T 



-A 



28, ft " 
32, ?| " 
Leather and Wood Fillet in Stock, all Sizes. 



480 

540 
6 00 

1050 

12 00 

13 00 
15 00 



114 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRASS DOWELS OF ALL KINDS 



Peg and Tube Brass 
Dowels 



Plate Brass Dowels 





Fig. 153 
Full Size 2^2 Inches 

(Measurement Indicates Length of Plate.) 

1 in $ 6.50 per gross 

iJ4^ " 7-50 " 

i}4 " 8.50 

2 " 1350 " 

2% " 21. so " 



Brass Dowels With Pegs I in. in Diameter, $3.00 Per Doz. 

For Patterns are far superior to wooden pegs. Always perfect 
fitting and interchangeable 



MOLDING SAND 



If 3^ou are experiencing some trouble in securing a good sand in 
casting steel, we are in position to furnish you with a Sand suitable for 
Steel Work and which many foundrymen are using on this kind of work 
with good results, especially for Green Sand Molds. 



Write us for prices. 



THE S. OBBRMAYER COMPANY 



115 



A. 



SHOULDER. BRASS DOWELS 







Fig- 154 



Si/e A Diam. of Pin ^3 in. 



B 
C 
D 
E 
F 
G 



/4 

1 tj 



y^ " 



I 4.50 per gross. 

5-50 

6.50 

8.50 
10.25 
12.50 
15.00 



Order by Size 



FILLET TOOLS 



For Pattern Makers' Use in Applying Fillet 





Fig. 15s 

No. I. For yV in., and }i in. at $0.50 

"2. " ,3_ a .< i^ « ^t 75 

" 3- " T^ " " ¥^ "at i.oo 

"4. " >4 " " 5^ " at 1.50 



Price Per Set $3.50 



116 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




16 

3/8 



MALLEABLE IRON DOWEL 
PINS 

Pins and Holes Finished to Fit 

Used In Same Manner As Brass Dowel Pins 



Fig. m6 



)0.90 per doz. pairs. 

I.20 " 

1.50 
1.80 



ys in 

3/ " 



>2.io per doz. pairs. 
2.40 " 

2.70 



OBERMAYER'S BRASS DOWEL PINS 



1 2 '"^f ^' 






Kiuao 

No. 00 
" o 
" I 

2 
" 3 

4 
" 5 



' V=^ 



5o.6o per doz. v 



.72 
.84 
1.08 
1.44 
2.04 
2.76 




Fig. 157 
Full Size — In Ordering Please Name Size 

These Pins require no Mortising — No Wood Screws — No Squaring 
over of centre — but are placed in the old reliable way. 

To place the Pin, bore a hole through the Cope and part way into 
the drag, the same as for wood dowels. Drive the Brass pin in from the 
parting and plug up the hole in the Cope. 

We carry a large stock of the above on hand at all times. All 
orders filled promptly. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 

Protect Your Patterns by Using 

FRASER'S PATTERN 
LIFTERS 

^g-in ....... $i.8o per doz. 

>^ " 2.25 

58 "...•.. • 2.70 

H " 3-30 

We Have the above also with Key Sets 



117 



Fig. 158 





Fig. 159 
Oblong Style 



Made of malleable iron 
with rapping holes, tapped 
draw hole and screw holes. 




Fig. 160 




Fig. 161 
Triangular Style 



Fig. 163 
Triangular Style 




Fig. 163 
Square Style 



We carry them in stock, 
and all orders are promptly 
executed. We are exclusive 
selling agents. 

Send us vour orders. 




iMG. 164 

Square Style 



118 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FRASER'S RAPPING PLATES 



2sro. 
I tapped 34-i:i . 


$0.50 per doz. 


No. 

1 1 tapped ^2-in . . 


$1-05 


2 " " . 


•53 


12 " 5 8-in . 


1-15 


3 " " • 


.50 


13 " " • 


1.30 


4 " " • 


.60 


14 " " . 


T45 


5 " 


.60 


15 " " . 


1.65 


6 " " . 


.70 


16 " " . 


2.10 


7 " ^2-iu . . 


■75 


17 " " . 


2.85 


8 " " . 


.85 " 


iS " }i-n\ . 


3-30 


9 " " ■ 


.90 


19 " " . 


• 3-90 


lO " " 


1. 00 " 


20 " " . 


4-35 



per doz. 



Dimensions of the Different Styles of Rapping Plates 

Oblong Style 



Number. 


I^eiigth. 


width. 


Thickness. 


I 


1)4 inches. 


1 1 inch. 


}i inch. 


2 


2 " 


J L " 


>^ " 


3 


1^ " 


iif " 


-A " 


4 

S 


1% " 


If ;; 

?4 




6 


2h " 


?4 


1% " 


7 


2 If; " 


rs " 


.•J << 

18 


8 


3h " 


Vs " 


1 r, 


9 


2U " 


1 " 


K " 


10 


3H " 


I *' 


X " 


12 


3^ " 


iX " 


1% " 


14 


4^ " 


iX " 


l""!! 


15 


S'A " 


I -A " 


t\ 


J7 


5l'6 " 


2% " 


1 « 


18 


7i\ " 


2^8 " 


1 a 


19 


1034: " 


2J^ " 


16 



Triangular Style 



Square Style 



Number. Height. Width. Thickness 



16 



Square. Thickness. 



2^ in. 



We have the exclusive sales agency for Frazer's Rapping 

Plates throughout the United States and carry a large stock at each one 
of our plants. They are made of a superior quality of malleable iron, 
with rapping holes, tapped draw and screw holes. They are as neces- 
sary for pattern shops as screws and nails, and the low price enables 
large manufacturers to carry a stock at a very small expense. Order a 
quantity and give them a trial. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



119 




PATTERN MAKERS' VISE 

Jaws Leather Faced 

Height, 42 in.; width jaw, 6 in.; depth to screw, 
10 in.; opens 18 in.; screw, 24 x i}{ in. 

Price, $16.50 

Adopted by the largest and best equipped shops 
as the most practical Pattern Makers' Wood Vise. 

Jaws always open parallel, but they can be ad- 
justed to catch taper by loosening screw at bottom. 

Fig. 165 

WINKLEY THREADED BRASS DOWEL PINS 

For Patterns 



D 




No. I 






N„. 4 

Fig. 166 



No. s 



They are made to fit holes bored by Jennings' Bits as follows 



No. I. 
No. 2. 
No. 3. 
No. 4. 



To fit hole j^ in., size of pin, ^i 

" tV " " " K 



ji 

1 (T 



16 



m $2.50 per 100 pair 

" 3-50 " 

" 5-50 " " 

" 8.00 " " 



These Dowel Pins are made of brass and so arranged that Ihey may be driven 
or screwed into place and easily removed at any time by simply unscrewing same. 
Especially valuable in hard wood patterns. Made in four sizes and so arranged that 
the upper half of the pattern frees itself as soon as it is well started. These 
Threaded Dowels are used extensively by manufacturers of fine machine tools, as 
they are inductive to good smooth joints on castings. The cuts shown above are 
full size of Dowels. Figure No. 5 slwivs ix sectional viezc of one of these Dozcels 
when placed in the pattern. 



120 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



No. 20 GLUE HEATER. 



Has Four No. 2 One-Quart Galvanized Pots 




Fig. 167 

Weight, 125 pounds. Floor space 12 x 30 inches. 

No. 20 Heater furnished complete as shown. 



No. 6^ GLUE HEATER. No. 26 GLUE HEATER 



Has One Two -Gallon Galvanized 
Pot 




Fig. 1 68 



Floor space i6 x i6 inches. 
Weight, no pounds. 



Has Two No. 4 Half-Gallon 
Galvanized Pots 



X^ 




Floor space 12 x 24 inches. 
Weight, 100 pounds. 



No. 6% Heater or No. 26 Heater furnished complete as shown. 



THE S. OBRRMAYER COMPANY 



121 



NEW DOUBLE-END WOOD LATHE 



With Floor Stand, Etc. 




Fig. 170 

These improved lathes are offered to the trade at the price of single- 
end lathes. 

The workmanship and materials are first-class in all respects. 

The head and tail stocks are cored hollow with the metal placed so as 
to resist all vibration or " chatter," and are planed true on the bottom to 
fit the shears. 

The spindles and centers are of refined steel, constructed in such 
a manner as to hold the work firmly. 

Particular attention is called to the lock nuts for taking up end wear 
of headstock spindle, which improvement will be appreciated b}^ 
operators, as it leaves the end of spindle free to attach or detach the face 
plate at will. 

The cone pulleys are of iron, ver}' light, perfectly balanced and have 
four speeds. 

The journal bearings are lined with a fine grade of genuine Babbitt 
metal nicely fitted to insure a high rate of speed without heating. 

The shears are made of wood, 10 inches deep, 6, 7 and 8 feet between 
centers of lathe, and firml}' bolted to cast-iron legs. 

Each lathe is furnished complete as shown. 

They are made in three sizes: 12, 16 and 20-inch swing. 

12-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 6 x 3^.^ inches, and should 
make 900 revolutions per minute. Weight 625 pounds. 

16-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 8 x 3J4 inches, and should 
make 800 revolutions per minute. Weight 825 pounds. 

20-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 8x4}:; inches, and should 
make 700 revolutions per minute. Weight, 1025 pounds. 

When order is given specify size of swing desired. 

12-inch swing complete as shown, 6 feet between centers. 
16-inch swing complete as shown, 7 feet between centers. 
20-inch swing complete as shown, 8 feet between centers. 



122 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



NEW 36-INCH BAND SAW 

Weight, 1275 pounds. 




The machine illustrated here will carry 
blades ^8 to 2 inches wide, 18 feet 6 
inches long, and will do light or heavy 
sawing in the most satisfactory manner. 

The column is cored hollow and has 
broad base, making a substantial floor 
bearing, insuring a smooth, steady 
running machine. 

The table is of iron, with lever for 
locking same at any angle up to 45 
degrees. When desired we furnish an 
adjustable ripping gauge at extra cost. 

The wheels are 36 inches diameter, 
2-inch face, with hubs and rim plates 
drilled and tapped to receive the solid 
steel spokes. The endless wood rims 
are made of ^-inch veneer turned true 

and covered with best grade of canvas-back rubber bands, the com- 
bination forming a strong, safe, reliable high speed wheel not affected 
by heat, cold or use, and will remain true. 

The shafts are of the best steel, carefully fitted into dust proof 
Babbitted bearings adjustable for wear and have large oil chambers. 

The tension on the saw blade, also the tracking of the blade, is 
accomplished by hand wheels shown and can be adjusted from front side 
of machine while in motion. The vertical adjustment of upper wheel 
is 7 inches. 

The guide bar is square and counter-weighted. Space between table 
and saw guide 15)^ inches, between saw blade and frame 36 inches. 

The saw guides furnished are either our improved non-friction guides 
or plain adjustable guides with reversible steel back plate and hard wood 
side guides. 

The shifter is arranged to receive the belt from any direction. 

The tight and loose pulleys are 14 x 3JE^ inches and should make 475 
to 500 turns per minute. The loose pulley has 6-inch Babbitted hub. 

Each machine has wrench, brazing tongs and vise. 
Can furnish machine with iron tilting, 

Improved non-friction upper and lower guides, 

Plain adjustable upper and lower guides, 

Non-friction upper and plain lower guides or ripping gauge. 

Specify parts desired w^hen writing for prices or placing orders. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



123 




Fig. 172 



No. 55^ UNIVERSAL SAW BENCH 

Weight, Machine and Countershaft 1000 pounds. 
Weight, Boring Attachment 150 pounds. 

This machine is specially designed 
for general shop use and will do a 
variet}- of work, such as ripping, 
cro.ss-cutting, mitering, chamfering, 
gaining, grooving, rabbeting, boring 
and routing in a rapid and satisfactory 
manner. 

The column is extra heavy and the 

metal properly distributed to prevent 

all vibration, and the broad base has 

large floor bearing, insiiring a smooth, 

steady running machine. 

The table is of iron, 36 x 42 inches, accurately grooved to receive the 

gauges. There is an opening in the table over the mandrel to receive 

the saw, also heads up to i?^ inches wide. 

The heavy bracket supporting the table has a vertical adjustment of 
6 inches on gibbed way, by means of screw, ball bearing bevel gears and 
large hand wheel. On top of this bracket is the adjustable segment 
bearings having graduated scale for setting the table at any angle up to 
45 degrees and locked by slotted arm and hand wheel shown. 

Three gauges are furnished, two adjustable miter gauges and one box 
gauge, which can be used on either side of the saw for ripping stock up 
to 14 inches on left of saw and 20 inches on right of saw. 

The mandrel is of crucible steel, lyV inches diameter in bearings and 
ij^ inches diameter between flanges, and is fitted with expansion device 
for centering saws. The pulley is 4.}4 inches diameter by 5^ inches 
face. A 16-inch saw will project 4^ inches above table. 

The boring table is iron, 14 x 24 inches, has fence for straight or 
angular boring and has stop to regulate depth of holes. The vertical 
adjustment is by screw and detachable crank. All sliding parts are 
gibbed to take up wear. 

The countershaft can be placed on floor back of machine or below 
the floor, as desired. The driving pulley is 16 x 5^^ inches. Tight and 
loose pulleys 8 x 5}( inches, and should make 800 to 850 revolutions 

per minute. 

Can furnish Machine with box fence, two miter gauges and countershaft, no sa^v, 
Boring table or half-inch universal chuck, 
14-inch or 16-inch rip saw. 
Kindly state just what parts are wanted when writing for prices or 
placing orders. 



124 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




No. 3 HAND PLANER. AND JOINTER. 

Weight, i2-inch, 1150 pounds; 16-inch, 1350 pounds; 20-inch, 1550 
pounds; 24-inch, 1750 pounds. 

The accompanying 
illustration represents our 
New Hand Planer and 
Jointer, of modern design 
and practical construc- 
tion. 

The column is cast in 



one piece, with large floor 
bearing, and is cored in 
such a manner as to form 
a cabinet for tools, etc. 

The tables are 7 ft. long, adjustable on interlocking inclines to a 
depth of ^4 inch, by means of steel screws, svviveling nuts and hand 
wheels shown. By releasing two small hand wheels, the frames support- 
ing the tables can be moved back for setting and sharpening the knives. 
Adjustable stops are provided to prevent the tables fcoming in contact 
with the knives. The opening over cutter head is i)^ inches when 
making }i-mch cut. 

The fence is of the most rigid and convenient construction, is adjust- 
able to any angle up to 45 degrees and firmly locked by an eccentric 
clamp. It is secured to extensions on the back table, by means of hand 
wheels and slotted base, which permits of using the full width of knives 
without removing the fence. 

The cutter head is made of crucible steel, arranged to carry two knives. 

The journals are of large diameter and length and revolve in self- 
contained bearings, nicely fitted and firmly bolted to the column. The 
bearings are lined with genuine Babbitt metal, are self-oiling and adjust- 
able for wear. Cutter head pulleys on 12 and 16-inch machine, 4^ x 4^ 
inches, and should make 4500 revolutions per minute; on 20 and 24-inch 
machine, 4^ x 5^ inches, and should make 4250 revolutions per minute. 

The countershaft is furnished complete with adjustable hangers, belt 
shifter, etc., and can be placed in any position desired. 

Tight and loose pulleys for 12 and 16-inch machine, 10 x 4 inches; 20 
and 24-inch machine, 10 x 5 inches, and should make 870 revolutions 
per minute. 

Each machine thoroughly tested up to full speed on actual work and 
guaranteed strictly first-class in all respects. 

Machine with 12-inch head or 16-inch head with countershaft. 
Machine with 20-inch head or 24-inch head with countershaft. 

When order is given specify size head desired. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



125 




Fig. 174 



No. 3 24-INCH SINGLE SURF ACER AND SMOOTHER 

Weight, 2000 pounds. 

This illustration correctly 
represents our new improved 
planer, specially designed for 
general shop use. It will plane 
stock from }8 to 7 inches in 
thickness and 24 inches wide 
without clipping the ends. 

The frame is of the most 
compact and rigid construction 
with floor bearings the full 
length of base, and with the 
metal properly distributed tore- 
sistvibration, insures a smooth, 
steady running machine. 

The bed is one casting, planed true and nicely fitted to the frame on 
gibbed ways adjustable for wear. It is made extra heavy and is double 
ribbed below cutter head. 

The cylinder head is of crucible steel, carries two knives, is double 
belted and will receive the belts from any direction. The journals are 
ij^e inches diameter by S)4 inches long arid revolve in adjustable self- 
oiling bearings, lined in a special manner with genuine Babbitt metal. 

The pressure bars embody the latest improvements. The receiving 
pressure bar is very heavy and is hinged to swing clear of the cutter head 
for setting or sharpening the knives. Both bars set close to the cylinder 
head for planing short stock, but cannot be brought in contact with 
the knives. 

The feed works are driven from the cylinder head by open belt, has 
two changes of speed, 20 and 30 lineal feet per minute, and is controlled 
by swinging arm carrying binder pulley. There are six adjustable feed 
rolls. The two upper rolls are powerfully geared. The in-feeding roll is 
weighted, the out-feeding roll has steel coil spring pressure. We apply 
to this machine our special adjustment for in-feeding rolls which pre- 
vents the marking of stock to be replaned, no matter how light the cut. 

Countershaft has tight and loose pulleys 10x6 inches, and should 
make 870 revolutions per minute. 

Feed belts— One i^ inches by 7 feet 3 inches. 

One 2^4 inches by 4 feet 5/2 inches. 

Each machine thoroughly tested up to full speed on actual work, and 
guaranteed strictly first class in all respects. 

We furnish this Machine complete with countershaft, no belts. 



126 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER. UNIVERSAL WOOD TRIMMERS 

For Your Pattern Shop 



For full particulars of these 
high-grade trimmers send for our 
special catalogue, which illus- 
trates and describes these useful 
tools. 

All Kinds of Pattern Makers' Sup- 
plies Carried in Stock 




st^SKfe 



M '^-^I^M 



Fig. 175 

Rear View of No. 4E for Small Work 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



127 



OBERMAYER'S UNIVERSAL TRIMMERS 




Fig. 176 

Back View No. 4 B, Universal Trimmer, 

Accurate Serviceable Cheap 



The Ko. ot 


















Machine 
is Height 
of Cut in 


Cut Long. 
Inches. 


Size Bed, 
Inches. 


Between 
Gauges, 
Inches. 


Length of 
Stroke, 
Inches. 


Cubic 
Feet 


Export 
Shipping 
Weight. 


Price. 


Extra 
Knives 
Per Set. 


Inches. 


















2 A 


4 '4 


4%. X 10^2 


%% 


4 


% 


I [ 


$ 20.00 


$ 4.00 


4 A 


8 


T^xiy;,' 


14 


9 


I 


36 


30.00 


6.00 


S A 


8% 


9 Vz X 20 


16;^ 


8% 


I J/3 


.s.s 


40.00 


7.00 


6 A 


12)4. 


II>^X27>-< 


22 


^z'A 


4K 


144 


58. 00 


9.00 


3 B 


6 


6 X 11; 


12 


'6J4 


H 


30 


25.00 


6 00 


4 B 


8 


8 X20 


l(.-i 


8>^ 


I'A 


47 


32.00 


7.00 


4 E 


9% 


13 X29'^ 


17^ 


9>^ 


m 


237 


63.00 


7.00 


6 E 


i2y^ 


18 X39>^ 


24'2 


I.^J2 


^sK 


500 


90.00 


10.00 


6 F 


19 


18 X35 


19 


27 


.3'^ 


600 


110.00 


10.00 


S V 


2i'/^ 


24 X 40 


24'^ 


.^2 


48 


900 


140.00 


15.00 




Fig. 177 
Front View No. 4 A. 

We recommend sizes 4 E or 6 Iv for general use and 
4 A Individual Bench u.se. 

Correspondence solicited. 



128 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PIG IRON BARROWS 

Made for Carrying Pig Iron, Castings, etc. 

Bottom, 3x2 ft.; 8}< 
inches high in front. 
Strips of I i^-inch iron 
bolted to bottom and 
handles. 19-incli wheel, 
tread, i3/{-inch. Tire, 
^-inch thick. For all 
kinds of heav}' work. 
Weight, 90 lbs. 

Price, $8.00 Each 




Fig. 178 
Obermayer's Hand-Made Pig Iron Barrow 




Fig. 179 
Obermayer's Open Hearth Barrow 



The strongest and 
heaviest wood Barrow 
made. Ironed with }4- 
inch iron. It is used for 
large pigs or billets. Cast 
iron shoes bolted on legs 
and 40-lb. cast iron wheel. 
Handles, 54 inches long ; 
length of iron work, 34 
inches. 

Price, $14.00 Each 



**Esso*' Tubular Steel Frame Pig Metal Barrow 

Used in Iron Foundries for Handling Pig Iron 



and dash 
a single 

). 7 gauge. 
Length of bottom, 18 
inches; width, 23 inches; 
dash, 18 inches long. Ex- 
tra piece of iron riveted 
on the sides of bottom 
and dash. 



This Barrow is very strong and well braced and the load is carried 
well over the wheel, making it very light on the arms. It is particularly 
adapted for foundries and rolling mills. Weight, 100 lbs. 

Wheel (No. 4), 17 inches in diameter; tire, 2x^6 inch; nine -iVi"ch 
spokes, shouldered and riveted ; axle, ?^ inch. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



I2ft 



NATIONAL PATENT PIG IRON BARROWS 

Extra Heavy and Strong 




Fig. i8i 
No. 16. Price, $25.00 



National Pig Iron Barrow With Two Wheels 




Fic. 1S2 
No. 17. Price, $35.00 

Our Patent Pig Iron Barrow is particularly adapted for handling Pig 
Iron and heavy castings. In the construction of this Barrow iron strips 
are set edgewise and securely fastened together, presenting a platform 
firm and indestructible in use. In barrows of other make the sheet iron 
will soon wear out from the heavy weights thrown upon it. 

Our Patent Paper Sheaths will overcome the objectionable effects of 
extreme heat and cold, greatly increasing the utility of this Barrow. 



130 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER'S PIG IRON BARROW 




Fig. 183 
No. 7. Weight, 7S pounds, }{-h\. plate, 20 x 23-in., 13-in. dash 



.10.50 



OBERMAYER'S STEEL WHEELBARROW 





Fig. 184 
General Coal Barrows 



Fig. 185 
Mining and Foundry Barrows 



No. 


Capacity. 


Weight. 


Price. 


I 

4 

5 


325 lbs. 

225 " 
400 " 
4S0 " 


90 lbs. 
So " 

95 " 
100 " 


$ 8 40 

9 60 

10 80 

12 00 



No. 


Capacity 


Weight. 


Price. 


9 
10 


3 cub. feet 

4 cub. feet 


88 lbs. 
94 lbs. 


$ 9 60 
12 00 




Fig. 186 
Coke, Ash and Light Material Barrows 

No. II. Capacity, 6 cubic feet, weight, 100 pounds $15.00 

Our Foundry Barrows are built extra strong and heavy to with- 
stand rough usage in the Foundry. We make a specialty of them. 

Special Wheelbarrow Catalogue with prices and discounts on appli- 
cation. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



131 



"ESSO" SOLID PRESSED STEEL TRAY 
FOUNDRY BARROW 




Fig. 1S7 

Table of Dimensions, Capacity and Weight of Figure A and B Barrows, With 
One- Piece Steel Tubular Frame 





Gauge of 

Steel 
in Tray. 


Length 
on Top. 


width on 
Top. 


Depth at 
Wheel. 


Depth at 
Handle. 


Greatest 
Height. 


Capacitj'. 
Cub. Ft. 


Weight. 


A 4 • • • • 


IS 


33 in- 


2S ill. 


7/^2 in. 


4>^ in- 


20 in. 


3 Ct. 


70 lbs. 


A 5 . . . . 


H 


33 " 


28 " 


7/2 " 


4)^ " 


20 " 


3 " 


75 " 


A 6 ... . 


12 


33 " 


28 " 


7;^ " 


VA " 


20 " 


3 " 


85 " 


B 4- • . . 


15 


37 " 


30 " 


9% " 


sH " 


21^" 


5 " 


80 " 


B 5 . . . 


14 


3/ 


30 " 


9% " 


sH " 


21% " 


5 " 


85 " 


J] r. ... 


12 


37 " 


30 '• 


9V2 " 


sH " 


21 'i " 


."^ " 


100 " 



Greatest Length of AH Barrows, 68 inches 

**ESSO" STEEL TRAY COKE BARROW 




Fig. 1S8 

Coal and Coke Barrow. Frame stronglj' braced and well ironed. 
The tray i.s made of best quality of steel, with wired edge. Capacity 
from 400 to 450 ])ounds of coal or five bushels of coke. 

Dimensions, Capacity and Weight of Two Sizes. 



Size of 
Barrow. 


Gauge of 

Steel 
in Tray. 


Length of 

Tray 

on Top. 


Width of 

Tr.y 
on Top. 


Depth at 
Wheel. 


Depth at 
Handle. 


Capacity. 


Weight. 


No. 10 
No. 12 


13 

15 


4i>^-in. 
41 '4 •' 


33 in- 
33 " 


13 in. 

12 " 


6 in. 
6 " 


6 cub. ft. 
6 " " 


no lbs. 
95 " _ 



132 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



NATIONAL PATENT FOUNDRY BARROWS 




Fig. "^ 

Extra Heavy and Strong 

No. 4 A. Greatest width of tray, J9 inches ; greatest length of tray, 32 inches; 

16-inch wheel; tray of Nos. 12 and 10 iron $14.00 

No. 5 A. Greatest width of tray, 31 jj^ inches; greatest length of tray, 36 

inches; 16-inch wheel; tray of Nos. 12 and 10 iron 15.00. 

No. 6 A Greatest width of tray, 32 inches ; greatest length of tray, 36 inches ; 

16-inch wheel ; tra)' of Nos. 12 and 10 iron 16.50 

Note — Our A Barrows have sides of No. 12 iron and bottom.s of No. 10 iron. 

We make AA or Patent Extra Heavy Foundry Barrows, having trays of Nos. 12 
and 8 iron, at the following prices : 

No. 4 AA. Same size as No. 4 A ; tray of Nos. 12 and 8 iron $15.00 

No. 5 AA. " " " No. 5 A; " Nos. 12 " 8 " 16.00 

No. 6 AA. " " " No. 6 A; " Nos. 12 " 8 " i7-50 



NATIONAL PATENT COAL BARROWS 




Square Trays— Extra Heavy «nnd Strong 

No. 9. Greatest width of trav, 32 in.; greatest length of tray, 34 in.; capacity, 
260 lbs., or 3j4 bushels of coal ; 17-in. wheel, tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron, J 

No. 10. Greatest width of tray, 33 in.; greatest length of tray, 36 in.; capacity, 
340 lbs., or 4l4 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron. 

No. II. Greatest width of tray, 35 in.; greatest length of tray, 38 in.; capacity, 
400 lbs., or 5>^ bushels of coal; 17-inch wheel ; tray of iNos. 14 and 10 iron, 

No. 12. Greatest width of tray, 36 in.; greatest length of tray, 40 in.; capacity, 
480 lbs., or 6)4 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron. 

No. 13. Greatest width of trav, 38 in.; greatest length of tray, 42 in.; capacity, 
600 lbs., or over 8 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 
iron 



i22.00 
24.0 ) 
26.00 
28.00 

30.00 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



133 



NATIONAL DOUBLE WHEEL STEEL BARROW 



For Coal or Coke 




Fig. 191 
No. 13/2- Size and capacity same as No. 13, but with two wheels . . $38.00 

Note — Our Patent Coal Barrows, with Square Trays, are also made iu the A (of Nos. 12 and 10 
iron) and AA (of Nos. 12 and 8 iron) styles of the same size and capacity as the preceding al the 
following prices : 

No. 9 A . $23.50 No. 12 A . 5^29.75 No. 9 AA, $24.50 No. 12 AA, $30.75 
No. 10 A . 25.50 No. 13 A . 32.00 No. 10 AA, 26.75 No. 13 AA, 33.50 
No. II A . 27.50 No. 13}^ A . 40.00 No. II AA, 28.50 No. i3i^AA, 42.00 



NATIONAL 
CHARGING 
BARROWS 

For Charging Blast 
Furnaces and Gas Retorts 

Extra Heavy and 
Strong 




Fig. 192 



Number. 


Dimensions of Body in 


Inches. 


Capacity in 
in Cubic Feet. 




Width. 


Depth. 


Length. 




iS 


20 


2ll.^ 


54 


10 


$1x6.00 


19 
20 
21 


21 

26 


25 
26 
28 


54 
56 


12 

16 


124.00 
130.00 
136.00 


22 


28 


30 


57 


20 


144.00 



134 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER " CHARGING BARROWS 




Fig. 193 
Coke or Coal Charging Barrow 

This barrow is built of No. 10 steel ; the box is 86 inches long, 30 
inches wide, 30 inches deep ; the axle is 2 x 2 steel with a 4 inch drop, mak- 
ing the bottom of the Barrow stand 18 inches above the floor. The same 
is mounted on two 44 inch wheels, run on roller bearings, also two small 
6 inch trail wheels. This Barrow is frequently used for coaling engines. 
No. 70. Capacity 36 cubic feet, weight, 700 pounds $130.00 




This barrow is 
built of No. 12 steel, 
1 7^ X I ^ inch, square 
axle, 36 inch wheels 
to run on roller bear- 
ings; it is frequently 
used in gas houses 
for char^ins:. 



No. 90. 



Fig. 194 
Coke or Coal Charging Barrow 

Capacity, 20 cubic feet; weight, 525 pounds 



$100.00 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 135 

OBERMAYER'S 
STEEL TRUCKS 

No. 2 

Full Length ... 4 ft. 7 in. 
Width . . 21 " 
Diameter of Wheel 7?^ " 

Diameter of Axle % " 

Weight 75 lbs. 

No. 3 

'''^" Full Length 5 ft. 

Width 22 in. 

Diameter of Wheel . . 8% " 
■i-j^ m/gm. ' Diameter of Axle . , i " 

Weight 90 lbs. 

Same as No. 2 onh- of larger 
proportions. 

Construction designed for 
strength and they are practi- 
cally indestructible. 
Fig. 195 





Fig. 196 
No. 4 Barrel Steel Truck 



Fig. 197 
No. 4 C Steel Truck 
All Sizes for All Kinds of Work. Write for Prices 



136 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



ONE PIECE STEEL "TOTE" BOXES 




Fig. 198 



The sides overlap the ends and the ends overlap the sides, making 
the corners and a portion of the sides and ends DOUBIyE THICK and 
braced both ways. 

The Box that is DOUBIvE THICK BOTH WAYS at the 
CORNERS is the LONGEST LIVED in actual use or abuse. 



ONE PIECE STEEL HAND BARROWS 



With Vertical Sides and Ends 




Fig. 199 



An excellent substitute where wheelbarrows cannot be used. Light, 
but STRONG enough for a two man load. Two men can carry TWICE 
AS MUCH with this barrow as the same two can carry separately. 

Special Catalogue of Tote Boxes sent on application. 

Write for prices and sizes. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



137 




"ESSO" CORE OIL 



THIS Core Oil is used with better success than other core mixtures 
put on the market. 

It's the best and we guarantee it. 

You can mix any reasonable amount of Esso Core Oil and use it 
from time to time as j-ou require ; it will retain its strength for sixty days 
after being mixed. 

It's the cheapest core mixture you can use, All we ask of you is to 
use clean sand and as dry as possible, also free from loam and vegetable 
matter. 

Esso Core Oil is a wonder and it wnll be to your interest to give it a 
good test. 

In barrels $0.75 per gallon 

In one-half barrels r.oo " 

We guarantee the Esso Core Oil to give satisfaction 



Give It a trial 



138 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE HAMMER CORE MACHINE 

Makes Any Size of Perfectly True Round Cores from 
Three Eighths to Two Inches 

DESCRIPTION 

It consists of a base with a bit-shaft and bit journaled and of an 
upright hopper, with central feeder-spindle geared down to the shaft. 
With each machine are furnished six core trays (for five cores each), one 
core bracket, ten bits as selected and ten core tubes. 

For convenience in cleaning, the hopper of the Hammer Core Ma- 
chine is made in two halves, one of which is detachable and is secured to 
the rigid half by means of two hinged bolts with winged nuts. 

CAPACITY 

The Hammer Core Machine turns out one core of any of the 
previously mentioned sizes and of iS inches length in less than half a 
minute. After making liberal allowances for loss of time it means 

Two Hundred Feet of Core in One Hour 



THE S . O B E R M A YE R COMPANY 



139 



THE HAMMER. CORE MACHINE 




>^mm^-' 



Fig. 



No core boxes required. 

No ramming of sand by hand. 

No possibility for uneven vent holes as when hand made 

No paste used for fastening each half, saving flour and time. 

No trimming or filing of cores. 

Only half the even space needed as with pasted cores. 

Less breakage, as cores are one piece and therefore stronger. 

Permanenth' true diameter and roundness, these features not depend- 
ing on skill of coremaker. 

Better work for your customer. 

Larger output and smaller cost of production than with any device 
ever emplo^'ed for this purpose. 

Less fuel required to bake cores because sand is used almost dry. 



140 



THE S. OBERMAYRR COMPANY 



THE HAMMER. CORE 
MACHINE 




Fig. 20I 




Fig. 202 
Samples of Cores Made on Hammer Core Machine 




Fig. 203 
The Hammer Core Machine Makes Accurate Cores Only 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 141 



THE HAMMER. CORE MACHINE 

Directions 

The Best Results are Obtained with a Sand Mixture Prepared as Follows : 

SIX QUARTS OF CORE SAND 

ONE QUART OF FLOUR. 

ONE GILL OF RAW LINSEED OIL 

thoroughl}' mixed and sifted, as customary. The tempering of the mix- 
ture must be done judiciously and in a measure as indicated by the con- 
ditions of the sand and as taught by experience. A little practice will 
readily overcome any difficulties which ma}' be encountered in this 
respect at the beginning. The proportions of the mixture can be 
varied considerably, depending upon for what the cores are to be used. 
Start with the sand almost dry and gradually temper it until you learn 
the right combination. 

Place the Proper Size of Tray 

under the end of tube, so that it forms a straight path for the issuing core 
to travel. Core tray must be horizontal. This is obtained by means of 
the adjustable tray bracket in line with the tube and secured to the same 
bench. Now turn the crank always in a right hand direction. Keep 
core trays free from rust. 

NOTE. — After each day's use, the hopper and all internal mechanism 
must be cleaned, also the core tubes and core trays. 

MECHANICAL POWER 

If it is desired to operate the Hammer Core Machine by other than 
hand power, a pulley of proper size maybe substituted for the crank. We 
will furnish this for $2.50 extra. The machine consumes but little power 
and should run about 80 revolutions per minute. The change from one 
size of core to any other size requires but a few moments. 

PRICE 

The Hammer Core Machine complete, with ten bits, as selected, ten 
core tubes, six trays, one tray bracket, crank wheel, ready to 

operate, boxed, F. O. B. Chicago $75.00 

Extra Tubes, each 2.50 

Countershaft 8.00 

You can save from $1.00 to $5.00 daily, depending on your con- 
sumption of cylindrical cores, if you use a Hammer Core Machine. 

Why Not Let Us Send You One 



142 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PROCLAMATION 

GIVING MORE 
LIGHT TO 

BRASS AND ALUMINUM FOUNDERS 

Regarding Supplies and Equipments 




"\T /"E handle in stock, ready for immediate shipment, all and everj'thing 
^^ that you require for a moderi\ and up-to-date Brass or 
Aluminum Foundry. 

We are the only Concern in the United States who carry all sizeS 

Iron Flasks ii\ stock. 



Everything You Need 
in Your Brass 

Foundry '* 

and the Best 

at That 





THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



143 



THE LUNKENHEIMER METAL MELTING FURNACE 

Used in Connection with "Kirkwood" Fuel Oil Pumping, 
Heating and Regulating System 



We can furnish a complete outfit for the melting of metals which 
includes Furnace, Air Tank, Blower, Oil Pump, Heating and Pressure Reg- 
ulating System. Our experience in utilizing oil for fuel has proven very 
efficient and economical, and from which we are daily securing very good 
results. It is necessary to secure a system where the oil is heated before 
it enters the burners, when it is strained and free from lumps and for- 
eign substances, and which can be regulated, having a continuously 
uniform pressure. 

In figure No. 204 is shown a cut of the Kirkwood Oil Pump, which 
can be furnished with either single or double pumps, and may be equipped 
with same of two or three different capa- 
cities, thus giving a duplicate system. 
These pumps ordinarily have a greater 
capacit}' than is required, but can be 
throttled, so as to feed into a single fur- 
nace with complete success. 

We accomplish a continuous and 
uniform pressure by supplying an equal- 
izing tank with blower, and providing our 
pumping system with a very accurately 
designed and constructed overflow valve 
applied in such a manner that any oil 
which the pump supplies to the system 
above the immediate requirements of the 
burner is returned to the tanks without 
being heated. In order to obviate the 
clogging up of the burners with either 
foreign substances or clots in the oil, we 
have a special straining device which 
removes same before the oil is taken into 
the pump. The oil is heated by passing 
Irom the dome of the system, which coil 
is surrounded by the exhaust steam from 
the pumps, raising the temperature to 
the most desirable point. Thus we are 
enabled to heat tb.c oil to proper temper- Fig. 204 




144 



THE S. O B E R M A Y E R COMPANY 







a; 


Oh 

S 
O 




o 


;/2 


Oh 


OJ 

1-1 


O 

s 

OJ 






o 


c« 


o 




+-> 


^ 


dJ 


(U 




r. 


^ 




+-> 


-(-" 


>. 


J} 

t/3 


.iG 




*^ 




<u 


O 


rt 


lO 


■j: 

OS 


a; 




"'"' 


rt 


. 


*"* 


o 


u, 


rt 




o 


-tj 




_3 

a! 


04 

6 

a; 
I- 






a; 


■Ji 


s 

a; 


n 


p 


biO 






:/] 


T 


u 
t- 




rt 


cc 


■^ 






C3 


o 

C 




5 


H 


s 


To 


bC 
"a,. 


.^-t 


^ 




_ *"! 




rt 


' •"■ 


* r^ 








■*-• 






m — . 


f-M- 



THE S. OBERMAYFR COMPANY 



145 



THE LUNKENHEIMER METAL MELTING 
FURNACE 




Fig. 2ob 



We illustrate a view of The Lunkenheimer Metal Melting Furnace, 
which has been found to afford a ver\' efficient and economical method of 
melting metals, particularly brasses and bronzes. 

This type of furnace was evolved after considerable experimenting 
with nearly every type of furnace on the market, and is the result of 
considerable study on this subject, as will be seen from the cut above. 
The furnace consists of a cylindrical sheet steel drum " A, " having cast 
iron heads. The interior of the drum is lined with fire-proof tile, and 
there are two openings on opposite sides-of the drum. Only one of these 
openings is in use, the other being closed b}' a fire clay filling. The 
object of having two openings is to increase the life of the lining of the 
furnace. It has been found that the furnace wears out quicker around 
the filling hole (which also serves as an outlet for the flame) than else- 
where. The advantage that the Lunkenheimer Metal Melting Furnace 
has over all other makes is that when one filling hole is worn out, it can 
be closed by a fire clay filling and plate, the drum reversed, and the other 
hole cut out and put in service. 

The oil burner is of a special type designed to give the greatest 
amount of heat with a minimum consumption of oil. In the Lunken- 
lieimer foundry there are ten of these furnaces in use, and they are able 



146 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



to secure from six to seven heats per working day of ten hours from each 
furnace. The weight of each heat will average about five hundred and 
fifty pounds, and the oil consumption varies from two to two and one-half 
gallons of crude oil per hundred pounds of metal melted. 

The life of the linings is from three to four hundred heats, this vary- 
ing with the kind of metal melted. The whole furnace is of a heavy and 
substantial construction, and will be found very durable. On account of 
the simple form of the tile it is very easy to re-line, an advantage which 
is not found in other types of furnaces. 

The furnace is manufactured in two halves, and being cylindrical in 
shape the lining can be easily replaced when worn out, at a minimum 
cost. 

With the first furnace sold to each customer within the radius of one 
thousand miles of Cincinnati we will send an expert to start the furnace 
and take off the first heat and instruct the furnace room employees as to 
how to secure best results in handling, etc. 

This furnace is made in two sizes, the No. i size having a capacity 
of five hundred and fifty pounds of metal per heat, and the No. 2 size 
having a capacity of twelve hundrea pounds of metal per heat. 

We would be pleased to figure on complete equipment, and, on 
account of our extensive experience, are confident that we can produce 
better results than any other type of oil furnace. 

We solicit further correspondence, and cheerfully giv^e prices upon 
application. 



PARTING CHARCOAL 



We Make a Specialty of PARTING CHARCOAL for use 
in BRASS FOUNDRIES 



We Recommend Using a Suitable Bag, Dusting the PARTING CHARCOAL 

Sparingly on the Pattern 



Many Brass Foundries use our granulated CHARCOAL placed in 
top of Crucibles on various kinds of metals when melting, which causes 
oxidation. 

Packed in barrels about 200 pounds each. 
Price, 3^2 Cents Per Pound 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



147 



NATURAL DRAFT BRASS FOUNDRY FURNACES 



^^'-^^ 




J 



F^IG. 207 

This cut represents Standard Construction Circular Brass Furnaces 
with Steel Shell, fitted with solid one-piece Cast-iron Dumping Grate. 
These can be furnished with Dome Covers if so desired. 



No. 


For Crucibles. 


APPROXIMATE SIZE. 


Prices 


I 

Diameter. Inside Height. 


Brick LiniuR. 


I 
2 

3 
4 


No. 10 to No. 20 
No. 25 to No. 30 
No. 35 to No. 60 
No. 70 to No. 100 


20 inches. 

23 
26 

3- 


21 inches. 

"1 !'< 

-7 

30 " 


$30.00 
3tOO 
.;6.oo 
60.00 



Furnaces, as well as extra Grates, Covers, or complete Fire Brick 
Linings, alwaj'S in stock ready for shipment. 



148 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRASS FOUNDRY FURJ^ACES 

Forced Draft 




Fig. 208 
Furnaces for Forced Draft, Cast Iron Dumping Crates 

These Furnaces are so constructed that they can be arranged in 
batteries. 

The covers can be furnished in Dome Shape. 



Table of Sizes 



No. 


For Crucibles. 


Diamtter. 


Heig-ht 
(Insidej 


Price 
Complete with 
Brick Lining. 


I 
2 

3 

4 


Nos. 10 to 30 
Nos. 35 to 60 
Nos. 70 to 100 
Nos. 125 to 300 


20 inch. 

23 '• 
26 " 
32 " 


» 21 inch. 

24 " 

27 " 
36 " 


$38 00 
42.00 
58.00 
70.00 



Specif}^ ^\\&\\\^r forced or ordinary draft will be required. 
Standard furnaces are designed for 3-inch linings. 
"We carry all sizes of the above in stock, and can fill all orders 
promptly; also linings for same in 3-in. or 4'2-in. thickness. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



149 



BRASS FURNACE LININGS 

Made to Fit Brass Furnaces and to Render the Best Service. 

We have the following hnings in stock : 

Furnace No. i. 20-in. shell, 14-in. inside diameter, 

2. 23 " 17 

3. 26 " 20 
4- 3^ " 26 
4- 3- " 26 " 



2 courses, 


21- 


m. 


high 


3 


24 




" 


3 


27 




" 


3 


30 




" 


4 


36 




" 




Prices Per Set 

^'°- ^ $4.00 

l^-' 4.50 

No- 3 5.00 

^"- ^ 5.50 

No. 4— 36-in 6.00 



Fig. 209 



Standard //..vwW. thickness lining will be furnished on all orders 
unless otherwise specified. 'Jiuci.-,, 

assortlt'of'V' '"' ''"T ^"" ''""^'^^^ ^"^"^^^^ -^ ^-"d^e a large 
assortment of other sizes and shapes to fit almost any furnace. 

Special sizes made to order on short notice. 

Linings made to fit your Furnaces. 



150 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRASS FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT 




fe ! ^yw^'|ij;;^\-t':^^S^'^'feA¥^^^ 



Fig. 2IO 
Installation of Brass Furnace Plant, Showing Crane 



We make a specialty of furnishing complete outfits for brass foundry- 
plants, including furnaces, blast pipes, gratings, structural work for pits 
and cranes required. Drawings will be prepared showing method of 
installation where orders are given for entire plant. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



151 



^^^ 





(/5 

u 

< 

z 

(/5 
< 

o 

>- 

oC 



< 

PQ 

e^ 
O 

H 

Z 

o 

z 

< 



152 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



INGOT MOLDS 




Fig. 2 12 
Malleable Iron 

Size, inside measure, 13 x t,}^ x 2^ inches $2.00 each 

BRASS FOUNDERS' SPILL TROUGH 




No. I. Height, 10 inches; length, 74 inches ; width, 14 inches 
No. 2. . " 10 " " 74 " " 24 " 



$13.50 each 
26.00 " 



BRASS FOUNDERS' DRYING STOVES 




Fig. 214 

Whole height, 28 inches; squares, 15x15 inches; sections, each 6 inches; 
flanges at bottom, 7 inches. 

In three sections, bottom and top complete. The top fits any section and the 
sections fit into each other. 

Price, $48.00 

*' Everything You Need in Your Brass Foundry" 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



153 



BRASS MOLDERS' IMPROVED RIBBED AND 
BEVELED FLASKS 




Fig. 215 



REGULAR. PLAIN BEVELED IRON FLASKS 

Always On Hand Ready For Shipment 




Fig. 216 
These Sizes Always in Stock 1 Inside Measure) 



Width. 


Length. 


Depth of Whole Flask. 


Price Per Flask. 


12>^ in. 
I2yi " 
II " 


18 in. 
iS " 
16 " 


6 ir 

5 ' 




$ 6 50 
6 00 

1; 00 


II " 


16 " . 


4 ■ 




5 00 


II " 


14 " 


5 ' 




5 00 


II " 


14 " 


4 ' 




5 00 


10 


15 " 


5 


5 00 



Other sizes and styles made to order on short notice. 

See pages 154 and 155. 

Obermayer's Crucible Tongs are Safe and Strong 



154 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PATENT IMPROVED RIBBED AND BEVELED 

FLASKS 



Width. 


Length. 


Depth of 
Whole Flask. 


Price Per 
Flask. 


Width. 


Length- 


Depth of 
Whole Flask. 


Price Per 
Flask. 


8 in. 


8 in. 


6 in. 


$ 5 00 


12 in. 


16 in 


5 in- 


$ .=; 50 


8 " 


20 " 


26 •' 


7 00 


12 


16 " 


S'A " 


."5 SO 


8 " 


40 " 


5 " 


9 50 


12 " 


16 " 


6 " 


6 00 


9 " 


12 " 


7X " 


6 00 


12 " 


16 " 


7 " 


6 00 


9 " 


12 " 


4 " 


4 00 


12 " 


16 " 


8 " 


7 00 


lO " 


12 " 


5 " 


4 50 


12 " 


16 " 


9 " 


10 00 


lO " 


12 " 


6 " 


5 00 


12 " 


17 " 


3 


."; 50 


10 " 


12 " 


9 " 


6 00 


12 " 


30 " 


^ " 


9 50 


10 " 


I.S " 


4 " 


5 00 


13 " 


30 " 


6 " 


9 50 


10 " 


15 " 


5 " 


5 00 


13 " 


30 " 


7 " 


10 00 


lO " 


I.S " 


6 " 


5 .so 


12 


36 " 


s " 


II 00 


lO " 


17 " 


6 " 


6 00 


12,1^ " 


18 " 


4;^ " 


6 00 


lO " 


17 " 


7 " 


6 50 


1 21^ " 


iS " 


5 " 


6 00 


lO " 


17 " 


8 " 


7 00 


I2l^ " 


18 " 


S'A " 


6 50 


ID " 


18 " 


6 " 


6 50 


12^^ " 


18 " 


6 " 


6 50 


10 " 


27 " 


5 " 


8 so 


I2}i " 


iS " 


6)4 ;; 


6 50 


ID " 


27 " 


6 " 


8 50 


.21^ " 


18 » 


7 


7 00 


lO " 


27 " 


7 " 


9 00 


12% " 


18 " 


8 " 


8 00 


lO " 


27 " 


8 " 


9 00 


121^ " 


18 " 


9 " 


8 50 


II " 


14" 


4 " 


5 00 


I2l^ " 


]8 " 


10 " 


9 00 


II " 


14 " 


4>^ " 


5 25 


I2M " 


18 " 


12 " 


10 00 


II " 


14 " 


5 " 


5 00 


121^ " 


20%" 


^"^ / " 


6 50 


II " 


14 " 


5/2 " 


5 25 


12% " 


20%" 


s'A " 


6 75 


II " 


14 " 


6 " 


5 50 


12% " 


20%" 


6 " 


7 00 


II " 


14" 


8 " 


6 50 


12% " 


20i^" 


6 " 


7 00 


II " 


15 " 


4 " 


5 00 


12% " 


20%" 


7 " 


7 50 


II " 


16 " 


4 " 


5 00 


13% " 


20%'- 


8 


8 50 


II " 


16 " 


5 " 


5 00 


12% " 


20%" 


9 " 


9 50 


II " 


16 " 


5/2 " 


5 25 


12% " 


20 J^^-^" 


10 " 


10 50 


II " 


I'l " 


6 " 


5 50 


13 " 


16 "" 


5 . " 


7 00 


II " 


16 " 


6>^ " 


5 75 


13 " 


16 " 


.sK " 


7 00 


12 " 


13 " 


6 " 


6 00 


13 " 


16 " 


6 " 


7 00 


12 " 


12 " 


8 " 


6 00 


13 " 


16 " 


8 " 


7 50 


12 " 


12 " - 


9 " 


7 00 


14 " 


18 " 


5 


7 00 


12 " 


12 '• 


9;^ " 


9 00 


14 " 


18 " 


6 " 


7 50 


12 " 


12 " 


12 " 


10 00 


14 " 


18 " 


7 " 


8 00 


12 " 


14 " 


4 " 


5 00 


14 " 


18 " 


10 " 


9 00 


12 '• 


14 " 


5 " 


5 00 


14 " 


20 " 


.■5 " 


7 so 


12 '• 


14 " 


6 " 


5 50 


14 " 


20 " 


6 " 


8 00 


12 " 


H" 


8 " 


6 50 


14 '• 


20 " 


7 . " 


8 so 


12 " 


16 ■■' 


4 " 


5 00 


14 " 


20 " 


7>^ " 


8 50 


12 " 


16 " 


4'i " 


5 25 


14 " 


20 " 


8 " 


9 00 



Write for our special catalogue of Bra.ss Foundry Equipments 
and Supplies. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



155 




CIRCULAR 
RIBBED FLASKS 

We can furnish these in 
either two or three parts. 
Full dimensions should be 
given when order is placed or 
when inquiring for prices. 



Fig. 217 

STRAIGHT SIDE FLASKS (END HOLES) 



Beads at Top, 

Bottom 

and Parting 

(Inside Measure) 




"^ Xir,ti',^f~fS>a:^:>3L. 



Fig. 218 

Our flasks all fit perfectly. No rocking. 

These are made in same sizes as Beveled and Ribbed Flasks listed 
on pages 153 and 154. Flasks with Beads at parting only, supplied when 
so ordered. 

WOOD MOLDING BOARDS 

Smooth and level, hard wood ends, tongued and grooved, 1/8-in. 
thick, any size to order. 




Fig. 219 
Prices on Application 



156 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 





CO 
UJ 
N 

S 




Nos. 


Holding 


Capacity 


Heiglit 


Diameter 
at Top 
Outside 


Diameter 
at Bilge 


Diameter 
at Bottom 


Prices. 




Liquid 


Measure 


Outside 


Outside 


Outside 






Gal. 


2t. Pt. 


INCHKS 


Inches 


Inches 


Inches 




o 






2 


IK 


I)^ 


IX 


15 cents each 


oo 






2^ 


I^ 


l?^ 


i/s 


15 " 


ooo 






2;^ 


IJ^ 


2)4 


i>4 


15 " " 


oooo 






3 


2/8 


2/2 


I A 


15 " 


I 






3>^ 


3M 


3 


2X 


20 " " 


2 






4^ 


3^^ 


3?^ 


2.5/ 


25 " 


3 






5X 


4X 


4>^ 


3 , 


30 " 


4 






5/8 


4>/8 


4>i 


3A 


35 '■ 


5 




I '2 


6 


4K 


4^4 


y/2 


40 " 


6 






6;^ 


^M 


5>^ 


3?; 


45 '.' 


7 




I J^' 


634: 


i% 


5;^ 


4 


50 " 


S 




t ;^ 


Vi 


5H 


5^ 


4X 


55 " 


9 




I ^ 


7X8 


6 


(>% 


A'A 


60 " 


lO 




I I 


8 


6 


ey^ 


aVa 


65 " " 


12 




2 


8 


e;4 


6j( 


5 




14 




2 I 


8K 


6H 


VA 


5K 




i6 




2 I 


S^ 


7 


VA 


5J^ 




iS 




3 I 


9^^ 


iY% 


8 


bH 




20 


I 




loX 


iYa 


m 


6 


\ 


25 


I 


I 


lO',^ 


8 


SH 


6 14^ 


\ 


30 


I 


I I 


II 


^■yi 


9% 


6>^ 




35 


I 


2 I 


II>^ 


9% 


9H 


7 




40 


2 




12^ 


9% 


10% 


IH 


/ No. 12 


45 
50 


2 
2 


I 


13/2 


9H 
io>i 


loK 


PA 
VA 


i and upwards 


60 
70 


3 
3 


I 


14 
14K 


10^ 

lOj^ 


11;^ 
12 


8 
8 '4^ 


) 

1 6 '2' cents 


80 
90 


3 
4 


2 I 


15/8 
15% 


11^ 


I2>'S 
12;^ 


8>^ 
9 , 


per number. 


100 


4 


2 I 


16 


11^ 


13)^ 


9?^ 




125 


4 


3 I 


i6>^ 


I2>4 


nU 


9'^ 


/ 


150 


6 


3 


,8>^ 


I3X 


hH 


lo/s 


/ 


175 


7 


3 ' 


19/4 


I4X 


15H 


10^4: 




2CX) 


9 


3 I 


20 j4 


15 


i6>^ 


iiX 




225 


10 


I I 


203; 


^5!4 


16^4: 


I2>^ 




250 


10 


3 


20>^ 


I5X 


^7 , 


11^ 




275 


II 


3 


223/^ 


15 


i6>^ 


12% 




300 


12 


2 


22 


I6X 


17 '2 


12'^ 





Complete stock always on hand all sizes Crucibles and Covers. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



157 



Fig. 220 



BRASS HOLDERS' PICK-UP TONGS 

We supply the trade with Pick-up Tongs that are care- 
fully made from the best forged material and by skilled 
workman. They are hand-made, with a liberal factor of 
safety throughout their construction in order to guard against 
extra strain while in use. We guarantee them to give satis- 
faction in every respect. 

Special sizes made to order upon receipt of drawings or 
specifications. Prices on application. 

Standard sizes in stock. 



SHAKE-OUT TONGS 




Fig. 221 



Wrought Iron, iS inches long $12.00 per doz. 

Cast " iS " " 9-00 



CRUCIBLE TONGS AND SHANKS 

For Handling Crucibles in Brass Foundries 
Improved Patterns 



Ko. 


sizes of Crucibles 


P 


rice Each, 


Intended For. 


Tong 


s or 


Slianks 


1 


Nos. I and 


2 




$3 


50 


2 


?,, 4, 


5 




4 


00 


?, 


6, 7, 


8 




4 


50 


4 


9, 10, 


12 




5 


20 


S 


'• 14, 16, 


18 




6 


00 


6 


'* 20 and 


-S 




6 80 


7 


" 30 and 


35 




7 


50 


8 


" 40 and 


45 




9 


00 


9 


" qo and 


60 




II 


50 


10 


'' 70. So and 


go 




14 


00 


II 


" 100 and 


1-5 




16 


50 


12 




150 




18 


00 


13 


'' 


175 




20 


00 


14 


200 and 


225 




21 


50 


15 


" 


250 




23 


00 


16 




300 




25 


00 



Fig. 222 



Specify number of Crucible to be used 
when orderintj. 




Fig. 223 



158 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



No. o. 



WOODEN FLASK CLAMPS 

For Iron Flasks 




Fig. 224 



Bars 12 in. between Screws, lyi in. wide, i in. thick. Screws 15 in. 

under head, i in. diameter, nnts 6 in. long Per doz. I14.00 

No. I. Bars 16 in. between Screws, 2}i^ in. wide, \)^ in. thick, Screws 16 in. 

under head, \}i in. diameter, nuts 6 in. long Per doz. 18.00 

No. 2. Bars 16^4^ in. between Screws, 2}^ in. wide, i^ in. thick. Screws 16 in. 

under head, i ]■■>, in. diameter, nuts 8}^ in long .... Per doz. 27.00 
No. 3. Bars 22 in. between Screws, 2^ in. wide, i}^ in. thick. Screws 16 in. 

under head, ij4 in. diameter, nuts 8j^ in. long .... Per doz. 27.0c 
Any length or width ?lamp can be made to order using same diameter screws 
and nuts as in number one clamps. 



MORTAR. AND PESTLE 

No. 8. Capacity, i gallon ; diameter 
over top, 9)2 inches ; depth inside, 9 inches ; 
price, $6.50. 

No. 9. Capacity, 2 gallons ; diameter 
over top, II inches; depth in.side, 8 inches; 
price, $8.50. 

No. ID. Capacity, 3^/2 gallons; diam- 
eter over top, 13^ inches; depth inside, 
12 inches; price, $18.00. 




Fig. 22r. 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 159 




MULLIN'S PATENT FLUX 

For Cleansing and Fluxing 
Scrap Brass 

Melters oi copper, brass, bronze, German silver, aluminum and 
alloys will find it a great help in melting, as the time is lessened consid- 
erably. It increases the fluidity of the metal, removes the oxide, and 
cleanses the metal from dross and impurities. It eliminates the gases, 
makes the product free from the usual porosity, and increases the electrical 
conductivity. In melting emery dust, buffings or burnt skimmings, 
results are very satisfactory, the product being clean and the slag free 
from metal. 

Price, 25 Cents per Pound 



Directions 

For ordinary clean metals, alloys, copper, brass, bronze, etc., use one 
percent Flux. 

For German silver, use five percent Flux. 

For pure copper or electrical work, use seven percent Flux. 

In charging Flux for a1)ove, stir in twenty minutes before pouring. * 

In cleansing and refining emery dust, buffings and burnt skimmings- 
mix from five to eight percent of the Flux with metal before charging. 



Note 

Iron and steel will not melt at the .same temperature as will copper, 
brass, etc., but may be removed with the slag by skimming if properly 
separated ; Mullins Patent Flux will do this work. 



160 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRASS MOLDING SAND 

In Barrels Containing About 375 Pounds 

Albany Sand $2.50 per Barrel 

Newport Sand 2.25 

Zanesville Sand 2.25 

Windsor Lock Sand 4.50 

Special Price in Ton and Carload Lots 



OBERMAYER'S NEW PROCESS PEERLESS 
FACING SAND 

For Special Fine Brass and Bronze Castings 

In use in almost every Brass or Bronze Foundry making fine orna- 
mental castings. 

Price, $4.50 per Barrel 



CONNELLSVILLE COKE 

Crushed egg size, no waste. Just right for Brass Foundries. 
Guaranteed 72-hour Connellsville Coke. 

Lowest Market Prices 



Use Our Special Brass Facing for Making Brass Castings 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



IGl 



MILLETT PATENT CORE OVEN 



Portable Style 




Fig. 226 

Double Doors, one closing the oven when the other is open. 
Hundreds in use now. All modern Foundries use them. Saves time 
and fuel. 

The best Core oven on the market for small cores. 
Price of Portable Oven, $250.00 



750 now in daily use. If interested we will give names 
of firms usins: them. 



162 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MILLETT PATENT CORE OVEN 



Stationary Style 



-.. 


^ 1 


i 


^1^^^^ 


1 


^npummu 




jt 



Fig. 227 

Illustration Shows Two Shelves Open, but Oven Retaining the Heat 

No foundry making small cores can afford to be without it. 

Ovens furnished with doors and shelves of different sizes, depending 
upon dimensions of the cores to be dried. 

This illustration shows the Stationar}^ Stock Size, permanently 
located and supported by brick work. 

Price of Stationary Oven, $300.00 



Write for Special Catalogue and list ot foundries that have 
Millet Ovens in use. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



163 



WATER TUMBLERS OR SMALL TUMBLERS 
FOR BRASS WORK, ETC. 




■ ■^'^S^^fSJBBW-'tW 



Fig. 228 



We manufacture the following line of Tumblers for light work, 
driven by direct tight and loose pulleys. When not otherwise ordered, 
a dry tumbler is supplied. With the wet tumbler a trough is supplied 
for attachment to standards under the barrel. The barrel is cast solid, 
access being bs' means of a manhole. 



List 



No. 


Diameter 

of Barrel, 

Inside. 


Length 

of Barrel, 

Inside. 


Floor Space. 


For Dry 

Rattling 

I'rice each. 


For Wet 

Rattling 

with Trough 


100 
102 


16 in. 
20 " 


28 in. 
33 " 


3x4 ft. 

3x4;^" 


$100.00 
1 20.00 


$113.00 
134.00 



1000 of These Now in Use 



INVESTIGATE OUR SPECIAL BRASS MOLDING SAND FOR FINE 
ORNAMENTAL BRASS CASTINGS 



164 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE TODD RUMBLER. 

The Most Satisfactory Water Rumbler Made for Cleaning 
Brass Castings and Scrap Metals 




Fig. 22g 

This machine is used in most of the large Brass Foundries in the 
United States. It removes the sand absolutely from the cores of castings. 
It has no equal for effective work ; the most delicate castings can be 
cleaned without injury to the fine points; tools are cleaned in this 
manner with great success. The door is easily removed, and the opening 
is large enough to permit the castings being readily placed in and out of 
the tumbler. It is provided with a lining, which, when worn out, can 
be replaced. 

Foundry sweepings and skimmings are cleaned perfectly. We pro- 
vide a trough which is used as an overflow, so that no metal can be 
wasted. Furnished with tight and loose pulleys which in many cases 
obviates a countershaft. 

Floor space required, 4x6 feet; weight of machine, 1500 pounds. 
It requires ^ to ^ H. P. to operate the machine. Full instructions 
furnished when order is placed. 

Price of machine complete with one set of lining . $200.00 
Price of Wooden lining per set extra 6.00 

Write for Discounts 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



165 



METAL CUTTING SAW FOR. BRASS SHOPS, ETC. 

Eureka Band Saw Frame 

This machine is designed express- 
ly for cutting metals, and is operated 
in the same manner as a band saw for 
cutting wood. 

The mach'ue is strongly and sub- 
stantially built, weighs i,ooo pounds, 
and has an iron table thirty inches 
square. The pulleys are thirty inches 
in diameter, driven b}' a four-cone 
pulley using a three-inch belt, and are 
geared back one to four. The gears 
are all machine cut, and are placed in 
the hollow of the frame, thereby pro- 
tecting them from injur}- b}' dust 
or chips. 

Two of Wright's band 
saw guides are used, one 
above and one beneath the 
table. 

The pulleys are made 
of cast iron, without rub- 
ber, felt, etc., on the face, 
thereby allowing the use of 
oil for lubrication of the 
saws. The top pulleys 
have a lateral adjustment, 
the easier to manipulate 
the saw. F^^'- -30 

The feed guide bar can be raised so that work ten inches in height 
can be cut. The distance between the feed guide bar and frame is 
twenty-eight inches, thereby allowing a larger space for the convenient 
handling of work. 

Length of saw used, 15 feet, 8 inches. 

The countershaft has tight and loose pulleys, 8 inches in diameter, 
by 2>% inch face, and .should make 190 revolutions per minute. 

Price, No. 1, Without Countershaft, $175.00 

Extra saws furnished at cost. 




Use Our Special Brazing Machine For Repairing Saws 



im 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



LIST OF HACK SAWS. 

^-in. wide, .031 thick, about 16 ft. per lb. at . . 

}4 " " .025 " " 25 " at . . 

3/s " " .025 " " 35 " at . . 

}( " " .025 " " 60 " at . . 



)2.25 per lb. 
2.50 " 

350 " 
7.00 " 



These will saw Hard Brass Gates from i^ to 2 inches, also 3-in. 
gates. One coil in i j/2-in. The length of saw for the standard frame is 
17 ft. and 3 inches long. 



OBERMAYER'S BRAZING MACHINE 




Fig. 231 



The Price Can Be Saved Many Times 



By repairing old saws. It is clean, with no danger of fire. Can 
braze a saw anywhere in thirty (30) seconds. 

B^^CAN WE SHIP YOU one of these machines, with the under- 
standing that you can return it at our expense, and no charge will be 
made if you fail to find it a good investment? 

Always in stock; can ship immediately. 
Price of Machine Complete, $40.00 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



107 



SAWYER'S IMPROVED MAGNETIC METAL 
SEPARATOR. 



For Separating Iron Turnings, Filings and Dust from Brass, 
Composition Aluminum and Other Metals 




Fig 232 
Recommended Where Electricity is Not Available 

A machine that pays for itself in a very short time and which low 
price and competition compel one to purchase. It is a necessity in all 
well regulated establishments. 

The wheel represented in the cut, over which the mixed metals fall, 
contains 360 magnets to which the iron adheres. The iron is carried to 
the brush cylinder on the rear side of the machine and there removed, while 
the brass and other materials fall into the box on the front side. Its capa- 
city and utility for this kind of work surpasses anything heretofore 
offered, doing its work most thoroughly and with the least amount of 
labor and trouble. The machine pays for itself in a short time in the 
saving of labor effected by its use, to saj' nothing of the improved quality 
of stock thus treated. Brass stock cleansed with this machine can be 
used for the best kind of work. 

No. I. Capacity, 1,500 lbs. 10 hrs $270.00 

No, 2. " 3,000 " " 470.00 

No. 3. " 4,000 " " 670.00 



Send for Special Catalogue 



168 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



DING'S ELECTRO MAGNETIC SEPARATOR 




Fig. 233 
(Type M with Dynamo Attached) 



This separator, known as the "Disk Type," is used in brass foundries, 
smelting and refining works, etc. It has many important features not 
found in any other separator. 

The metal to be separated is fed from a hopper to a conveyor and 
passes into a thin sheet under moving magnets, the conveyor motion and 
the sweep of the magnets being so adjusted as to bring every part of the 
stock TWICE within a strong magnetic field, which is equal to twice 
running the material through an ordinary separator. 

The magnets are mounted upon a disk rotating over a conveyor 
vibrated by means of an eccentric on the driving shaft. The mag- 
nets are automatically controlled, so that while over the conveyor they 
are powerfully charged, but while not over the conveyor they are demag- 
netized, allowing the iron picked up to drop at the outside of the machine, 
leaving the magnets clean for the next revolution ; thus no device is 
needed to knock off the iron. 

The hopper is provided with a rotary feed and an auxiliary stirring 
shaft, which prevents any stoppage or choking up in the hopper, and 
feeds the stock onto the conveyor in a thin or thick layer, as desired. 
Adjustments are quickly made in changing to a finer or coarser grade of 
stock. A device under the shaker keeps the stock agitated so that no 
particles of iron can escape by being covered with heavy chips of brass. 

A screen on the delivery end of the conve5^or takes out the very fine 
part which usually contains more or less sand, dirt and scale off of cast- 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 169 



ings, and separates it from the coarser and better stock. This fine stuff 
can be kept separate and used in a different grade of work. This feature 
is not found in any other separator. 

As the iron is picked up without the magnets coming into direct con- 
tact with the mixed metals, much less chance is offered for mechanical 
entanglement than in other separators, consequently less waste of metal. 

Every coil and electrical connection is at once accessible for inspec- 
tion without taking the machine apart. 

No. 2 Standard Size— capacit}^ 400 to 1,500 pounds of metal per hour. 
Shipping weight 1,000 pounds. Speed 400 R. P. M. Driving pulley 12 
inches in diameter. Floor space required 3x6 feet. Can be ordered for 
any direct current from 3 to 500 volts. Power required, both electrical 
and mechanical, about ^ H. P. A switch and pilot lamp furnished with 
every machine. 

Price F. O. B. factory $300.00 

Dynamo, extra 60.00 

Motor Drive, extra 75-oo 

Add 10 percent for voltage above 500. 

No. I Pony Size— capacity 200 to 400 pounds of metal per hour. 
Shipping weight 450 pounds. Occupies a floor space 2x4 feet. Speed 
400 revolutions per minute. Driving pulley 6 inches in diameter. Can 
be ordered for any direct current up to 500 volts. Power required, both 
mechanical and electrical, about % H. P. Switch and pilot lamp with 
every separator. 

Price F. O. B. factory $200.00 

Dynamo, extra 60.00 

Motor Drive, extra 60.00 

Add 10 percent for voltage above 500. 



LYCOPODIUM 

A fine yellow powder made from spores of various species of Club- 
Moss. Used to prevent pattern from sticking to the mold, also in place 
of Parting Sand or Charcoal. This material is used extensively by 
manufacturers who make Fine Ornamental Brass Castings such as Chan- 
deliers, Fine Brass Lamp Fixtures, and Fine Brass Work of all descrip- 
tions. It is rather expensive, but owing to its superior merit is used in 
preference to any other article known for the purpose. 

Put up in 5 -lb. Packages at Market Price 



170 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE BADGER. MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. 




I'lC. 234 
(Type L— Dytiamo Attached) 

This is an electrically energized magnetic separator and embodies the 
best possible construction of the well-known drum type, and has several 
important features not found in other separators. The magnets are 
made of the best dynamo steel, the poll faces ot which project through 
the rim of the drum, bringing the metal to be separated into direct con- 
tact with the magnets without the intervention ot any brass covering. 
The rim of the drum is made of heavy cast brass, and will wear as long 
as any other part of the machine. 

The machine takes but very little power and the electricity is applied 
in such a manner that the magnets successively discharge themselves at a 
given point, allowing the iron to drop without the necessity of a revolv- 
ing brush or other device to remove the iron. A simple wiping brush 
removes the dust. 

Capacity 300 to 1,000 pounds per hour. Can be wound for any direct 
current of electricity from 3 to 500 volts. 

Price F. O. B. factory . $300.00 

With Dynamo attached 350.00 

Add ID percent for voltage above 500. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



171 



IMPROVED FOOT POWER. SPRUE CUTTER 




This Machine is designed 
for use in Brass Foundries to cut 
sprues or gates from castings 
and is operated by foot power. 
It is heavy, has large wearing 
surfaces, and is guaranteed in 
every particular. For general 
work, this machine cannot be 
excelled for the price. The invest- 
ment will justify any Foundry- 
man as it takes but a 
very short time to cut a 
large quantity compared 
to the old manner of 
using the chisel, etc. 

This machine will 
cut a piece equivalent to 
yi in. square common 
yellow brass. 
Cutters are made 
of best tool steel 
I X ^2 in. and 
ground to the 
proper taper for 
cutting and care- 
fully tempered. 



Fig. 236 

Depth of throat from cutting edge io>^ m. 

Space up and down back of cutter 12 

Height over all 5 ^^ 

Shipping weight 55° lbs. 



Price, $125.00 



172 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




OBERMAYER'S 
POWER. SPRUE 
CUTTER 



Ofi"",^'-' 



Fig. 235 

This machine is designed to cut sprues or gates from castings. It is very heavy, 
has large wearing surfaces; cutters will remain in line and make clean, close cuts. 
It is fitted with a very simple clutch, the wearing parts of which are made of tool 
steel. The machine will cut a piece equivalent to ,^4 -in. square common } ellow brass 
and is guaranteed in every particular. 

Speed, 125 to 150 revolutions per minute. 
Pulley, i8-in. diameter, 4-inch face. 

In case it is necessary to cut a larger piece than above, we can supph' 24-in. 
pulley. This will then cut a piece equivalent to i-in. square common yellow brass. 
Cutters are made of best tool steel, ij^ x % in. 
The dimensions are as follows : 



Depth of throat from cutting edge 
Space up and down back of cutters 
Height over all 



. . 10 in. 

. . i2j^ in. 

5 ft. 3 in. 

Shipping weight 1,000 lbs. 

Price, $150.00 

Carried in stock ready for immediate delivery. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



173 



OBERMAYER'S SAND DRYER 

For Drying Sand in Brass Foundries, R. R. Shops and Factories 




Fig. 237 

Consists of a substantial cast iron stove made vip of from five to 

six rings of uniform shape and diameter, with the door opening and 

hopper at the top for feeding the fuel. The stove is surrounded by a 

cone of wire cloth or perforated steel, this cone being surrounded by an 

outer casing of steel, leaving ample space between, for the reception of 

wet sand. At the bottom of the stove is a perforated base plate. The 

perforated cone provides a large heating surface, and the wet sand which 

is fed at the top is rapidly deprived of its moisture, and as it dries falls 

through the perforated cone and base to the floor or bins beneath. 

Suitable openings are left in the outer shell for the purpose of cleaning 

out any gravel or material which has not passed through the perforations. 

It will be seen that the arrangement of the perforated cone prevents the 

sand coming in direct contact with the heated stove, adding greatly to its 

durability. This Dryer has large capacity, and requires little attention, 

further than to keep it supplied with wet sand and fuel. This Sand 

Dryer has been in use for a number of years on some of the leading 

railroads, street railwaj^s, foundries and manufacturing plants, giving 

general satisfaction. 

Price, $140.00 

Steam driers with coils can be furnished when desired. 



174 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER'S CINDER. AND ORE CRUSHER 

For Grinding and Washing Brass Skimmings and Ashes 




Fig. 238 
Made in Two Sizes 

This Machine can be operated by a dry or wet process. When operated by the 
dry process, connections can be made with an Exhaust Fan from which the dust 
can be withdrawn through the pipe and deposited into a box or receptacle placed 
in a position to suit the conditions of the plant. 

When desired to operate with the wet process a 34;'-inch pipe supplying the 
water and a valve controlling the supply is attached to the machine when in 
operation. 

The roller shown in front, revolving in the direction indicated bj- the arrowy 
illustrates the principle of the machine, the pockets scooping up the material to be 
ground and carrj-ing it around and dropping it underneath, to be pulverized over 
and over again. 

The above Machine occupies a floor space of 7 x 3 feet and is 4 feet long and 3 
feet in diameter. The roller weighs 675 pounds and is made of White, Hard Cast 
Iron, being 2 feet long and r8 inches at the greatest diameter. The bearings 
are made of Nickel Alloy. 

The Tumbler, or Barrel, is 4 feet long and 3 feet wide. The case should revolve 
from 40 to 60 revolutions per minute, and the pinion from 180 to 260 revolutions 
per minute. Shipping weight of entire Machine is 3,450 pounds ; boxed for 
export 4,400. 

This machine will grind and extract metal from 10 to 20 barrels of Brass Foun- 
dry Skimmings and Ashes per day. 

Full description for setting up and operating will be furnished after order is 
placed, and special catalogue with prices giving description and dimensions upon 
application. 

List Price, $400.00 

We make one other smaller Standard size. 

It's the Best Machine for the Purpose and has the Largest Capacity 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



175 



OBERMAYER'S PEERLESS ROSIN GRINDER 



For Powdering and Pulverizing Rosin 




Hi. 239 



The rosin is placed in the mill at the top as shown in the above illus- 
tration in quantities of a nail keg full at a time. After the material 
becomes fine enough, it is deposited into a bin below the revolving barrel, 
from which it ma)^ be taken as desired. There is no waste or dust liable 
to fly about the room, thus avoiding gumming up everything with which 
it would otherwise come in contact. 

It is used in many Malleable Iron and Brass Foundries and is giving 
the best of results. Where you require a large amount of powdered or 
ground rosin, this machine cannot be excelled. 

These machines are made in two sizes : 

No. I, bolts two barrels per day, list price $75.00 

No. 2, bolts three barrels per day, list price 85.00 

Full directions furnished with the machine. 



It is the Best Machine oi\ the Market for the Purpose 



17G 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BABBITT LADLES AND MELTING POTS 

For Pouring Solder, Lead, or White Metal, Etc. 

Obermayer*s Malleable Iron Ladles 




Diani. of Bowl, 3 in. . 
4 " . 



Fig. 240 

Double Lipped 

$3.00 per doz. Diani. of Bowl, 5 in. 
4.50 " " " 6 " 



i 7.80 
10.00 



SEAMLESS STEEL MELTING LADLES 




Extra strong, made of Plate Steel, Bowls and Handles in one solid 
piece, handles extra long and strong in proportion to size of bowl, and 
made round with D shaped end unless ordered flat and straight — except 
the smaller sizes. See description in price list. 



Diameter 


Thickness 


Length 


Size 


Price, 


of Bowl. 


of Bowl. 


of Handle. 


of Handle. 


Each. 


2)^ inches. 


yi inche;^. 


i^y inches. 


y in. X }i in. 


$ I 00 


3 


ys " 


17;^ " 


X " ^H " 


I 1.5 


4 


'A " 


igj4. 


y " X ^ '• 


I 30 


=; " 


ys " 


23 


^2 round. 


I 45 


6 


A " 


29 


X " 


I 75 


/ 


A " 


30 


16 


•2 05 


8 


X " 


33 


:\ " 


2 65 


9 


y " 


35 


H " 


3 25 


10 " 


y " 


40 


y " 


3 ^5 


II " 


T6 


40 


y " 


4 45 


12 " 


-5_ " 
1 6 


44 


y " 


5 05 


14 


5 11 
. 1 6 


44 


y " 


5 65 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



177 



MELTING POTS 




Fig. 242 



5 
6 
8 

9 

10' 
12 



Wrought Iron Bail 

in $0.85 each. 

1.20 



1.90 
2.25 
3.00 
4-50 
6. so 



Babbitt Ladles— Wrought Iron Bail 

5 in., holding 25 lbs $2.50 each. 

8 " " 50 " 450 " 



STEEL PLATES FOR PATTERNS OR FLASKS 







The illustration shows a Flat Steel Plate, with lugs on the sides and 
ends, which is used for metal patterns. The metal pattern can be fixed 
permanently, and held in one place. 

We furnish steel plates which are used on the bottom of Flasks, so 
that there may be no rocking of the flasks. They are stamped and 
drawn out perfectly true, and are made of sufficient thickness not to 
permit any sagging of the plate. 

We make a .specialty of these Plates, and furnish them with or 
without perforations. Made to order to suit Flasks of any size. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MODERN TOOLS IN A FOUNDRY 



It is traditional that all one needs to start a foundry is a few wooden 
flasks, an old worn-out boiler for a cupola, a horse-power machine or an 
old pla3'ed-out engine which somebody threw into the scrap heap. Get 
a cheap, second-hand blower, a few loads of clay, called molding sand 
(by some one who knows nothing about it), an old-fashioned wood stove 
for a core oven, a load of scrap iron and coke, which is bought of the 
gas manufacturers because it is cheaper than Connellsville, and you 
have a full-fledged foundry ready for business. If 3^ou are not able to 
make castings and compete with your neighbors who are in the same 
business, you come to the conclusion you have a poor lot of molders, 
and that they are not doing enough work. 

Now, after many years of experience, the fact still impres.ses us that 

if proprietors of foundries and machine shops would put more 

time and money in the foundry instead of turning all their atten- 
tion to the machine shop, the former would be a Successful invest- 
ment. The machinist will tell you, "I can not fit up that five-ton cast- 
ing without a suitable planer or boring mill" (which may cost thousands 
of dollars), and the tools are promptly furnished. 

But what are the conditions in the foundry? The pattern maker 
does his part of the job, and tells the foreman of the foundry how he 
should make it. The foreman then looks over his flask-yard for some- 
thing to make it in, and soon finds he has no tools to make such a job. 
He tells the proprietor he must have a flask made. The answer is, it costs 
too much ; you must fix up something. He picks out the best he has 
and makes a cheap fixture. The molders consume twice the amount of 
time on the job trying to make it safe. They cast it, and some weak 
spot gives out, causing the loss of the casting. The men are dissatisfied, 
their employer is disappointed, to say nothing of the loss financially. 
The material and labor are all gone, and when 5'ou count the rebreaking 
of the casting, the handling and getting it through the cupola again, the 
loss to the proprietor is complete. 

There are some well-equipped foundries today, but eight out of ten 
of them started as stated above. To illustrate : We had a proprietor of 
a large machine shop and foundry tell us that a foundry was a necessary 
evil, and he had the poorest equipped foundry we ever saw for turning 
out the class of work that he was doing. To run a foundry successfully 
you want an intelligent man to take charge of it, a man that knows his 
business. There is a certain amount of work the molding machine will 
do, but it is limited. A first-class molder is a thinking machine, and if 
he has tools to work with he will be a profit to his employer. 

You will naturally say — what tools are zvanted to start a fomidryf 
Yo2L leant a quick melting cupola of modern make. You do not hire 
molders to sit around the shop and wait for iron. A first-class poieer 
crane and an oven equipped with cars, making it suitable either for molds 
or cores, are essentials. The bloiuer is an important factor, for j-ou can 
not melt fa.st without a first-class blower. Use good supplies, modern 
equipment and the best facings and blackings, and secure first-class mold- 
ers and you will be all right. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Unfcr motto: 

**Mta mas :Sie in lljrer Cliefjerei notig l)abeu!" 

(5!orrefponben5 in alien Sprad^en. 

DoUftdn^iae ^Uisriiftung von ^tfen, 5taM= unb ilTeffina 
(Biejjercicn. 

Celecjrapliifd^e ^Ibrefje „€ffo/' 

(Eincinnati, <D., Clncacjo, 3lls., 11 5. :jl. 

^l 3 CCobe. (£tablirt 1870. 

c^ regies €rportI)ans. 



NUESTRA DIVISA: 

"TODOS LOS ARTICULOS PARA VUESTRA 
FUNDICION" 

Correspondencia en todos los idioinas. 

Todo lo necesario para equipar las fundiciones de Hierro, Bronce y 
Acero. 

Direccion cablegrafica "Esso," 

Cincinnati, O., Chicago, III., U. S. A. 

Codigo ABC. Casa fundada en 1870. 

Casa que surte al tnundo entero. 



NOTRE DEVISE: 

**TOUS QUE VOUS AVEZ BESOIN DANS 
VOTRE FONDERIE" 

Correspondence en toute.s les Iniigues. 

Fourni.sseurs d'equipenient coniplel de fotideries de fer, d'acier et 
de laiton. 

Adresse Tclcgraj^hiciue, " E.sso." 

Cincinnati, O., Chicago, Ill.s., U.S. A. 

ABC Code. Maison fondc en 1S70. 

Grande maison d'exportation. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 










(( 




Our Motto 



Make the best goods in 

the world and sell 

them at a profit 



^<« 



"QUALITY" 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



179 



THE WHITING CUPOLA 

2,000 NOW IN USE 

IN ALL PARTS OF THE 

CIVILIZED WORLD 



Heaviest in Construction and 

the Best that Skilled 

Workmen can 

Produce 



THE MOST ECONOMICAL AND 

FASTEST MELTER 

KNOWN 



Correspondence Solicited 



See following pages for 

description and 

prices. 




Fig. 244 

The Whiting Cupola 
>5ection Ej 



180 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE WHITING CUPOLA 



THE Whiting Cupola is the heaviest and best designed cupola manu- 
factured, and the construction is such that they are simply beyond 
competition with ordinary cupolas offered to foundrymen. 

Long experience has unquestionably proven that the Whiting 
Cupola is the most successful and practical on the market. Economy in 
the use of fuel is certain. Iron produced is hot, fluid, of uniform grade, 
and is melted rapidly. Bottom drops clean and damage to lining is 
reduced to a minimum. 

Many testimonial letters have been received from purchasers, which 
are in themselves a recommendation worthy of consideration. We have 
noted even more than formerly the desire of those who have had exper- 
ience with the Whiting Cupolas to again purchase them. Many foun- 
dries have installed additional cupolas and others seeing results obtained 
have replaced other makes with Whiting Cupolas. 

Heavy, substantial construction, thorough workmanship, and our 
readiness to adopt all improvements continue to keep us leaders as 
cupola makers. 

Visitors are cordially invited to our works, and the privilege is 
extended of full investigation as to the methods pursued in manufactur- 
ing our standard product. 

We invite your careful perusal of the description of construction and 
operation in following pages. 

Write for special Cupola Catalogue 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



181 



THE WHITING CUPOLA 




Fig. 245 

Elevation of Section (D) 



The accompanying illustrations clearly show the internal construction 
of the body section. The universal satisfaction given by the Whiting 
Cupola is largely due to the patented arrangement of the tuyere system, 
which accomplishes the most efficient distribution of the blast yet devised. 



182 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




Fig. 246 

Sketch of Section E Whiting Cupola 



The table on page 186 in connection with diagram herewith gives all 
general data of the Standard Whiting Cupola. The diameter of the shell 
is ample to allow for the capacity given. In cupolas larger than the No. 
4 we recommend a 9-in. lining, and the capacity is figured on that basis. 
If a thinner lining is used the capacity will be increased above the figures 
given and this should be considered in comparing prices. 

We name prices on cupola body alone, Section (D), or on the com- 
plete cupola with any required length of stack. 

We carry in stock sufficient steel plates for all sizes of these 
cupolas and thus avoid delay of waiting for shipments from the mills. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



183 




Fin. 247 



No. OR. TEST CUPOLA 

In response to a demand for a 
small cupola for testing purposes, 
we have designed the No. o cupola, 
shown herewith. The size of this 
cupola is given on page 186. The 
total height of the cupola from 
floor to top of furnace is 10 feet. 
Extra stack and hood may be sup- 
plied if desired. 

This furnace is mounted on 
trunnions, and the air chamber 
employed on the standard cupolas 
is eliminated. It has been in 
general demand for technical 
schools, mining purposes, small 
foundries and for general port- 
able and repair work. This 
general design, of this size and 
several numbers larger, is adapted 
for mounting in running gear, and 
thus constructed is most con- 
venient for street w^ork, and has 
been extensively used for making 
cast iron rail joints. 



IMPROVED SPARK ARRESTER. 




We manufacture a special double cone spark 
arrester, as shown in cut. We make a line of 
these suitable for any size of our cupolas. They 
effectually obstruct sparks, pieces of hot metal, 
etc., which may be blown from the cupola 
toward the close of the heat, and are of great 
service to foundrymen who are located adjacent 
to frame buildings or lumber 3'ards, etc. 



Fig. 2-iN 



184 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




PATENT TUYERE SYSTEM 

These tuyeres are independent of each other; 
of such a shape that they will readily hold them- 
selves in the lining, and will outlast any other tuyere 
made. This is the only tuyere that equalizes the 
distribution of the blast. 

There are two rows of tuyeres with relative 
position as indicated. They are flaring in shape 
and admit the blast through a small area in the 
shell, which is expanded into a large horizontal 
opening inside of the cupola. The air is thus 
permitted to reach the fuel through an area nearly 
double that through which it enters the tuyeres, 
admitting the same volume but softening its force. 

The lower tuyeres form an annular air inlet, distributing the blast 
continuously around the entire circumference of the cupola. They can 
be placed at varying heights indicated by dotted lines in the sectional 
elevations. Adjustment is secured by means of patented device fur- 
nished only with the Whiting Cupolas. Proper effi- 
ciency may be thus maintained even though the 
method of operation is not as originally designed. 
The upper tuyeres are of similar construction 
^TT f ' ''^H '^BB to the lower and are intended to supply sufficient 
^^^ 'I^BnI^B air to utilize to the fullest extent any escaping fuel 
U I JD»' 1^^ gas. These tuyeres are of great service in quick 
melting and in large heats. For smaller heats they 
may be closed by our Improved Independent 
Tuyere Dampers. 



Fig. 249 



Section Showing: Safety 
Tuyere and Lower 
Tuyere Adjust- 
able Slide. 



<-'^- 




Fig. 250 

Section Showing Upper 
Tuyere and Tuyere Gate. 




Location of Blast Entrance 

Letters Refer to Diagrams 

r, SLAO SPOUT {^. 



TA^ af^UT 




3LAQ 9POi/T, 



TA^ Sf'OUT' 




Fig. 251 
Repairs and Duplicate Parts of Our EUiuipment Always Carried in Stock 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



185 



DETACHABLE ROOF HOOD 




Fig. 252 



A conical hood is sometimes desired, sur- 
rounding cupolas just above the charging house 
roof. We make these to fit any of our cupolas, 
and they are supplied at an extra price. Thej^ 
may be placed around the stack by means of 
clamps and bolts after the cupola is erected, and 
may also serve as ventilators for charging house. 



BLAST PRESSURE GAUGE 

A blast pressure gauge is verj^ serviceable in indicat- 
ing the air pressure supplied by blowers when applied to 
cupolas. The gauge shown in this cut registers to 14 oz., 
while our new design furnished with all cupolas indicates 
pressures up to 16 oz. Water is used for registering fluid. 
We send one of these gauges with each of our cupolas, and 
carry them in stock and sell them independently for use 
■with any cupola. 

Blast Pipes and Gates. 

We manufacturer blast pipe in all diameters from 3 
inches to 20 inches; also elbows and connections, and 
blast gates. 

We name prices on this pipe on receipt of information 
as to length of pipe, elbows, etc. 

Operators* Platform 

A circular platform made of cast iron, supported by 
■heavy brackets, and supplied with a neat gas pipe railing, 
is sometimes desired on large cupolas or cupolas with high 
columns. It is supplied at an additional price. 



Fig. 253 



Tapping Platform With Stairs 

For cupolas adapted for car wheel work, we supply, at an extra 
price, an iron platform with iron stairs. This is of great service, inas- 
much as it enables the operator to properly reach the tapping hole at all 
times, and allows ready access from the floor of the foundry to the 
operating platform of the cupola. 



186 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



C/) 
< 

o 

a. 
O 
o 

o 

z 

X 
O 

CO 

< 

< 
u 

A 

Z 
< 

CO 

O 









n- ............ . 1' 




r4 


"-• 


b« 


^ 


X . 


!« = 


w 2 


LO O N C) ro O O O O IT; tr, ur, Lo ir, lO 


•^ s 




►1 « n N M n r<irOroc^, fOrOrorocT) 


^a 


tfl 


■xx><xxxi«!i^xxxxxxx 




*j 


O O <N ri T)-t^l>.t^J:^l:^t^t-.t^t^t-- 


5s 



Q 


K 




«C<C<MMN«t<«MPir<MMr>CI 


d 




MMWi-ii-ii-ii-ci-iNnNM'NMN 


1_ <u 




c'---^---------- 








2 S'^ N 




NSO \j.\-4. Xje VC« \M NOO NflO Nao 
i^ r^ c^ -X -X l-5s t^ f*S H^s 


= « S5 




voO'-iM'^'*-'^*-- i^co CO -^ '^ '^ -^ 






i-(M>-ii-ii-ii-cM,-iMrHrirjMri 








•^"0 2 




Cz::z-zzzzziz::zz 


?.-^ ". 










Q\0\DvOvO O O^OvO O O ^ ^ O O 


J^ •— ' •H O - 




.,^,-.,---^^--«-- 


t/:-^.0 




M f^ r< p» ri coror^rO'T-^'^'^vrjio 


„ 






'.e of 
datio 
late 
uare) 
F." 




IT; O rO rOOO O -^t^O Osm O^loCT^" 


._ s Cli a": 






1/2 3 C/3 




._^*.,^----*-*--*- 


-^ 

fa 




C, rO -^ -^ -^ "-. >^ •'^ "--^ *^ O-i^ CO O 




ho 








Cl " [« 




C-:::^::^^::::::^^::- 


eS 


o^o 






,-^ a; 






x^ -^Nt N^N^N^'N^Nfj N^' "l::;!^' \" N!^":^^'^;^ ~::i!:^ 






M M CI n M CI c< Tj-Ti-Tt-Tt--<j-'^'<r-*- 


to^ 






















n rt 


l« 




■a^ 


&.= ^ 


CzZZ~~^^"^^^'~^~ 






■^■^■^t^'^ht^t^t^O^OO^O^G^ONO C^ 


^ 










l; u M 


a--------------- 


nj.;i - 




S 2'a 


OO rOt^I>-N 1^1 t^''< "-co ^0\C r^ <X> S- 




M w N M rororo-^-^'^ ir,^ vO I:^ t^OO 


•r '^hI 




Q 




u u 




0^ u i; . 




C---W---------- 


s^Sn 




Tj-CI t^t^ciCO CI " ^^■<:^r^00 -^ OCO 


.5 o * - 




Tt- LT, Lo ur.vo 'sO i^CO 00 C^ O i-^ >- CI 


Q ^ 






a>n 






*j (L) : 








Sx-< 


i^ -1 vO - \r; - vC '^.^ >"< CO Th vO « 


r3 '-« " 


M fO ro Th -^ tT LT, ir,^ \C i>. t>.00 O^ a> O 






Q 






g 




c'--- -c-'--:-":'- 




*-* 


, ■ 


\ri 


^3 




.t: o 


►H N c« u-, ir.\C t^ Cn O f~» -"i-CO " -^ t^ 


a w 


^ _ ,-. „ ts M n 


g-^ 


c--r::-:-::iz-i-2i 




^fe 


N^X^ 








M i-< t^rou'.'C t^G^O M -^-cO •-' Tt- 




„ „ ►, H^ (S) M 




\^;^ -^.^ ^ 


S a 


Oi-Hnric^roro"^ u",\C t^CO O^ G^ O '-' 


S 3 


F4 h4 


^ 


u 




1 



>v 






3 



o 
U 






THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 187 



CUPOLA LININGS 

How to Line Your Cupola 



IT is a source of great econom}^ to line your Cupola with the very best 
refractory material that can be secured. Great care and extra caution 
should be used, so that the blast is not turned direct on the lining, for 
when this occurs, it will burn out the very best lining in a few moments. 

Expansion and contraction are difficulties with which one has to con- 
tend in cupola practice. The manner in which the Cupolas are lined and 
the treatment they receive must be considered. 

The shell of the Cupola expands when heated and when in operation 
the heat causes the lining to expand against the shell. When the Cupola 
cools contraction occurs. To counteract these conditions we recommend 
one to two-inch space, which can be filled with dry ground cinders or 
broken fire brick, forming a grouting; this should be placed between the 
backing and the shell. If a 4^-inch lining is desired, use our Peerless 
Blocks up to the charging door, or if a 6-incli lining, use our National or 
Obermayer Blocks. If a 9-inch lining is required, use a backing of fire 
brick, stood upright against the grouting, then our NATIONAL, or 
OBERMAYER BLOCKS up to the charging door, or make two circles 
of 4^-inch each. In the stack or top part of the Cupola, ordinary Circle 
Fire Brick or a combination of Square and Arch Fire Brick will answer. 

Your lining can be well protected by the use of OBERMAYER 
CUPOEA DAUBING, a special preparation for this purpose. We can 
furnish Ganister, Mica Schist, Welsh Mountain Clay, Fire Sand and Fire 
Claj^ in carloads and less carloads, at lowest market prices. 

Correspondence solicited. 



188 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SUGGESTIONS FOR. LINING CUPOLA 



2/2 FIRE 
BRICK 



2/2 FIRE 
BRICK. 




4;4FIRE^ 
BRICK. 



Copyrighted 
Sept. 19, 1903. 



^|AM. INSIDE 



FlG. 254 

When sending us your orders for Cupola Lining state diameter of shell of 
Cupola, diameter of inside of lining and height which you desire. Specify 
according to number shown in outline above ; we will then know your requirements. 

Plan No. I for 4^ in. lining use Peerless Cupola Blocks 9 x 9 x 4)^, or Circle- 
Fire Brick 9 X 4^ x 2^. 

No. 2 for 7 in. lining use Peerless Blocks and Esso Square Fire Brick, or 
Circle Fire Brick with Esso Fire Brick. 

No. 3 for 8j!^ in. lining iise Obermayer's Cupola Blocks 12x6x6 with Esso- 
Square Fire Brick, or National Cupola Blocks 9x6x4 with Esso Square Fire Brick. 

No. 4 for 9 in. lining use Peerless Blocks with Esso Square Fire Brick stood, 
upright on end. 

For backing we recommend our Esso Square, Arch, or Split Brick. A com- 
bination of the square and split, or Arch Brick, together with our Cupola Blocks, 
can be arranged to make any thickness or diameter of lining desired. 

See the following pages for cuts and descriptions. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



189 



Lining Shelf. 




Unjng Shelf. 



Linini 



Tayere bolted to shell 



Swinging Damper with Peep Hole. - 
Damper Rod. ' 
Mica Peep Hole in Removable Plate. 
Inside Shell. 







Wins Box Shell. 
Section on Upper Tuyere 



Lower Tayere, 
adjustable in height. 



Safety Spool on Tnyere 
Lining. 




Bottom Plate^ 
Inside Shell.' 
Disc of Sheet 
in Removable Plate. 

Section on Lower Safety Tuyere 

FIG. 3 



ind Box SheU. 



Safety Tuyere. 



Jlica Peep Hole opposite 

■ J^Tuyeres. Dampers 

on Upper Tuyeres. 




Section through 
Upper Tuyeres. 



^ Section through Wind Box on Tuyeres. 
J riG. 2 

Patented in D. S. A. 

Angus! 18, 1885. 
October 2, 1894. 



Standard Whiting Cupola 



D»A«,...o S4I9 



190 



THE S. CBERMAYER COMPANY 



CUPOLA LININGS 




Fig. 255 



Peerless Cupola Blocks, 9 x9 x4}4 

This style Cupola Block has been on the market for a great number 
of 3-ears and the following sizes are always kept in stock ready for 
shipment : 

25 in. outside diameter, 16 in. inside, 9 to circle 



No. 


A . 


. 25 in 




B . 


• 30 " 




C . 


• 36 " 




D . 


• 39 " 




E . 


. 49 " 




F . 


. 60 " 




G . 


.69 " 




H . 


.84 " 



21 " 


" II " 


27 " 


" 13 " 


30 " 


" 14 " 


40 " 


" 17 " 


51 " 


" 21 " 


60 " 


" 23 " 


75 " 


" 28 



Any combination may be formed from 16 inches to 75 inches inside 
lining of Cupola from above sizes when 4^ inches thickness of Block 
is desired. 

Secure prices on carload lots. 

Order minimum car filled out with Ground Fire Clay and save 
money in freight rates. 

We guarantee our Cupola Blocks to give entire satisfaction. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



191 



CUPOLA LININGS 
Our National Blocks, Size 9x6x4 





Fig. 256 



Fig. 257 



No. 10. 42 in. outside, 30 in. in- No. 13. 60 in. outside, 48 in. in- 
side. 15 brick to circle. side. 2 1 brick to circle. 





Fig. 258 

No. 12. 48 in. outside, 36 in. in- No. 14. 72 in. outside, 60 in. in- 
side. 17 brick to circle. side. 25 brick to circle. 

Our National Blocks are made from the same mixture as our 
Obermayer and Peerless. Some people prefer a block onl}^ 4 inches 
high and 9 inches long. 

These National Blocks are recommended where the large Blocks are 
not desired, but where 6-in. thickness of Block is preferred. 

Combination of these Blocks can be made for circles 30 inches to 
60 inches inside of Lining. 

Recommended for use from bottom of Cupola to charging door. 

Use our Circle or S(iuare and Arch Fire Brick for stack when relin- 
ing entire Cupola. 

We guarantee our Cupola Blocks to give er.tire satisfaction. 
These Sizes Always In Stock 



192 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER CUPOLA LININGS 



Obermayer Cupola Blocks, Size 13x6x6 




Fig. 260 

Are especially adapted for large Cupolas. Requires less number of 
joints vertically than any other Block used. 

These Blocks In Five Sizes 

No. 30 . Obermayer, 42 in. outside, 30 in. inside, 1 1 to circle. 

" 36 . " 48 " 36 " 13 

" 42 . " 54 " 42 " 14 

" 48 . " 60 " 48 " 16 

" 60 . " 72 " 60 " 17 

A combination of these sizes will fit any circle from 30 inches to 60 
inches inside of lining where a 6-inch thickness is desired up to charg- 
ing door. 



Any Other Diameter Made To Order In Three Weeks 



THE S..OBERMAYER COMPANY 



193 



A FEW WORDS ABOUT FIRE BRICK 



WE have made it a study for years to funnsh satisfactory brick to the 
foundry trade, and our business has grown so in this department 
that we now have a manager who looks after the Fire Bricl: and Fire 
Clay department exclusively. 

We herewith illustrate a few of the many shape Fire Brick that we 
mannfacture, and we carry Cupola Blocks, Circle, Square and all 
standard sizes in stock at our warehouses in Cincinnati, Chicago, and 
Pittsburg, also at all our other works. 

We have in the past years used and sold Fire Brick from the various 
Fire Brick districts in the United States, and our long experience has 
educated us as to what Fire Brick are best adapted for the many 
purposes for which they are used. 

Our "Esso Crown" has a wide reputation among consumers of the 
highest grade Brick, being homogeneous and very refractory. 

Our "National" Fire Brick are made of very much the same material 
as our Esso Crown, only contains less Calcine and more Plastic Clay, 
making a Brick that will stand high heats and heavy friction. 

Our "Reliance" Fire Brick are our regular second quality grade and 
are used in places where heats are not so intense. 

We call your attention to our Cupola shapes illustrated herewith. 
We have an extended trade in the United States among the Foundries, 
particularly among those of the West and Central States. In addition to 
shapes shown herewith, we make any special radial shapes from drawings. 

Please bear in mind there is a great saving by ordering Fire Brick 
in carioad lots. 





Our Brick Guaranteed to Give Best of Satisfaction 



194 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 

CUPOLA LININGS 

For those who prefer Brick to Cupola Blocks for Lining, we have 

Circle Fire Brick 

9 K I We Carry in Stock the Following 

. K K / Size Circles 

26 in. inside 35 in. outside. 

X, I' '' ^' 37 ' 

30 " 39 

Fig. 261 32 " 41 ' 

No. I Circle. 33 in. outside, 36 " 45 

24 in. inside, ii brick to circle. 

Square and Side Arch Fire Brick 

Square or 9 Inch Brick Square or 9 Inch Brick 






Fig. 262 
Esso Crown No. 1 Quality 



Fig. 263 
Obermayer Square No. 2 Quality 



No. 1 Side Arch Fire Brick 



No. 2 Side Arch Fire Brick 




Fig. 264 

3 feet inside diameter. 
56 to circle. 




Fig. 265 

I foot 2 in. inside diameter. 

28 to circle. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SPLIT, WEDGE AND KEY FIRE BRICK 



195 



Split Fire Brick 




Fig. 266 



Split Fire Brick 




Fig. 267 



No. 1 Wedge Fire Brick 



No. 2 Wedge Fire Brick 





Fig. 268 Fig. 269 

6 feet inside diameter. 2 feet 3 inches inside diameter. 

113 bricks to circle. (Bullhead). 56 bricks to circle. (Bull head). 



No. 1 Key Fire Brick 




Fig. 270 

12 feet inside diameter. 
113 bricks to circle. 



No. 2 Key Fire Brick 




Fig. 271 

5 feet 3 inches inside diameter. 
57 bricks to circle. 



196 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



AN ASSORTMENT OF SHAPES 



NINE 
INCH. 



'/2 



2^/2 



SOAP 




4 


^2 






^ 


^ 



SPLIT. 



LARGE SMALL 

KEY. 




LARGE SMALL 

BULL HEAD BULL MEAD ARCH. 



CIRCULAR ANV SIZE. 



Ac'/z 


V, 


+^= 


k 

H- 




4^2 


\ 








C>s 




2/2 




m/ 


Is 


i± 


2 


^ 


^ 




Soap Brick 



Checker or Regenerator Brick 





Fig. 272 Fig. 273 

Sizes of Tile Ordinarily in Stock 

12 X 12x2 inches. 

12 X 12 X 2j^ 
12 X 14 X 2Y2 
12 X 15 X 2 
12 X 16 X 2^ 
12 X 18 X 2 
12 X 18 X 2^ 
12 X 18 X 4 
12 X 20 X 2}^ 
12 X 22 X 2^ 
12 X 24 X 2% 
12 X 26 X 2}^ 

Fig. 274 12 X 30 X 3 

Other Sizes and Shapes Made to Order 

FIRE BRICK FOR BOILERS 

We are furnishing to the trade all sizes of tile (No. i quality), 
"Esso Crown" Square and Arch Fire Brick, or any other shapes 
which are required for the setting of boilers. In some cases a No. 2 
quality is used for a portion of such work, and if you will send us a list 
of your reqviirements we shall be pleased to submit quotations. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



197 



MICA SCHIST 




Mica Schist makes a most excellent lining for Cupolas, and will out- 
last any Fire Brick. Mica Schist is put in as a lining about 2 inches 
thick after the Cupola has been lined with Fire Brick. Fire Brick when 
worn out is easily replaced with Mica Schist and is used in the largest 
Foundries in the United States, especially on large heats of 40 tons and 
over. It is the most refractory natural material known and is a source of 
great economy to the foundrymen. 

Special price in CARLOADS in bulk. 

Sample Barrels, $2.50 per Barrel 



WELCH MOUNTAIN OR. SILICACEOUS CLAY 



^^=s^s 


'^^~=*^^™ 


1 Veich" 
Moun- 


b.| 


ll tain 
! Ckj 





Welch Mountain Clay is a Kaolin product which is mixed with the 
sand, forming a strong, heavy bond. The largest Steel Foundries about 
Chester, Pa., Pittsburg, Pa., Cleveland, O., Chicago. 111., and other sec- 
tions are large users of this material and it is found to be far super- 
ior than so called cheap Fire Clays. On account of its peculiar nature, 
it gives a bond to the white silica sands, and will withstand any amount 
of heat without fusing. Used to advantage on poor sand, it helps give it 
a bond and renewed life for molding purposes. 

Shipped in carloads in Bulk only from our own mines at 
Welch Mountain. 



Prices given on application. 



198 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CANISTER. 



We are in a Position to Furnish LUMP AND CRUSHED 
CANISTER in Carloads or Less 




This is an article which is used extensivel}^ by the foundries in 
many places instead of Fire Clay. It analyses very high in Silica and 
withstands the heat of the iron, thus obviating the trouble of patching" 
up or re-lining, as often as when Fire Clay is used alone. It naturally 
adds to the life of the lining and is used successfully in steel foundries, 
steel mills, rolling mills, steel furnaces, also on bottom of furnace beds. 

Ground Canister 

Shipped in carloads direct from our mines. 
Sample barrels $3.50 per barrel. 

OBERMAYER CUPOLA DAUBINC 




OBERMAYER CUPOIvA DAUBING has been on the market 
for some time, and, when used judiciously, protects the fire brick lining. It 
will save labor in cleaning and repairing, and will prevent " bridging " 
in cupola. 

It is manufactured from best quality of Graphite, together with the 
most refractor}' materials we can obtain. 

It will pay 3'ou to give it a trial. Put up in barrels, each containing 
500 pounds. Price 3 cents per pound. 

Order a barrel and note satisfactory results. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



199 



CUPOLA TENDERS' TOOLS, ETC, 

Cupola Picks 




Fig. 275 . Fig. 276 

Weight from 5 to 6 lbs. each. 
Cupola picks in two designs always in stock. 

Bott Stick 



F[G. 277 
Tapping Bar 




Fig. 278 
Tapping Chisel 




Fig. 279 

Other Tools for cupola service supplied when desired. 
Write for prices. 

Wedge Point Crowbars 




Fig. 2N0 
Weight about 8 lbs. each. 

Pinch Point Crowbars 




Fig. 2Sr 
Weight about 8 lbs. each. 



200 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BLOWERS AND FANS 

FOR FOUNDRY USE 

WE HANDLE ALL THE DIFFERENT LEADING MAKES 

By Ordering Through Us We Can Save You Money, 

as We Always Give Our Trade the Benefit 

of Lowest Jobbers' Prices 

When Advised of Your Requirements We Can 

Figure Size of Blower Necessary, 

also Other Equipments 

® 

WE HANDLE ALL KINDS, INCLUD- 
ING EXHAUST FANS USED IN 
THE CLEANING ROOM 

® 

See the following pages of the different makes with 
description and prices. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



20L 



BUFFALO STEEL PRESSURE BLOWER. 

Furnished With or Without Countershaft 





Fig. 282 



Fig. 283 



Numbers one to six have but one pulley. Numbers seven to twelve 
liave two pulleys. All are furnished in the regular discharge, i. e., 
bottom horizontal, unless otherwise specified in order. Arrangement for 
other position of discharge may be readily supplied at 10% extra cost. 

GUARANTEE. — Buffalo Steel Pressure Blowers are guaranteed to 
be built of the best material, in a thorough and workmanlike manner, to 
be of superior design, run with less power, to be more durable and so 
proportioned as to give stronger blast, and to be sold at lower prices for 
the same size or capacity than those of any manufacture. 



No. of 
Blower. 


Outside 

Diameter of 

Outlet. 


Height 
In Inches. 


Diameter 
of I'ulley 


Face 
of PuUej'. 


Price 

Without 

Countershaft. 


Price 

With 

Countershaft. 


I 


z% 


12K 


2% 


^H 


$ 12 00 


$ 20 00 


2 


4 


15'^ 


2iX 


2H 


18 00 


28 00 


3 


4^ 


19X 


3 


2^A 


26 00 


38 00 


4 


5 


23K 


4 


3 


36 00 


52 00 


S 


sV% 


15 K 


4 '4 


3 


44 00 


64 00 


6 


6% 


29^ 


4K 


3K 


55 00 


80 00 


7 


1% 


33X 


5 


4.^ 


70 00 


100 00 


8 


8^ 


38 


6 


4;^ 


90 00 


130 00 


9 


10 


44 


7 


5 


115 00 


170 00 


10 


12X 


56 


8 


sH 


160 00 


230 DO 


II 


WA 


65 >^ 


SA 


6 '4 


225 00 


300 00 


ii>< 


ie]4 


7.^^ 


10 


7 


27s 00 


350 00 


12 


18 


75 >i 


10 


8 


325 00 


400 00 



All Dimensions Are In Inches 



202 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE 

STURTEVANT 

STEEL PRESSURE 

BLOWER. 



In addition to their use for cu- 
pola furnaces and forge fires, they are 
very efficient machines for produc- 
ing the blast in sand blast machines. 

Great pains have been taken to 
simplify the construction of these 
blowers and to strengthen all parts. 
Any machinist of ordinary skill will 
readily understand how to adjvist, 
keep in order and repair. They are 
built heavier and stronger than form- 
erly, particularly in the running 
parts which are most subject to wear. 
The fact that these blowers have been 
run continuously for twenty-five to 
thirty years, without any repairs 
whatever, is suffi- 
cient evidence of 
their durability. 

Attention is 
called to the jour- 
nal boxes, which 
contain many new 
and useful im- 
provements over 
the old ones. 
Duplicate sets of 
these journals will 
be furnished to 
purchasers desir 
ing them, at a 
small advance 
above cost. , 




Fig. 284 



No. of 
Blower. 


Outside 

Diameter of 

Outlet. 


Diameter of 
Pulley. 


Face of 
Pulley. 


Number of Pulleys 

on 

Blower. 


Price. 


0000 
00 

I 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
10 


3 '2 
4 

5^8 

6% 

7/8 

12 
16 

i8>^ 


3 

3K 

'^ 

12/8 


i/s 

2/8 

3 

3/ 
4 ^ 

^Vz 
5V 
6/ 
8 

9M 


Nos. 0000 to 3 in- 
clusive have only 
one pulley. 

Nos. 4 to 10 in- 
clusive have two 
pulleys. 


$ 15 00 
20 00 
26 00 
36 00 
44 00 

55 00 
70 00 
90 00 

115 00 
180 00 
225 00 
325 00 
450 00 



When one pulley onlj' is used it is placed on the tight hand, as one faces the outlet and the 
■blower is designated as right hand. When desired, the smaller sizes can be fitted with two pulleys. 
All sizes are regularly built to discharge horizontally at the bottom, but can be built to order to 
discharge either horizontally at the top, directly upward or directly downward. 

In your correspondence be sure and state for what the blowers are to be used, whether 
cupola furnaces, forges or other purposes. If for cupolas, state diameter inside of lining number 
and size of tuveres quantity to be melted in given time, kind of fuel used, distance blower sets 
from cupola, 'if for forges, how many, kind of work, length of pipes, etc. If possible, send a 
drawing of arrangement. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



20$ 



THE STURTEVANT COUNTERSHAFTS FOR 
STEEL PRESSURE BLOWERS 




siiigl 



These counter- 
shafts are especially 
de'-igned for driving 
The Sturtevant Steel 
Pressure Blowers. 

The shafts and 
pullevs are properly 
proportioned for the work 
and all built of the best 
of materials. The shafts 
are of steel accurately 
turned to size, the pulleys 
light, but strong and care- 
fully balanced and the 
boxes well babbitted, 
easily adjustable and pro- 
vided with oil drip cups. 
When so ordered, 
tight and loose pulleys 
rnished at a nominal addi- 
. price, in place of the usual 
e pulley driven by main belt. 



Fig. 2S5 



No. of 
Blower. 


Diam of 
Pulley Driv- 
ing Blower. 


Diam. Pulley Driven 

By Main Belt 

From Line Shaft. 


Diam. 
of 

vShaft. 


Price With 
One Driv- 
ing Pulley. 


Price With 
Two Driv 
ingPullev)- 


Number of 

Pulleys on 

Blower. 


0000 ) 


'4 




5><. 6 


Vs 


$ 8 00 


$ lO 00 




00 ) 


















I 
2 


16 

18 
21 




6, 7 

7. 8 
7, 8, 10 


r 


10 00 
12 00 
16 00 


12 00 
15 00 
20 00 


Nos. 0000 to 3 
inclusive have 
only one pulley. 


3 


24 




8, 10, 12 


I^ 


22 00 


25 00 




4 
5 
6 

7 


28 

3^ 
36 

4- 


12, 
14. 


10, 12, 14 
12, 14, 16 
14, 16, iS 
lO, 18, 20 


'11 
21V 


30 00 
40 00 

qo 00 
68 00 


35 00 
45 00 
60 00 
80 00 


Nos. 4 to 10 
inclusive have 
two pulleys. 


8,9 


4S 


18, 


20, 22, 24 


A% 


85 00 


100 00 




9,10 


54 


iS, 


20, 22, 24 


2\i 


100 00 


125 00 





In ordering blowers with countershaft and pulleys the purchaser should always be par- 
ticular to give sfieeii 0/ main line of shafliiiix and the laii;/s/ pulUy that can be used thereon, so that 
pulleys may be sent to suit the circuihstances. It is desirable to get as much speed as possible 
from niai n 1 ne. Ahuay i u se as large a pulley as possible on countershaft for main belt. 



204 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE STURTEVANT 
BLAST GATES 

These Blast Gates are designed 
for opening and closing pipes supply- 
ing blast to furnaces, forges, etc., for 
use in exhaust piping systems where 
shavings, smoke and the like are to 
be removed, or for regulating the dis- 
tribution of heated air in connection 
with The Sturtevant Hot Blast Steam 
Heating System. 





FiCx. 2S6 
Slide Pattern. 



Two styles can be furnished ; the 
lever pattern and the slide pattern. 
The former can be readily manipu- 
lated b}' cords, and will be found very 
convenient in cases where it cannot 
be readily reached by the hand. 

Particular attention is called to 
the fact that the use of blast gates, 
to close pipes when not in use, insures 
a great saving in power, as a blower 
requires far less power to drive it 
Fig. 287 with the connections closed than 

Lever Pattern with them open. 

Prices Reduced 20 Percent From Former List 



Size. 


Material 


Price 


size. 


Material. 


Price. 


1% in. 


Composition. 


$ 2 00 


8 in. 


Iron. 


$ 7 00 


2 " 


" 


2 50 


9 " 




8 00 


2% " 


" 


3 00 


10 " 




9 GO 


3 " 


" 


3 50 


12 " 




12 00 


3/2 " 


" 


4 00 


M " 




16 00 


4 " 


Iron. 


3 00 


15 " 




20 00 


4-^" 


<( 


3 50 


16 " 




24 00 


5 " 


" 


4 00 


iS " 




30 00 


5/2 " 


" 


4 80 


20 " 




36 GO 


6 " 


" 


5 50 


24 " 




40 00 


7 " 


" 


6 20 


30 " 




50 00 



Prices are the same for lever pattern and slide pattern. 

The size indicates the outside diameter of the collar of the blast gate where 
the pipe slips on. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



205 



ROOTS POSITIVE PRESSURE BLOWER. 



With Electric Motor on Bed Plate 







-1 ^' ^ 

.2 = 

ICO Ml 



n ^3 



11 T? (/; 






1^ '^ \M\Mill"" 



.^ VI t^ O ." 

^*j ■JJot. , 
^ o I 



-0"-; - "><2 e--'!;r2, 



,2a. 



CI Cli ^ 

Y>?-3 



111 

O o u 
f^3 






oil a. 

SO", 



o c 
« o s 



3 rt "^ 



5 a./ 



i2 
o 

a 



a "no Q o 

z - ■-• «z 



t« 



ooo ooo© 2 o o u 



"♦^ O v> 



o 



p ■/, 



M O 

o 



^ o 

CI ci 



t^O- 



^.8 



V V • u 

^ a — Q. 

O - .- ^ 

,-^— ' 11* 



dL r CI 

2 ci .■;: 



> if • *^ 

o ■- be II 
52-S ^ 






u p. 






58^ 



11"° ^ 

CI w ::i 



O 3, 



« 
&? 



a 






iiia 



iS- 



6. - 



"S." 3 c 
,5 I'- 3 

T IS S •:: - 






,Q tt 



ci 3 2 is 

re u — 



.S M 1- • 



■53 






3 i 
(B 3 u •. . 



S. 1* 



CIS 



^_ 

O o . 

5 3 >• - 

-^ ci" - 

Z - « p» 



20ti 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE CONNERSVILLE ROTARY POSITIVE PRES- 
SURE FOUNDRY BLOWERS 

Belt, Engine or Motor Driven 




Fig. 289 























Suitable for 


Displace 
ment. 










Speed 


an 


i M 


elting Capacity. 




Cupola in In- 
ches After 
lAning. 


12 3/ cu. 


ft. 


150 to 


260 R. 


P 


M. will 


me 


It from 4 to 6}4 


tons per hr. 


32 to 34 


17 






145 " 


250 










5 " 8/2 




36 " 45 


24 






150 " 


225 










8 " 12 




42 " 54 


33 






150 '• 


210 










" TO " 14 




48 " 60 


45 






135 " 


200 










12 " 18 




54 " 66 


57 






130 " 


185 










" 11; " 21 




60 " 72 


68 






130 " 


]8o 










18 " 24 




66 " 84 


86 






120 " 


160 










" 21 " 27 




72 " 90 


103 




120 " 


150 










24 " 30 




84 " 96 

f Suitahiefor ) 


120 " 




112 " 


135 


" 




' 




27 '• 33 


« 


\ Twocnpolas \ 




1 
















(60 to 66 \ 



The above calculations are based on 30,000 cubic feet of air per ton 
of iron melted. In practice it has been found that with the larger sizes 
the melting is 10 to 15 percent more than this when the conditions are 
Tight. 

General catalogue sent on application. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



207 



FOUNDRY LADLES 




From 50 Lbs. to 10,000 Lbs. Capacities Carried in Stock 
Ready For Immediate Shipment 

Larger Sizes Built to Order. 

Our Foundry Ladles are the best on the market. They are made 
from heavy plate (corresponding to the size) by skilled and careful 
workmen. 

Each and Every Ladle Thoroughly Tested Before It 
Leaves Our Establishment. 



Our Ladles are guaranteed to hold the full rated capacities. 
More of our Ladles in daily use throughout the United States and 
Canada than all others combined. 

See following pages for cuts, description and prices. 



208 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



HAND LADLE BOWLS AND SHANKS 







Fig. 291 

Solid Shank Always 
Sent Unless Other- 
wise Specified 



A Cast I^adle Bowl. 

B Pressed Steel Ladle Bowl. 

C Wrought Ladle Bowl. 

Our Hand Ladles are made 
suitable for convenience of molders, 
light and durable. Gas Pipe 
Shanks supplied when ordered. 




Fig. 292 



Gas Pipe Shank at 
Extra Cost 



Hand Ladles With Shanks 

Light and durable. Wrought Bowls made of steel plate, with 
two drawn lips. 

Capacity inside of lining, 30, 50 and 60 pounds. 

Prices Are Made oi\ Bowls With and Without Shanks 





Fig. 293 
Stamped Steel Ladle Bowl and Shank 



Fig. 294 



Wrought Steel Ladle 
Bowl and Shank 

For dimensions see 
page 216. 

Specify when ordering Ladles whether Cast, Pressed Steel or 
Wrought Bowls are desired. 

In Stock Ready for Delivery in Any Quantity 



Top diam. 8^ in., bottom diam. 5 in., 
depth, 6]/?, in. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



209 



HAND BULL LADLES 



"H 




^ V" 

Fig. 295 
Ladle Showing Swivel Shank 

Stock sizes with swiveled shanks in 150 and 200-lb. capacities. 




Capacity 
Jnside of 


Capacity 
Inside of 


Lir.iug. 


Lining. 


100 lbs. 


800 lbs. 


150 " 


1,000 " 


200 " 


I,JOO " 


250 " 


1,500 " 


300 " 


2,000 " 


400 " 


2,500 " 


500 " 
600 " 


3,000 " 



Fig. 296 
Ladle Showing Single End Shank 

Capacities Hand Bull Ladles 

Bowls made of steel plate, with two drawn 
out lips. 

Shanks of ladles 200 lbs. and 250 lbs. have 

double handles on each end. 

One handle swiveled at additional price when 
so ordered. 

Prices are made on bowls with and without 
sliauks. 



CRANE LADLE 

WITH SHANK 

AND BAIL 






Capacity 
Inside of 


Capacity 
Inside of 


Liniiiy. 


Lining. 


mo lbs. 


800 lbs. 


200 " 


1,000 " 


250 " 


1,200 " 


^00 •' 


7,500 " 


^00 " 


2.000 " 


coo " 


2.:;00 " 


! 00 " 


T OO) " 



Fig. 297 



Capacities Shank Crane Ladles 

Bowls made of extra heavy plate, with two 
drawn out lips. Forged shank and bail. 

One handle swiveled at additional price when 
so ordered. 

Prices are made on bowls only, and bowls 
willi shanks and bails, or with shanks only. 



We carry in stock ar.d furnish to the trade large ladle bowls which ore used as 
set ladles in front of Cupolas. Write for price.s 



210 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CRANE LADLES 



Notes on Construction 



Bowl is constructed of heavy plates and is of liberal size for the 
rated capacity. General dimensions and allowance for lining and top 
space are given in table on page 216. In making comparison of prices it 
should be remembered smaller sizes can be furnished cheaper. Shell 
plates, tank steel. Bottom, best flange steel. 

Two drawn out lips are standard. Detachable riveted lips if desired. 
Vent holes in bottom. Rivets are driven by single stroke power machine, 
heads flattened inside. 

Bail, "V" shape, forged, 
of rectangular section, 
strongest for weight, for 
ladles under ten tons 
capacity. 

"Square" bail, struc- 
tural steel head beam with 
large forged loop for hook, 
for capacity ten tons and 
over. The "V" bail, with 
strut, may be used in place 
of latter if crane lift is 
sufficient. It is supplied at 
reduced price. 

Trunnions are of pat- 
ented design. They are 
cast steel with large base 
plates accurately fitting the 
shell. Plates are made with 
continuous rebate for belt 
and pockets for bottom 
band. Journals are turned. 
Belt is welded and a drive fit on the shell, strengthening bowl in 
most siibstantial manner. 




Fig-. 298 
Crane Ladle With Improved Pin Spur Gear 



All Ladle orders up to ten ton capacity shipped the day we 
receive the order. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



211 



Bottom Band is riveted through trunnion piate and shell on 
ooth sides. 

Braces attached to bottom band and siipporti7ig triinnioji outside of 
tne bail are furnished on all sizes three tons and over. This design 
permits ladle to be more completely overturned than others. 

Steadying Shanks, two for ladles three tons and over and one each for 
smaller sizes, are furnished. 

Gearins. Our improved pin spur gear, shown in cut, is the ideal 
gearing for tipping a crane ladle. It is rapid and easy to operate. Back 
gearing and pinion for 
trunnion gear are 
mounted in self con- 
tained bracket which 
is rigidly attached to 
upright member of 
bail. A steel cover 
effectually protects the 
gearing from splash- 
ing of molten metal, 
but does not prevent 
quick inspection at all 
times as do enclosed 
forms. The toothed 
pinion forms a lock 
for the gearing when 
\n proper position; a 
draw pin is furnished 
which provides abso- 
lute security against 
accidental overturning. The hand wheel shaft is extended sufficiently 
to allow operator to fully oversee the pouring. Double gearing on all 
ladles tzvo tons capacity and over. 

Ladles with this gearing are most in demand of any ladles on 
the market. 

Worm gearing is illustrated in accompanying cut. It is compact in 
design and fitted with bevel gearing to allow exten.sion of hand wheel 
shaft at right angles. Worm and bevels are mounted in heavy bracket 
which is rigidly attached to upright member of bail. 

Ladles up to ten ton capacity in stock ready for immediate 
shipment. 




Fig. 299 
Crane Ladle With Worm Gear 



Specify whether Spur Gear or Worm Gear is wanted ; we have both. 



212 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



NOTES 

Standard Patterns For All Capacities 




For Crane lyadles of medium 
capacit}' the pointed (V) bail is 
preferred. It is very rigid when 
properly constructed and crane 
hook is guided at once to the 
middle. 

The square bail is furnished 
only for capacities ten tons and 
over. The structural steel head 
beam is a perfectly reliable con- 
struction. Head room is reduced 
to a minimum. 



Fig. 300 

Crane Ladle With "Square Bail" 

standard Construction For Ten Tons and Over 



The (V) bail with strut is 
recommended where head room 
is sufficient. The design is 
simple and the ladle may be 
hooked with the greatest ease. 

All standard ladles, capacity 
eight tons or over, are designed 
for brick lining, and angle bar is 
riveted around top of shell. 

These ladles are balanced so 
that they will be level when 
full or nearly full of metal ; when 
empty they hang a little out of 
plumb. 

Vent holes are provided in 
the bottoms of all crane ladles. 



Fig. 301 
Crane Ladle With " V " Bail and Strut 
Each and every Ladle tested before same leaves our factory 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



213 



TRUCK LADLES 




Gearing and bearings are 
protected from splashing over 
of molten metal. 

In writing for prices give 
capacity required and gauge 
of track; also say if desired to 
tip with shank, or with gear- 
ing as shown in cut, mention- 
ing whether pin spur gear or 
worm gear is required. 



Fig. 302 
Truck Ladle Standard Construction, For Capacities Under 3,000 Pounds 



Capacity In.side 
of Lining. 



800 Ib.s. 
1000 " 
1200 " 



Height of Ladle 
-•Vbove Track. 



3 ft. I in. 

3 " 2 " 
3 " 3 " 



Standard 

Gaug-e of 

Trnck Wheels. 



18 in. 

tS " 
iS " 



Capacity Inside 
of Lining 



1500 lbs. 
2000 " 
2sOO " 



Height of Ladle St-i"dard 

Above Track, 'r, i"wi,° i 
Inick W heels. 



3 ft 3 in. 
3 " 8 " 
3 " 9 " 



18 to 24 in. 
18 to 24 " 
iS to 24 !' 



Note —The above heights are figured on the basis of using 16 inch wheels. 
If 12 inch wheels are preferred the height will be reduced two inches. 




Fig. 303 
Truck Ladle Standard Construction for from 3,000 to 6,000 Pounds 



Capacity Inside Height of Ladle 
of Lining. Above Track. 



3000 lbs. 
4000 " 



3 't. 
3 " 



Usual Gauge 
of Truck 
Wheels. 



iS to 24 in. 
21 to 30 " 



Capacitv Inside Height of Larile 
of Lining. Above Track. 



5CKX) lbs. 
6000 ' ' 



ft. ID in. 



Usual Gauge 
of Truck 
Wheels. 



21 to 30 in. 
21 to 30 'I 



Special Swivel End Shanks in Stock for Bull Ladles 



214 



THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY 



GEARED CRANE TRUCK LADLES 

This design may be used for either a crane ladle or a truck ladle. 
Ladle is furnished with bail, and the construction of standards on truck 
is such that ladle is easily removed when desired for use as a crane ladle. 

Any change from standard gauge is subject to an increase in price. 




Fig. 304 



Capacity of Ladle 
Inside of Lining. 


Standard 
Gauge. 


Capacity of Ladle 
Inside of Lining. 


.standard 
Gauge 


1500 pounds 
2000 " 
2500 " 
3000 


18 to 24 inches. 
18 to 24 
18 to 24 
18 to 24 


4000 pounds 
5000 " 
6000 " 


21 to 30 inches 
21 to 30 " 
21 to 30 " 



TRUCK LADLES 




iJG. 305 

These ladles are unexcelled for distributing molten iron in a foundry'. 

They have cast iron frames and standards, steel axles, chilled wheels and 

roller bearings. Standard gauges are given in upper table, page 213, but 

they are made to suit any desired gauge, subject to an increase of price. 

Special Ladles of any description made to order on short notice. 

Special Ladle Catalogue sent on application. 



I 

I 
J 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



215 



RESERVOIR. LADLES 




<^i^; 



Fig. 306 
Reservoir Ladle With Hand Tipping Gear 

5 Tons Capacity and Larger 



Capacity Inside 


ol Lining. 


2000 lbs. 


2500 ' 




3000 ' 




4000 ' 




qooo ' 




6000 ' 




8000 ' 




10000 ' 




12000 ' 




14000 ' 





Standard reservoir ladles are intended for permanent 
location in front of the cupola to receive metal as tapped 
out and serve as a mixer to insure uniform character of 
iron. The illustration shows construction for the larger 
capacities. Bowl has greater top .space provided than 
for crane ladles to allow for extra accumulation of slag. 
Lip is therefore cut out as shown and may be provided 
with skimming attachment if desired. 

For capacities of /ive tons and larger, angle bar is 
fitted around the top of shell to svipport brick lining. 



More of our Ladles are in use than all others Combined 
They are the Standard 



216 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



a cs 
I o 



o o o o o o o 

O O 3 O O O O 



o o o o o o o 
o o o o o o o 



1- u 
O nj 






oooooooooooooooo 
oooooooooooooooo 

vn I- \0 O ^ ^ X -^X M •* O f. c<", O O 

vC! t^ L^yz X o !-■ ^ i^ (N ^^ t> u". (N X 



O o o o 



o o o o o o 



oooooooooooo 

Oir, OTl-OOf^X -t-X O !>■ O O "". O 



O O O O O O O 
O LO O O O O O 



O w eo r'". ir.X 



o o o o o 
o o o o o 



O s 



i-HMi-iO)(Nf<;Tj-'>:)-ir-, t^x O >-i (S LOX tN 



VC ^ -t- <N (N (N 



;S« 




5 E 



M M CS M N (N CN rCfOrOrOTt-Tl--^Tj-TJ-T^Lr-. ITj 



».„„H,i_iM.-Cv|CSCSNCN^-;i 



cs ■>*- Tj- Ti- -^ Tj- 



^ 



2.5 



U-6 






OOU-, oooooooooooooooooooooooooooo 
roLT-i-^O"-. qlt; ooopoooo.oooogogogoooDOOo 



— — <s (N ro ■ 



-.>C CO C (N L<-,x 3"". ooooooo 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



217 




218 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




FOR THE VERY LATEST ACHIEVEMENTS IN 

Exhaust Tumbling Mills 

Foundry Appliances and Arrangements to Eliminate Extra 

Trouble, Investigate Our Plans to Clean, Polish, 

Brighten and Make Smooth Castings 

THEY CAN BE ADAPTED TO ANY VARIETY OF IRON, BRASS 
AND STEEL CASTINGS AND WROUGHT METAL WORK 



r 



All Kinds, Sizes, Styles and Makes 
For All Kinds of Castings, Large or Small 

SPECIAL MILLS CONSTRUCTED 
FOR. SPECIAL WORK 

See following pages. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



219 



THE STOVER. EXHAUST TUMBLING BARREL 

Superior to any in use for Light Castings, Malleable Iron, Wire Nails, Forgings 
or any other Small Articles Requiring Cleaning or Polishing. 




By noticing the cut it will be seen that the barrel is egg shaped ; 
that it has a section of exhaust pipe connected to the hollow journal at 
one end, and a tight and loose pulley at the other end. No gearing 
whatever is used. Special advantages are found in the egg shape. 

No. I is lined with white iron, which can be replaced when worn out. 

Dimensions and Price List 



Diameter of journal for pipe. . 
Diameter inside of barrel . . . 

Length over all 

Length between bearings 

Pulleys 

Height from floor to center . . 

Opening in barrel 

Speed — revolutions per minute 
Weight — pounds 

Price 



No. 1. 
Inches. 



5'^ 

27 

38 

4/'^ X 30 

32 

13 X 19 

45 

1.375 
Si =;o 00 



No. 2. 

Inches. 



s!4 
20 

51 

33 
\'2 X 30 

32 
II X 15 

45 
740 

$120 00 



No. 3. 
Inches. 



3 
16 

44 

26 

4x 24 

30 

7H X 10 

45 

430 

Sico 00 



No. 4. 
Inches. 



5 '4 
20 X 40 
64 
44 
4/4 X 30 

32 
13'^ X 39 
45 

$140 00 



Barrels ordered in pairs are supplied with a yoke to join them to- 
gether without extra charge. The best low priced Tumbler manufactured. 



220 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FRICTION TUMBLERS 





Fig. 308 
Two Friction Tumblers Driven from One Pulley (Back View) 

A well made, practical and heavy machine of few parts. Two or 
more tumblers may be run from one pulley, and one or more ma}- be 
stopped at will without interfering with the running of the others. Barrels 
are stopped and started by turning a hand screw, drawing the head of bar- 
rel back from the friction. Barrels are circular outside and octagonal inside. 
Each barrel has removable inside head liners with countersunk bolts. 
Trunnions turn in self-aligning bearings. 

Supplied with our extra hard iron staves only. These staves out- 
last steel. 

Cover removed without taking out bolts, and by turning two lugs 
in one end. 

Supplied with extra high standards and made extra heavy throughout. 





Dimensions Inside of 










No. 


Barrel. 




Approximate 
Floor Space. 


Standard Size of 

Pulley 

(For One Machine.) 


Price, 
Each. 




Diameter. 


Length. 


10 


16 in. 


28 in. 


2 ft 


3in. X3ft.9in. 


14 in. X 2|< in. 


1 
$ 76 00 


12 


16 " 


36" 


2 " 


3 " X4 " 5 " 


14 " X 2 '2 " 


1 84 00 


14 


20 " 


32 " 


^ " 


" X 4 " 6 " 


16 " X 3'^ " 


116 00 


16 
18 
20 


20 " 
24 " 
24 " 


42 " 
36" 
4S " 


,3 " 
3 " 
3 " 


" x5 " 4 " 
6 " X 4 "10 " 
6 " X 5 "10 " 


16 " X3'< " 
18 " X 3'< " 

18 " X 3^i " 


124 00 

i 136 00 
148 00 

1 



Especially adapted for small light work. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



221 



ROLLER DRIVE TUMBLER 




Fig. 309 
An Exceedingly Efficient, Durable, and Easy Running Machine 

The barrel is entirely independent of the roller drivers, merely resting thereon. 
Two wheels are drivers, keyed to the same shaft, and two wheels are idlers. The 
faces of the four wheels and two tumbler heads which form the wearing surfaces 
are chilled and the barrel is arranged to get ecjual contact with each wheel. To 
stop the mill it is only necessary to pull the lever arm, to which is attached a cam, 
thus lifting the barrel off the driver wheels and stopping it at any desired position. 
Flanges are provided on the wheels and set collars, with a corresponding recession 
in the box cap, so that the bearings are completely covered and no dust can enter 
them. The barrel is arranged for attaching exhaust pipe if desired. Barrel has 
inside removable head liners held by countersunk bolts, and is furnished with cast 
iron staves (steel lined) or steel plate shell, as desired. In case of an accident to 
the barrel, it can be removed from the driving wheels to a convenient place for 
repairs and an extra barrel placed on the machine. 

These barrels are built in the following standard sizes. 

They Can Be Made in Any Length Required 





DinieiKsioiis 








Inside of Barrel. 






No. 






Approximate 
Floor Space. 












Diameter. 


Length. 






80 


26 in. 


36 in. 


^fi 


in. X :; ft. 6 in. 


S2 


26 " 


48 " 


3 " 


" X 6 " 6 " 


<S4 


30 " 


3'S » 


3 " 


3 " X ^ " 6 " 


sr, 


30 " 


48 " 


3 " 


3 " X 6 " r> " 


88 


36 " 


48" 


4 " 


" X 6 " 6 " 


90 


36" 


60 " 


4 " 


" X 7 " 6 " 


92 


43 '• 


60 " 


4i" 


" X 7 " 6 " 


94 


42 " 


72 " 


4i" 


" X 8 " 6 " 


96 


48" 


60 " 


5 " 


" X 7 " 6 " 


98 


48" 


72 " 


.'; " 


" X 8 " 6- " 



Built to Withstand Rough Usage 
Recommended for Cleaning Light and Medium Castings 



222 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SPUR GEARED TUMBLERS 




Fig. 310 
Tumblers, Spur Geared. (Front and Back Views.) 

An extra heavy machine with iron staves and removable head liners. 
Staves are bolted in place. The removable staves have bolt holes ; slotted 
and swinging eye bolts are used to hold them in place, a detail which 
should be appreciated. Trunnions are extra heavy, bolted to heads and 
easily renewable. Turn in steel roller bushings. 

These tumblers are driven by tight and loose pulleys and spur 
gearing, and movements are controlled by shifting the belts. 

The iron used in the staves is of a specially hard mixture. The 
feature of renewable wearing parts deserves careful attention and adds 
materially to the efficiency and life of the machine. 





Dimensions 












No. 


Inside of Barrel. 




Approximate 
Floor Space. 




standard Size of 
Pulley 


Price, 
Each. 












For One Tumbler. 




Diameter. 


Length. 












30 


24 in. 


36 in. 


3 ft 


6 in. X 5 ft. 


2 in. 


iS in. X ^}4 in. 


$140 00 


32 


24 " 


48" 


3 " 


6 " X 6 " 


2 " 


18 " X3)4 " 


160 00 


34 


28 " 


40 " 


3 " 


6 " X 6 " 


" 


20 " X 44 " 


186 00 


36 


28 " 


48" 


3 " 


6 " X 6 " 


8 " 


20 " X 44' " 


210 00 


3« 


36" 


48" 


4 " 


6 " X 7 " 


9 " 


20 " X 5 '2 " 


276 00 


40 


36" 


60 " 


4 " 


6 " X 8 " 


9 " 


24 " X 5,4 " 


312 00 


42 


42 " 


56" 


5 " 


" X 8 " 


6 " 


24 " X 5j4 " 


410 00 


44 


42 " 


72 " 


5 " 


" X 9 " 


10 " 


30 " X 5,4 " 


450 00 



We manufacture a line of tumblers without renewable wearing parts 
in same sizes as above at lower figures. Send for prices on Style B 
Tumblers. These are the old reliable Tumbling Mills. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



223 



FRICTION GEAR. TUMBLERS WITH CONVEX 

FACES 




'^^'\m 



Fig. 311 
One Pair, Size, 26 x 36 Inches. Mounted.) 



Wood Stave, Steel Lined Tumbling Barrels 

Exhaust or Non-Exhaust 



No. of 
Staves. 



Approx. Diam. and 
Length Inside. 



14 X 30 in. 
14 X 36 " 
14 X 42 " 
16 X 30 " 
16x36 " 
16 X 42 " 
18 X 30 " 
18 X 36 " 
18 X 42 *' 
20 X 30 " 
20 X 36 " 



Weight. 



1620 lbs. 

1670 " 

1750 " 

1820 " 

1900 " 

1978 " 

i860 " 

i960 " 

2075 " 

2190 " 

2270 " 



Price Per 
Pair 



$200 00 
210 00 
220 00 
220 00 
230 00 
240 00 
220 00 
236 00 
250 00 
260 00 
270 00 



No. of 
Staves. 



10 
10 

I I 

I I 
I I 
12 
12 



Approx. Diani. and 
Length Inside. 



20 X 42 in. 
22 X 30 " 
22 X 36 " 
22 X 42 " 
24 X 36 " 
24 X 42 " 
24 X 48 " 
26 X 36 " 
26 X 42 " 
26 X 48 " 



Weight. 



2350 lbs 

2260 " 

2360 " 

2460 " 

2700 " 

2S00 " 

3000 " 

2920 " 

3000 " 

3148 " 



Price Per 
Pair 



if28o 00 
270 00 
280 00 
290 00 
330 00 
344 00 

360 Ot) ■ 

350 00 
370 00 

390 GO 



The above prices include barrels arranged for exhaust. 

As many barrels as may be desired can be placed in line, singly or in 
pairs and be driven by one belt. 

Tumblers of special form or size made to order. Prices quoted on 
application, on any specified number of barrels. 



224 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FRICTION GEAR TUMBLERS 




Fig. 312 
Steel Plate, Double Exhaust, Friction Geared 

Also Furnished Non -Exhaust 



Size 


■Weight. 


Price Per Pair. 


18 inches diameter 32 inches long. 

22 " " 38 " 
22 " " 44 " 
26 " " 3S " 
26 " " 44 " 


1,940 
2,400 
2,c;20 

2,825 
2,970 


$240 00 
2S0 00 
300 00 
360 00 
390 00 



These Barrels are made with Cast Iron Staves when so ordered. 

Built to run singly, in pairs or in batteries. 

Specify arrangement desired when ordering. 



Secure information regarding our Sand Blast Apparatus. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



225 



BARREL FOR STOVE PLATES AND SIMILAR. 

ARTICLES (Patent Double Exhaust) 




JbiG. 313 



size. 



Weight. 



37 inches square 48 inches long. 
31 " " 42 " 

23 " " 42 



<( i( 



3,000 
2,380 



$400 00 

310 00 

Special. 




Fir,. 314 
Illustration of Barrels of Different Kinds Mounted Together. 



luiLi' "r''iJff .,: 



Square Sizes. 


Weight. 


Price Per 
Pair. 


Rectangular Sizes. 


Weight. 


Price Per 
Pair. 


14 sq., 30 in. long 
16 sq., 30 in. long 
18 sq., 30 in. long 
23 sq., 30 in. long 


1870 lbs. 
2000 ' ' 
ri7o " 
2750 " 


.$220 DO 
234 CO 
250 00 
340 00 


18 X 24 , 30 in. long. 
18 X 331^, 42 in. long. 

1 
1 

1 




Special. 
Special. 



These mills can be fitted with an exhaust fan to carry away the dnst. 



226 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SET OF FOUR TUMBLING BARRELS 

Exhaust or Non- Exhaust 




Fig. 315 

Size, 24 X 42 inches. Weight, 5,800 pounds. 

Friction geared with hand wheels for stopping and starting each 
barrel ; an excellent way of mounting and driving four heavily loaded 
barrels. 



No, of 
Staves. 


size. 


Weight. 


Price Per 
Pair. 


No. of 

staves. 


Size. 


Weight. 


Price Per 
Pair. 


6 


14 X 30 in. 


1620 


I200 00 


9 


20 X 42 in. 


2350 


$280 00 


6 


14x36 " 


1670 


210 00 


10 


22 X30 " 


2260 


270 00 


6 


14x42 " 


1750 


220 00 


10 


22 X 36 " 


2360 


2S0 00 


7 


16 x 30 


1820 


220 00 


10 


22 X 42 " 


2460 


290 00 


7 


16x36 " 


1900 


230 00 


II 


24x36 " 


2700 


330 00 


7 


16 X 42 " 


1980 


240 00 


II 


24x42 " 


2800 


345 00 


8 


18 X 30 " 


i860 


220 00 


II 


24 X 48 " 


3000 


360 00 


8 


18x36 " 


i960 


236 00 


12 


26x36 " 


2920 


350 00 


8 


18x42 " 


2070 


250 00 


12 


26 X 42 " 


3000 


370 00 


9 


20 X 30 " 


2190 


260 00 


12 


26 X 48 " 


3150 


390 00 


9 


20 X 36 " 


2270 


270 00 











Made in compartments to order. 



Non-Exhaust $10.00 less per pair. 




Fig. 316 



HARD IRON STARS 
Hard Iron Stars for Rumblins 

Small 15 cents per lb- 

Medium 10 " 

Large 10 " " 

These are always furnished in malleable iron unless 
otherwise specified. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



227 



A DOUBLE BARREL FOR. DRY ROLLING 




Fig. 316 



Diameter of Each 
Couipartnieut. 


.I^ength. 


Approximate Weight. 


Price. 


20 inches 
20 " 


23 inches 
iS 


1,200 pounds 
1 ,000 " 


$190.00 
160.00 



This octagonal pattern i.s also used for compartment water polishing 
barrels. Compartment made longer if desired. 



PRAIRIE HAY ROPE 

For Making Cores 




I to 5 Spools . $3.50 each 
5 " 10 " . 3.00 " 
10 " 20 " . 2.75 " 

Each spool contains 
from 300 to 350 feet. 

We also keep in stock 
Bailed Prairie Hay. 



Fig. 317 



228 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




IMPROVED FOUNDRY 
TUMBLING 
BARRELS 

These barrels 
have no shaft 
through them 
(none of our 
barrels have) 
against which 
the work could 
get wedged. In 
strengthandca- 
pacity they are 
well adapted for 
large, heav}' 
work ; also for 
sprues and cu- 
pola dumpings. 



Fig. 318 



No. of Staves, 20; size inside, 45 x 48 in.; approximate weight, 4,780 lbs. 
Other sizes furnished upon inquiry. 




Fig. 3 19 

For Wet or Dry Tumbling, Well Adapted for Brass Castings 

Size, 26 X 30 inches ; weight, 1,520 lbs $200.00 

When intended to be used with water, it is made with a watertight door and a 
gland for water pipe connections. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



229 



TILTING DOUBLE 
BARREL 
OBLIQUE 
MACHINE 



One barrel in running 
position, the other in empty- 
ing position. 

Steel barrels ; 24 inches 
diameter, 25^4 inches long. 



Patent 

Friction 

Geared 




Pig. ?i2o 




Floor space, 4I2 x 5 ft. 

Larger or smaller bar- 
rels of brass, steel or 
wood can be used on this 
machine. 

Approximate weight, 
1,175 lbs. 

Price, $260.00 

Steam Heated 

Tumbling 

Barrels. 

For Drying Metal Goods 
In Hot Sawdust. 

22 in. diam. 
X 30 in. long 
inside. 
Floor space, 4 
iaa^ ft. X 4 ft. 
^^J Weight, 1,150 

—___ Price, $320.00 



Fig. 321 




•2 



B 

a 
S 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



231 



THE OBERMAYER. SAND BLAST APPARATUS 

Which is rapidly coining into use for cleaning Iron, 
Steel and Brass Castings 




G ROOM' 



Fig. 323 

We have had a great number of inquiries concerning our Sand Blast 
Machines, and to meet the demands of the trade, have made many 
experiments at great expense. We present to the trade an apparatus 
which is operated by compressed air and recommend, especially for 
light work, our Pony size or Portable Machine. If you have compressed 
air in 3'our foundrj^ it will pay you to investigate the merits of this device. 
It is made in five sizes and can be adapted for all classes of work. The 
Blast or discharge nozzle is held in the hand of the operator and directed 
against the surface to be cleaned. The saving that this Machine will 
show will pay for the outfit in a few months' time. 



232 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



One man with the Sand Blast will do more cleaning than five or six 
men with wire brushes. In addition, core work can be reached that is 
inaccessible in any other way. 

The chief advantage in the use of the Sand 
Blast Machine over the ordinary method of 
brushing, barreling or pickling, is that it does 
the w^ork thoroughly. It not only cleans the 
castings readily, but gives them a brighter surface 
when finished, and in no way impairs the 
quality or nature of the castings. 

Our Machine is composed of a single shell, 
and every part is accessible so that all pieces 
liable to wear can be easily replaced, most of 
them by ordinary pipe fittings. The pressure 
and volume of air required depends on the class 
of work and the size of nozzle employed, but 
allowance should be made for wear and tear. 
The Machine should be used, with from 8 to lo 
pounds pressure, for light work. The pressure 
must be greater, ranging from 25 to 30 pounds 

per square inch for heav}^ work or steel castings. The following 
table shows the size of nozzle necessary to secure proper distribution and 
the approximate amount of air required at the given pressure : 




Fig. 324 



Diam. of 


Pounds Pressure 


Per Square Inch. 














Nozzle. 


10 


15 


20 


30 




3 
S2 


20 


25 


30 


35 




Approximate 




30 


40 
70 


SO 
80 


-60 
100 




cubic feet 


88 


100 


125 


150 




' of free air 


% 


140 


175 


200 


250 


J 


per minute. 



A small room is sufficient for cleaning castings of medium weight 
which two men can handle efficiently. In large plants Foundrymeu 
install an Exhaust System by the arrangement of an Exhaust Fan to 
carry away the dust which is conveyed to a dust collector. Cranes 
should be used to handle heavy work to advantage. 

When writing for prices, advise us the kind of work, the quantity 
of castings in tons per day which 5'ou desire to clean, also whether belt 
or steam pressure for air compressor is required, and we can then give you 
approximate idea of the cost. 



Prices Given on Application 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



233 



OBERMAYER'S CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR. 

Our Cyclone Dust Collector is 
designed upon principles that enable 
us to offer a perfect working machine 
with a large enough air outlet to in- 
sure perfect freedom of discharge 
from the fan and thus avoid loss of 
power in forcing air through extra 
resistance, or loss of suction by reason 
of the resistance. 

The illustration shows our left- 
hand collector, and we can guarantee 
these Dust Collectors to allow your 
fan to work to full capacity without 
wasting power for the extra speed. 
These Collectors are arranged with an 
automatic valve, which prevents any 
portion of the material from returning 
into the pipes. The capacity of our 
Dust Collector is in proportion to the 
diameter of the air outlet at the top. 
The inlet can be arranged on either 
side desired. 

We build to suit your conditions when advised of ^-our require- 
ments. 




No. 4 $ 15.00 

" 5 20.00 

" 6 40.00 

" 7 60.00 

" 8 80.00 

" 9 ..... . 90.00 

"10 125.00 

"12 175-00 

"14 200.00 



No. 16 $225.00 

18 250.00 

" 20 27500 

" 22 350.00 

" 24 400.00 

" 26 475-00 

28 .... . 550.00 

" 30 600.00 

" 32 700.00 



Correspondence solicited. Write for discounts. 



234 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 




Fig. 326 



BUFFALO "B" VOLUME EXHAUSTERS 

For the Cleaning Room 

The application of Buffalo " B " Vol- 
ume Exhausters for the purpose of re- 
moving the refuse from emery wheels, 
buffing wheels, or the machines of any 
abrasive processes, has been most exten- 
sive, and in view of its simplicity and 
efficacy is the best solution of the prob- 
lem of preventing the dissemination or 
accumulation of undesirable refuse, or 
of saving those particles of abraded 
material, which are of sufficient value to 
render such a course advisable. 

In applying such an exhaust system 
ca/e must be taken to have the piping 
of adequate diameter and with as few 
bends as possible. All pockets or ob- 
structions in the pipe must be strenu- 
ously avoided and the stock employed 
for the piping itself should be of a 
heavy gauge to resist the wearing effect upon it. After passing through the blower, 
the refuse may be discharged out of doors or else into a vat of water in such a way 
as to enable the sediment to be collected from time to time, as described in previous 
pages. 

Buffalo Standard Oil-Ring Bearings are applied to Buffalo Blowers and Ex- 
hausters. Such bearings have been found to be essential for this service and the 
particular form which is here employed insures the most thorough lubrication and 
cool running at sustained high speeds. Adequate provision is made for cleaning 
and refilling the bearings when occasion demands. 

Unless otherwise particularly mentioned, the 
standard'Right Hand Bottom Horizontal Discharge 
Blower or Exhauster will be furnished, and hence 
all special fans must have their hand and discharge 
specified. The hand of a fan or blower is deter- 
mined by the side on which the pulley is located- 
Standing facing or nearest to the discharge out- 
let, the fan is right or left hand according to 
whether the pulley is on the right or left hand 
side. 

In ordering blast wheels, customers will 
avoid much delay by stating exactly the size and 
kind of blower for which the blast wheel is in- 
tended, as well as detailing the various dimen- 
sions ; also refer to the shop number stamped on 
the shaft or bearing. 

In the case of forge shop, emery wheel, tumb- 
ling barrels and other like installations, it is always well to give in detail the 
number, size and nature of all machines to be served, together with their relative 
'location and the desired position of the fan. 




Fig. 327 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



235 




Table of Prices and Dimensions of 
Volume Exhausters 



B*' 

















1 






" 


Pulley 






A 


B 


c 


1) 


V 


G 


H 


J 


Jv 


i. 




Price. 






























Dia. 


Face 




■ 














ooo 


=;'s 


■iiV 


p 


^34: 


SH 


11^ 


7^ 


3X 


3 


3X 


2^ 


2H 


$15 00 


I 


^Vs 


=;34 


p 


6^8 


9% 


10% 


6^8 


4 


3M 


3i B 


3 


2/2 


20 00 


2 


6'r 


6,V 


1134: 


8f4 


iiX 


14/2 


9X 


4% 


5 


4^6 


3X 


2>t 


25 00 




75/s 


754: 


H 


lOfcT 


i3>t 


18^8 


ii/s 


5% 


5^8 


SH^ 4 


3 


33 00 


4 


P 


P 


m% 


I2iV 


i4;-'« 


i9>S 


12 


63/8 


5?4 


6 


5 


3% 


44 00 


5 


I05/^ 


10% 


18 


n?^ 


17 X 


23 M 


14'/^ 


7U 


7 


6}^ 


5H 


4?i 


55 00 


6 


I I } a 


12^^20^ 


I63,< 


19% 


2-.n 


15H 


m 


73/8 


7>i 


6^: 5X 


70 00 


7 


H 


14 


2^7/8 


1834: 


22 


28 


16/2 


10^8 


8% 


8ii 


7;^ 


6>4 


90 03 


8 


l63/s 


16 


2S7/^ 


215^ 


24 '/s 


30 5/^ 


18M 


11% 


9^ 


9ii 


8/2 


7)4 


150 00 


P 


177/s 


1754: 


^0'/^ 


25 


2834 


335/i 


20 3/g 


14H 


"M 


II 


9/2 


«>^ 


200 00 


lO 


21 


21 


ss^ 


,^0'/8 


31^ 


37^8 


23 H 


18% 


13% 


HX 


12 


9M 


250 00 


II 


-m;^ 


2^y2H--H 


35^ 


46 V; 






22 




17^8 


14 




350 00 



Fig. 328 



COVER'S METAL RESPIRATOR. 



Especially adapted for parties who are compelled to continually inhale 
poisonous dust, fumes or gases 




Fig. 329 

The filter arrangement is such that the air is purified while passing 

through a fine sponge which can be easily removed and rinsed with water 

when desired to clean the Respirator. The automatic valve is very 

simple and will always act independently of the position in which the 

operator is w^orking. It is made of the best white rubber and will 

easily bend to fit any face perfectly, and is fastened to the head with an 

adjustable elastic band. 

Price $3.50 



A good Device to be used ii\ the Cleaning Room 



236 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



•• IMPERIAL," TYPE 1 1 AIR COMPRESSORS 

Designed For Terminal Air Pressures of 15 to 25 Pounds 




Fig. 330 



Duplex, Single-Acting Air Cylinders, Belt-Driven 



Size 
Number. 


Capacit}' in Cubic 

Feet of Free 
Air Per Minute. 


Dimensions of 

Air Cylinders 

Inches. 


Revolutions 
ier Minute. 


Cubic Feet 

of Free Air 

Per Revolution 


Indicated 
Horse Power. 






Air Pressure 






Diam. 
ofEach. 


stroke. 






Pounds. 




'S 


25 


I.41 


88 


9 


6 


200 


•44 


5 


7^4 


1.42 


141 


10 


8 


195 


•7-5 


8 


1 1.8 


1-4.'^ 


185 


II 


9 


190 


•973 


10.6 


15-5 


1-44 
1-45 


284 
c;o2 


13 
16 


10 
12 


180 


I 53 

278 


16 

28 


24 
42 


1.46 


804 


19 


14 


175 


4^59 


46 


67 



Belt 


Diameter of Pipes 


Over-all Dimensions 






Pulleys. 


Inches. 




Inches. 




Shipping 
Weight 
Pounds. 


Prices F. O. B. 
New York, 
Complete 


Diara. 


Face 
Inches. 


Air. 


Circu- 
lating 
Water. 


Length 


Width. 


Height 


Inches. 


Intake 


Dis- 
charge 




36 


(i'A 


3 


2)A 


H 


44 


36 


48 


1650 


$ 360 


36 


6 '4 


3 


2/3 


H 


46 


36 


50 


1750 


4.S« 


42 


7/2 


4 


3 


V2 


51 


42 


58 


2350 


600 


48 


8;^ 


5 


3/2 


Vz 


58 


48 


66 


3200 


82s 


60 


I0>4 


6 


4 


V. 


69 


60 


84 


6000 


1200 


72 


12-^ 


7 


5 


H 


80 


72 


95 


8600 


T650 



''Prices do not include unloader. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



237 




CAN BE SAVED, AND TO SAVE MONEY IS TO 
MAKE MONEY 

YOU CAN DO THIS BY USING 

Power Sand Sifting Machines 



Can be used in Core Rooms for Mixing Core Sand. Also 
Invaluable for Mixing the Facing Sand 



THEY ARE MODERN AND " UP TO DATE." THEY WILL 

PAY FOR THEMSELVES IN A VERY 

SHORT TIME 



See following pages for description and prices. 



Correspondence solicited. 



288 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PORTABLE FOUNDRY SIFTING MACHINE 




Fig. 331 

Dimensions of sieve frame, 30 x 20 inches. Will save its cost in 
three months. Will cut your facing sand thoroughly. Six movements 
of sieve to each turn of wheel. If you will try one you will not be with- 
out it. This price is for one sieve ; extra sieves furnished at cost. Are used 
by most of the large machine foundries in the countr}-. This Kas a 
faced pulley, so that it can be run either by power or hand. 

Price $30.00 each. 

Extra boxes complete with any size mesh . . 7.50 " 




Fig. 332 



ROTARY SAND SIFTER 

This sand sifter is an improvement on our 
original design, which was the first rotary 
on the market. This machine is self-con- 
tained, the pedestal is of approved construc- 
tion and of ample strength. The screen is 
over-hung, and tapering in such a form that 
the refuse is discharged and barrel is con- 
stantly kept clean. A deflected plate sepa- 
rates waste from sifted sand. The operation 
is by belt power ; a shifter in connection 
furnishes means for starting or stopping the 
machine at will. 

Made in two sizes. 



No. 


Dianif ter of 

Barrel, 
Large Knd. 


Diameter of 

Barrel, 
Small End. 


Length of 
Barrel. 


Ajjproximate 
Floor Space. 


Capacity 

Per Hour 

Sifted Sand 


Price 


I 


30 in. 
36 " 


24 ill. 
30 " 


24 in. 
30 " 


2' 10'' X 4^0'^ 
3' 6'^x4'9- 


30 CU. ft. 
50 


$104.00 
134.00 



This machine may be made to be driven by a compound air motor 
or an electric motor, and made portable by mounting on wheels. 

Above in stock, read}' for prompt shipments. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



239 



THE HANNA PORTABLE PNEUMATIC 
SCREEN SHAKER. 





Fig. 333 
Stationary Size 



Fig. 3.S4 
Portable Size 



We wish to call your attention to this, the latest adaptation of the 
portable tool principle for foundry work. 

To the superintendent or manager who is responsible for the output, 
smooth running and successful operation of a manufacturing plant, the 
question of first importance is the selection of the proper men and their 
proper management to help carry out his work ; next comes the selection 
or design of the proper machines and appliances for this work. In the 
handling of these two questions may be found the difference between 
success and failure in a majority of instances. In no two cases, proba- 
bly, are all the condi- 
tions alike, yet in a ma- 
jority of instances there 
are certain conditions that 
apply to all. In the hand- 
ling of one of these al- 
most universal conditions, ^^^^ 
namely, that of preparing ,r 
molding and core sands 
for the molds, in shops "^i; 
where the work is too :--■-'■ 
diversified and too uncer- '"ig- 335 
tain to allow of a central screening, mixing and tempering plant, with 
the necessary deliver}- and return elevator and conveyors, bins and 
chutes, was the herein described machine developed. 




Use the " Up-to-Date " Sand Sifter 



240 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Description. The Hanna Pneumatic Screen Shaker is the simplest 
possible arrangement of a valveless piston working in a cylinder, the 
piston directly attached to a holder arranged to hold the circular foicndry 
riddle, the whole mounted either on tripod or on frame to be held by 
sockets fastened to posts or building walls. There is practically only 
one moving part, and no joints working under reversing strains. 

Changing Screens. Screens can be changed in a fraction of a 
ininiitc. 

Capacity. Through a one-half-inch mesh riddle, the machine will 
shake all the sand that two men will care to shovel. Through one 
fourth mesh, all that one man could shovel ; other sizes in proportion. 

Cost of Operation. The machine will use about 12 cubic feet of free 
air per minute, and is designed to work at 80 pounds gauge pressure. 
The cost of compressing 1,000 cubic feet of free air to 80 pounds gauge 
pressure depends upon the compressor used, and upon the arrangements 
for handling and cooling the air before, during, and after compression. 
The minimum may be stated at about i)^ cents, and the maximum may 
run up without any extraordinary^ circumstances to 6 cents, or 4j\ cents 
for 720 feet, the amount that the screen shaker might use in one hour. 
There is no reason for expecting such an expense, but we can afford to 
be generous in this matter, and will say that there might be a cost of 2^^'^ 
cents per hour for repairs on machine, compressor, hose, couplings, pipe 
line, riddles, etc., and our total operating expense for one hour would 
amount to 15 cents for one man and 7 cents for air and repairs — total 22 
cents. What have we to .show for this expenditure ? As much sand as 
one man would have riddled by hand, or have wheeled to stationary 
machine in five hours. Cost of wages alone 75 cents, saving 53 cents. 
Can you afford to do without it ? 

Price, $120 each. 

Now in use in the largest foundries in the world. 
Special catalogue on application. 



We are acknowledged to be the leading ENGINEERS and DESIGNERS of the 

most Modern and "Up-to-Date" Labor Saving Devices used in 

the melting and handling of metals 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



241 



PNEUMATIC SCREEN SHAKER. 

(Square Sieves) 




Fig. 336 

This machine is built entirely of steel, strongly and substantially 
constructed, and is designed to be operated by compressed air or steam. 
You will observe that the sheet iron apron placed at the end of the 
screen keeps the fine sand separate from the larger particles, which are 
not permitted to sift through the screen. The screen is set at an angle 
and the bottom end is open, thus allowing the coarse material which 

does not pass through the screen to 
be discharged at the bottom. The 
machine itself is operated by a 
valve-controlled double acting 
cylinder, giving ample power for 
any load that may be placed on 
the screen. It is intended to be 
handled b}- two men starting at 
the end of the sand heap, the ma- 
chine being moved along and over 
the sand as it is shoveled into the 
screen and riddled through it. 

We furnish with this Pneumatic 
Screen vShaker one screen with No. 




View Showing Sheet Iron Apron 



3 mesh to the inch, and another with No. 2 mesh to the inch, each of 
which are 2 feet wide and 3 feet long. These screens are inter- 
changeable and can be taken out and replaced by simply removing one 
nut. Floor space required 3 feet by 5 feet. When placing order specify 
whether to be operated by compressed air or steam. Approximate 
weight 175 pounds. 

List price, $200.00 



Correspondence solicited. Write for discount. 



242 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




THE OBERMAYER 
IMPROVED 
AUTOMATIC 
SAND 
SIFTER 



Fig 337 

Is strong, rigid and well made. Bearings are long, and large auto- 
matic oil cups keep them well lubricated. The entire machine is made of 
cast and wrought iron and steel, and will do good justice to the proverbial 
three score and ten years. The wire netting which encircles the hex- 
agonal receiving drum is especially heavily woven and can readily be 
taken off or replaced. This netting is furnished in different widths of 
mesh for various classes of work, and 3'ou should state vi your order which 
size mesh you desire. A long steel brush striking against the side of the 
drurn as it revolves, prevents the clogging up of the screens with sand. 
Three heavy iron bars running through the drum break up the lumps of 
sand and a circular projecting rim prevents the gravel from being thrown 
out and mixing with the sifted sand. 

About one-quarter to one-half horse power is required to run one 
machine, the drum revolving about 36 revolutions per minute. The tight 
and loose pulleys are 24 x 4 inch face. 

With one machine one man sifts about sixty tons a day, but this is 
not the limit, for it will sift just as much as can be fed into it. 

As there is no delicate mechanism in its construction, no restriction 
is placed on the quality of sand used. The fact that nails and stones may 
be in the sand does not impair the working of the machine in the least. 

The floor space required for the single machine is 30 x 52 inches. 

Price, $125.00 



This Machine can be Furnished with Double Screens at Extra Cost 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



243 




THE 

OBERMAYER. 

SAND SIFTING, 

MACHINE 

Motor Driven 



Furnished With or 
Without Electric 
or Compressed 
Air Motor 



Made ^ngle or Double 
End 



Fig. 338 



The Obermayer patent motor driven machine was designed for shops 
having electric or compressed air motive power. It is operated through 
worm and worm wheel, which are enclosed in dust proof casing, and all 
parts are substantial in construction and built for wear. 

The motor is placed on top of machine, and is belted direct to pulley 
on worm shaft as shown, making a very compact arrangement. An 
advantageous feature is that any kind or style of motor can be used. 
Machines can be furnished with or without motor, as may be desired. 

The Obermayer Patent Sand Sifter and Mixer (Motor Driven) 





WITH MOTOR. 


WITHOUT BUT READY 
FOR MOTOR. 


WITH OR Without 

MOTOR. 


SIZE. 


Electric. 


Net and 

Gross 

Weights 

(about) Lbs. 


Floor 
Space 
(about) 


Net and 

Gross 

Weights 

about) Lbs. 


Floor 

Space 

(about) 


Cubic 

Feet 

(about) 


R. P. M. 

of Worm 
Shaft. 


Single 
End. 


T15 Volt 
220 " 


1,160 

1:450 34x5-^ in. 


,\,- 3oxi;2in. 
1,220 -^ ^ 


60 


900 


Double 
End. 


115 Volt 
220 " 


T ,440 

'^^ 34x70 in. 
1,900 -^^ ' 


1,200 ^ . 

Vo 30x70 in 
1,680 r* ' 



NOTE. — When ordering machines with electric motor state voltage and 
whether direct or alternating current; when with compressed air motor state 
pounds pressure. 

Prices on application. 



244 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



DISINTEGRATER AND SAND PULVERIZER 




Fig. 339 

This machine will more thoroughly puiverize lumpy sand and old 

cores than any other machine made. It makes good sand out of poor 

sand and saves the waste of lumpy sand and old cores in screening. It 

requires less than one half the power and about one half the speed that 

is required for a Centrifugal Machine. This machine is built strong to 

stand hard usage and the cost to keep in repair amounts to mere nothing, 

as there are no parts of the machine to get out of repair. This machine 

will please any Foundryman who is in need of such a machine. It will 

work well in connection with our Mixer, set under the rear end of th*^ 

screen to catch and pulverize the lumps that pass over the screen, thereby 

saving the waste of sand and at the same time increasing the output of 

the Mixer. It will not clog up. Capacity all that two men will shovel 

in the hopper. 

Dimensions and Price 



Floor Space. 


Height Over All. 


Drive Pulley T& I, 


Speed. Horsepow^er. Price. 


24 X 34 ins. 


38 in. 


8x3 in. 


400 to 500 ^ ^^ ^^^^ 
revs. per. ni, ^ ♦^^ 



THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY 



245 



STANDARD FOUNDRY SCREEN 




Fig. 340 



An "up-to-date" foundry Screen. 
For any kind of separating it has 
more capacity than any screen made 
and runs with less power. Cam 
motion. Portable mounted on 
wheels with or without direct Motor 
attachment. 

Price, power T. & I,. Pulley, $150.00 
Price, with Motor Attach't, 250.00 



BALL-BEARING CENTRIFUGAL SAND MIXER. 

This Machine consists of a rapid re- 
volving steel disk 27 inches in diameter, 
having on its top sixty 5x5^ in. steel 
pins. The sand is fed into the hopper, from 
which it falls on the disk and is then thrown 
by centrifugal force against the pins and out 
against the inside of the cover or hood, and 
comes out in a fine shower, free from lumps. 

The upright shaft is 2 y^g- in. with 8 in. 
babbitted bearings provided with large ball 
bearings all up and above the sand, wdiich 
prevents cutting out the babbitt metal. 3/^ 

There is a door in top of the hood for "iJr ~ 

cleaning out stones and trash that become 

clogged in the pins. The machine should ^^^- 34^ 

be boarded up inside of the legs on two or three sides to prevent material 

from spreading. 

This machine is just the thing to work up your old Cores with, or 
cut up and make good Sand out of any old stuff. 

If you are interested, ask for catalogue. 

Dimensions and Prices 




\^^- 



Floor Space. 


Height. [Size of Pulley. jWeight About, Speed. 


Price 


3 ft. 2 ill. 

4 " 6 " 


7 ft. 4 in. 


12 X 6 in. 


1200 
pounds 


800 revs, 
per minute 


$300.00 



Top of hopper from floor 3 feet, clearance under hood 21 inches, 
capacity 8 to 10 tons per hour, 4 to 5 horsepower. 
Correspondence solicited. 



246 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CENTRIFUGAL SAND MIXING MACHINE 




Fig. 3^2 



This machine will disintegrate lumpy sand and will thoroughly and 
evenly mix all kinds of molding sand, core sand and foundry mixtures. 
It will do the work quickly and economically. 

It consists of a rapidly rev-olving- table, having on its top surface a 
number of prongs projecting upward. The sand is fed into the hopper 
at the top of the machine from which it falls upon the revolving table, 
and is then thrown by centrifugal force from prong to prong, and out 
against the inside of the cover or hood. It emerges from beneath the 
hood in a fine shower, free from lumps and thoroughly mixed. The 
table spindle, spindle pulley, and bearings are enclosed in the housing 
or base upon which the machine stands, so as to effectually protect 
these parts from sand and dirt. A removable door or cover is placed at 
the front of the housing, to afford access to the spindle and bearings, for 
cleaning or lubrication. The hopper is hinged, for convenience of clean- 
ing the prongs and removing stones, nails, etc., which do not pass 
between them. The machine is not intended to screen the sand of such 
pieces, and sand that contains stones and bits of iron should be first 
passed through a coarse screen, to remove these foreign substances. 

The machine shown in the cut is arranged to be driven by belt, 
over carrier pulleys at the back of the housing to the pulley on the 
table spindle referred to above. We also build the machine driven by a 
special electric motor carried in the housing. 

The machine will mix sand as fast as two men can shovel it into 
the hopper, or at the rate of about five tons per hour. The great saving 
in labor and time effected by the use of our Sand Mixer will very soon 
pay for the machine, while its use insures far better results from the sand 
than can be obtained from any other process. 

Prices on application. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



247 



BELT POWER. RIDDLING MACHINE 




Fig. 343 



It is designed for shops having a large amount of sand to be riddled which 
can be done at a fixed location where power can be applied. The frame is iron, 
well braced in all directions so that the machine is jierfectly rigid in motion. The 
cranks are connected with the rear corners of the riddle frames, leaving the front 
and sides unobstructed. All bearings are protected from dust and dirt, thus pre- 
venting undue wear. Weight, 1,350 pounds, occupies a space 5X 6 feet and 6 feet 
high; riddle surface 24x44 inches, riddle boxes 6 inches deep, pulleys 4x12 inches. 
The shifting device for starting and stopping the machine can be operated from 
either side. The capacit}^ of this machine is from five to fifteen tons per hour, ac- 
cording to the size of riddle used and the character of sand riddled. We furnish 
with each machine three riddle boxes of different size mesh wire. Additional boxes 
■will be furnished if desired. The riddle boxes are operated bv two cranks and are 
so connected as to be out of the way when feeding the machine. The riddle boxes 
are held in place by lugs which permit them to l)e lifted out to dump the rid- 
dlingsor change the boxes, which change recjuircs but a minute. All parts are inter- 
changeable and can be easily repaired. When the wire is worn it is a very easy mat- 
ter to replace it. 

Price, f. o. b. factory, belt feed $150.00 

Equipped with Electric Motor 240.00 



248 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER. 
INVINCIBLE 
SAND MIXER. 




Designed for Foundry Use, to Insure Thorough Mixing of Facing and Core Sand 

Nothing is of greater importance to the foundryman than a thorough, reliable 
blending of the sand he uses. This is particularly true of core and facing sand, for 
the reason that when the ingredients are not thoroughly mixed imperfect castings 
will naturally result. 

The Invincible Sand Mixer has been so consiructed that the most perfect blend- 
ing is accomplished, the movement of the agitator or mixing blade being such that 
every particle of the sand is in a constant state of agitation, thus insuring the most 
thorough intermixing. A great deal of work can be done by this machine in a short 
time without employing skilled workmen at high wages. A boy can accomplish the 
same good results with our machine as a man. 

Instead of the sand being discharged as fast as it is mixed, as is the case with 
other mixers, this device retains the mixture until it is properly tempered, a sprink- 
ling attachment being one of its important features. 

The fact is generally recognized by foundrymen that an excessive quantity of 
any of the ingredients comprising the core mixture does not produce as satisfactory 
results as a properly mixed core sand would yield. There are ingredients in the 
binder for core sand that will produce a gas when brought in contact with the 
molten iron, and if this gas is not permitted to escape through proper vents, flaws 
will appear in the castings. In the facing sand also proper mixing and tempering 
is necessary to prevent scarred castings — scabs, cuts, etc., which mar the surfaces 
and cause extra labor and expense. 

All these deficiencies are fully obviated by the thorough work performed by 
the Invincible Mixer. The machine is made with heavy boiler steel tank and 
wrought iron mixing-blade. Stuffing boxes are placed on the mixer shaft, at the 
ends of the tank, thus protecting the bearings from the admission of sand and 
grit. The discharge opening is in the center of the tank bottom at a sufficient 
height from the floor to admit of a wheel-barrow being placed under it to receive 
the sand as it is required. This arrangement obviates rehandling, and the unused 
portion of the mixture may be left in the tank, where it will be well protected from 
foreign substances. 

Made in five sizes. Capacities one, two, three, four and five barrels each. 

Two standard sizes kept in stock. 

Further particulars and prices upon application. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



249 



OBERMAYER STOVE PLATE CASTING GRINDER 




Fit'. 345 



This machine is designed so that table (A) can be adjusted to any 
desired angle. The spindle can be adjusted by use of cross pulley fur- 
nished. The adjustable table measures 24 x 24. Some of our customers 
use cone-shaped wheels successfully on these machines. 

Weight, 800 pounds; height over all, 39 J^ inches; floor space, 23 x 
41 inches; size of tight and loose pulleys on countershaft, 6 x 3^ inches. 

Price, complete with countershaft $350.00 

We recommend wheels about 8x4 inches and furnish them at extra 
cost. 



250 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




TO SHOW YOU 



MOLDING MACHINES 



All Kinds and All Makes for Every Purpose. We Have 

the Ordinary MOLDING PRESS WHICH PRESSES 

THE SAND INTO THE FLASKS 



ALSO 

The Molding Machine with Draw Plate Pattern 
The Molding Machine to Make Pulleys 
The Molding Machine to Make Brake Shoes 



IT will be to your interest to correspond with us should you be in the 
market for a Molding Machine. We can save you money and at the 
same time furnish you with the machine most suitable for your purpose. 



See following pages for cuts and description. 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



251 



PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES 

Draw Pattern Types 

The Pridmore Molding Machines 
in construction are most simple and sub- 
stantial, consisting mainly of two cast- 
ings, a strong stiff irame \vhich stands 
on the floor and which carries the strip- 
ping plate, and a joke to which the 
patterns are attached. They are fitted 
with appliances for shortening or length- 
ening the draw, for adjusting the pat- 
terns to their proper height relative to 
the stripping plate and for taking up 
wear on the ways and crank pins, and all 
wearing parts are brass bushed. All 
machines of the same size are perfectly 
interchangeable, both as to the difterent 
parts used in their construction and also 
the fitting of patterns. 

Figure 346 shows the square 
stand type which is made in seven 
different sizes, ranging in width from 
9 to 18 inches. 




Fig. 346 



To make a mold on the Pridmore Machine, but two operations are necessary, 
namelj': ist. Shovel the sand into the flask and ram it up. 2d. Drop the lever which 
draws the pattern. The ramming is done by hand, which method many years of 
experience on all classes of work has clearly demonstrated to be superior 
to all others, both for speed 
and quality of castings. It 
permits the construction of a 
portable machine, the advan- 
tages of which are explained in 
detail in our molding machine 
catalogue. The smaller sizes 
are moved forward by the 
operators as the sand and flasks 
are used up, while on the larger 
machines quick, easy moving 
traveling cranes are used which 
serve to Jift the large, heavy 
flasks as well as the machine. 
These cranes are also useful 
when shaking out. 

Figure 347 shows the 

round stand type, which is made 

in six different sizes, ranging 

from 10 to 20 inches in diameter. 

The stand machines have a 

maximum draw of 4% inches. 

Fig. 347 




252 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES 




Fig. 348 

Figure 348 shows the round, heavy, double shaft type which is made in 46 
regular sizes, ranging in diameter from 18 to 60 inches. Square Machines of this 
same type are made in 259 regular sizes, ranging in width from 10 to 52 inches ; and 
in length from 15 to 54 inches. The smaller and medium sizes of these heavy 
double Shaft Machines are made with draws of 6 inches, 8 inches and 10 inches; 
some of the largest sizes have draws of 12 inches and 14 inches. 




Fig. 349 

Figure 349, shows a light, double shaft machine, fitted with a radiator pattern. 
This type of machine is made in 39 regular sizes, ranging in width from 9 to 20 
inches and in length from 18 to 48 inches. They have a maximum draw of 
43^ inches. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



253 



PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES 




Fig. 



Figure 350 shows a Rockover Machine, which is made in two styles, ramel}-: 
Single Stand and Double Stand. These machines are used for the production of 
castings of medium sizes, having deep pockets, which in the mold, form hanging 
portions of sand. 

Pridmore Machines may be fitted with either wooden or metal patterns and 
plates, depending mainly upon the number of castings required. When a great num- 
ber of duplicates are to be made, iron patterns and plates will give the best service; 
when only a few castings are needed, very satisfactory results are obtained fiom wooden 
patterns and plates, which is a very inexpensive method of fitting up the machine. 
There are a number of shops in which these machines are being used, fitted with 
wooden patterns and plates for making as few as five or ten castings from one pattern. 
A full description is given of both methods on pages 54, 55 and 56 in our Molding 
Machine Catalogue. Sent for the asking. 

The use of wooden flasks on these machines is not recommended ; ordinary 
iron flasks, the sanie as employed in hand ramming, are all that is required. From 
wood and metal snap flasks used with the machines, equally as satisfactory results 
are obtained as on hand molding, and by dropping wrought iron bands in the flasks 
and ramming them up in the mold, patterns larger than those usually molded in 
snap flasks can be used. 

There are over four hundred and fifty regular sizes in which these machines 
are being made and eighteen different types, five of the most popular of which 
are illustrated here. 

A complete catalogue of these machines, which contains a very full description 
of their construction and method of operation, and other useful information, such as 
method of determining what sizes are required, advantages of the stripping plate, 
hand ramming type of machines, etc., will be furnished promptly upon application. 



254 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE FARWELL UNIVERSAL MOLDING MACHINE 

30 Inch Stationary 




Fig. 351 

Patented December 21, 1S97, and November 33, 1S9S. 

General Dimensions 

Weight, 400 lbs. 

Extreme width of machine 40 inches 

Distance between side rods 30 

Width of table iS)^ 

Lever adjustable from 20 to 40 

From table to presser top adjustable from 5 to 16 

Adapted for flasks up to, in length 24 

Adapted for flasks up to, in width iS 

Adapted for flasks up to, in depth 10 

Height of table from floor 30 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 255 



THE FARWELL UNIVERSAL MOLDING MACHINE 

This is a molding press with a lifting mechanism located below the stationary 
press table, and operated by the lever at the left. 

This machine may be used in the following forms : 

As a Combined Molding Press and Stripping Plate Machine. 

As a Combined Molding Press and Flask Lifter, without stripping plate. (Means 

are provided for rapping the patterns.) 

As a Plain Molding Press. 

This is the Simplest Mechanism Ever Devised for This Purpose. 

The Lift Lever is convenient and easily operated. 

The Lift Table is Guided in its vertical movement by a single long hexagon slide, 

which is protected from the sand and is adjustable to take up wear. 

The Lift Table Does Not Support the Patterns when the mold is being pressed, 
but lifts the mold and stripping plate olf the patterns after it is pressed. 

Patterns Can Not Spring under pressure, as they rest firmly on the stationary 
press table. 

Can Not Be Clogged or in any way injured by sand. 

Can Not Be Thrown Out of Adjustment carelessly or maliciously. 

No Oil Need Be Used. Sliding parts have antifriction metal bearings protected 
from the sand. 

Essential Parts Finished to Template. Patterns fitted to one of these machines 

will fit any other one of them. 

One Size Machine is Adapted for any Size or Shape of Mold, either single or 
duplex, containing not more than four hundred square inches of surface. 

Either Iron Flasks or Snap Flasks May Be Used with this machine. 

To Change From One Job to Another of any size, it is simply necessary to lift 
off one plate and pattern and replace with another. 

No Ke- Adjustment of Machine. 

Several Jobs May Be Kun on the Same Machine in a Day without waste of time 

in adjustment. 

Stationary Base for Brass and Malleable Iron Foundries is furnished with this 
machine if desired. 

Combined Molding Press and Stripping Plate machines have been objectionable 
because the patterns which are usually supported by a toggle joint would 
spring under pressure. In the Farwell Universal Molding Machine this 
c'yiection is removed. At the time the patterns and plates are subjected to 
asc:am in pressing the mold the pattern plate and stripping plate rest firmly 
upon the stationary press table and can not spring. 



256 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE FARWELL MOLDING PRESS 

30 Inch Portable 




Fig. 352 

Patented December 21, 1S97, and November 22, 1S9S. 

Plain Top With Side Shelf (Size 12 Inches by 3}£ Feet^ 

General Dimensions 

Weight, 425 lbs. 

Extreme width ol" machine 43 inches 

Length between side rods 30 

Width of table iSi^ 

Length of lever adjustable from 20 to 40 

From top of table to presser top at lowest adjustment 5 

From top of table to presser top at highest adjustment 16 

Adapted to press flasks up to and including^ in length 24 

Adapted to press flasks up to and including in width iS 

Adapted to press flasks up to and including in depth 10 

Height of table from floor either 2S, 30 or 32 

Write for Special Catalogue 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 257 

THE FARWELL MOLDING PRESS 

Stationary and Portable 

The Rocker Shaft Bearings are Turned and oscillate in long bearings protected 

from the sand. 
The Table and Presser Head are planed true. 
Steel is Used for Draw Bars, Pitmans and Pins that are subjected to strain when 

pressing the mold. 
The Side Rods are Connected to each other at the bottom by a shaft and at the 

top by the presser head so the presser head will not get twisted should the 

adjusting nuts loosen. 
All Working Parts are Above the Sand and are not subjected to the wear other 

machines receive. 
It is More Quickly Operated Than Any Other Press. One motion brings the top 

in position and presses the mold. 
The Lever is in a Horizontal Position When Pressing the Mold, where it receives 

the greatest power with the least exertion on the part of the operator. Presses 

with vertical levers strain the arm and chest muscles of the operator. 
The Lever is Adjustable to conform to the size of the mold, and the weight of 

the operator. A large mold is pressed as easily as a small one. 
It is By Far the Most Powerful Press Made. Molds as large as i8 x 22 or i6 x 24 

inches can be pressed with ease. Ratio of leverage 30 to 1 with full length 

of lever. 
Less Skill is Required to Operate It. When the lever is properly set, every mold 

receives the required pressure without judgment or care on the part of the 

operator, who simply leans his weight upon the lever. 
The Portable Machine is mounted on wheels and is adapted to pass to the left of the 

sand heap. 
The Sand Heap should be cut in a long row lengthwise the floor to the right. 
The Bottom Boards should be stacked in a row to the left. 
The Machine is Operated between the sand and boards, and is moved along the 

floor from time to time as the sand and boards are used up, and the floor is 

filled with molds. 
The Sand and Boards Are Always Convenient. 
»The Finished Mold is placed upon the floor just back of the operator, instead of 

being carried the entire length of a long floor, as is necessary with Stationary 

Machines. 
The Molds are Dumped, after being poured, right where they lay, in a long heap 

where the castings are more easily picked out and the sand is in better shape 

to temper and cut over. 
This machine not only enables a man to Make More Molds, but enables him to Take 

Care of more molds with less hard work. 
This is the style of molding press we recommend, where the floors are over twenty 

feet long and the entire day's work is molded before pouring off, as is customary 

in gray iron foundries. 
A Convenient Double Shelf forms part of this machine. 
A Long Slide Shelf is furnished with all single lever portable machines and presses. 

It would be as reasonable to expect a single size and style of machine tool to 
do all classes of work in the machine shop, as to expect a single style of molding 
machine to do all classes of molding in the foundry. 



258 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PULLEY MOLDING MACHINE 




Fig- 353 
No. 1 Machine Molds Pulleys From 6 Inches to IS^o Inches Diameter 

A Few Points Worthy of Consideration. 

These machines are designed to overcome the difficulties of molding pulleys 
from ordinary patterns. The two most common kinds of pulley patterns are the 
straight draw rim with whole arms separate from the rim, and the pattern in halves 
split through the center of the arms with draft both ways from the center. With 
the first of these the pulley castings can be made any desired width greater than 
width of pattern, by drawing the pattern up in the sand, or it can be made of the 
same width as pattern, but can not be made narrower without much trouble. 

The method, however, of molding pulleys in this manner — involving as it does 
the use of a three-parted mold and anchor plates for lifting the center above the 
arms — is too expensive for the smaller sizes, and an excessive amount of drawing 
produces a casting which is anything but true. 

The second method, where the pattern is made in halves, split through center 
of arms, will produce a good casting — if made in an iron flask — but will only make 
a casting of the width of pattern, without sacrificing the quality of the casting. Now, 
as there is an average of twenty widths required for each diameter of pulley, and as 
from 6 inch to 24 inch diameter inclusive by inches takes nineteen patterns with 
only one width of face, it would require the enormous number oi three hundred and 
eighty patterns to make the ordinary range of work within those sizes, which is, of 
course, out of the question. 

With the molding machines only the nineteen patterns are required, and the 
faces can be made from one inch up to the maximum by any variation desired. The 
edges of rim are exactly parallel with each other, requiring only a touch with tool to 
finish. The faces are so true that for rouijh work they can be run without turning. 
There is no rapping required in drawing the patterns, and as they are made with a 
heavy flange on one edge they will not get out of shape, but will remain perfectly 
round. By having three or four weights of nrm patterns for the diff^erent faces there 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



259 



PULLEY MOLDING MACHINES 




Fig. 354 

is no trouble in getting just the proportion -wanted. For the smaller sizes snap 
flasks can be used, having one flask and a large number of plain rings. The rim pat- 
tern can be used as pattern in making flasks — each machine furnishing outside rims 
for all its own flasks except the largest one. 




Fig. 355 
Standard Machines range as follows: 

No. I molds pulleys from 6 inches to iq inches diameter. 
•' 2 " " i6 " 24 " " 

" 3 '< " 25 " 36 " " 

» 4 " " 37 " 48 " 

Larger Pulley Machines made up to 72 inches diameter. 

Special catalogue and lists of users supplied. 
Prices and Particulars Furnished on Application 



260 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



BRYAN VACUUM MOLDING MACHINE 

Made in Five Different Styles 

The Bryan Vacuum Molding Machine is the invention of a 
practical mechanic, who for twenty-five years has been in active busi- 
ness as superintendent of some of the largest machine shops and 
foundries in the country. His constant effort has been to improve the 
quality and reduce the cost of castings, and his inability to find a 
machine that would meet his requirements led to his inventing this 
one, which we do not hesitate to call the most economical one on the 
market. Figure 356 shows the machine ready for operation. 

Al t h o u g h the 
Bryan Vacuum 
Molding Ma- 
chine has been be- 
fore the public for a 
short time only, it 
has been in success- 
ful operation in all 
the foundries of the 
International Steam 
Pump Company for 
upwards of two 
years, and with them 
two laborers on one 
machine have been 
doing the work of 
five molders. 

The process of 
casting may be di- 
vided into five opera- 
tions : 

First. Making 
the pattern. 

Second. Fill- 
ing and ramming 
the sand. 

Third. Draw- 
ing the pattern. 

Fourth. Patch- 
ing the mold. 

Fifth. Pour- 
ing the metal. 

This machine 
makes the use of 
wooden patterns pos- 
sible, and so saves 
the cost of metal 




Fig. 356 



ones. The only expense of fitting up patterns is that they have to be 
attached to boards doweled to fit flasks, unless they have flat sides large 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



261 



enough for the suction head to take hold of, in which case no board is 

required. 

Although a squeezer can be used in connection with it, none has 

been incorporated in the machine, as it would unnecessarily increase 

the cost. As the machine draws deep or difficult patterns almost as 

quickly as shallow ones, time is saved in drawing. 

Figure 357 shows two men at work operating the machine, and it 

can readily be seen 
that it requires a less 
number of men to do 
the work successfully 
with this m a c h i n e 
than in any other 
way. 

All working parts 
are simple, and as 
there are no repairs 
required, the saving 
of time and results 
secured will justify 
the investment. 

The suction head 
being attached to a 
rod running in guides, 
the lift is in an abso- 
lutely straight line, 
which insures a clean 
draw, and the pattern 
is lifted, instead of 
lowered, as in other 
machines. 

The saving in 
pouring is the differ- 
ence in wages between 
molders and labor- 
ers. 

The machine 
can be used to lift core 
boxes off of cores. 

As it is not con- 
fined to any one size 
or style of flask, it is 
the most universal ma- 
chine on the market. 

The pattern boards being loose from the machine, no time is lost in 
changing patterns. 

There being no complicated mechanism, it will run for years withoiit 
any repairs, and all working parts being out of the way of sand, there is 
no chance of clogging. ♦- 

They are built in five different sizes. Write for special catalogue 
and prices. 




Fig. 357 



262 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



X 

u 

z 

o 
o 

s 



0^ 

o 

H 

z 

o 

z 

< 




C D W Vh OJ (L) a> 

O > .-t! JJ t« C C 

>-i o _ rQ '5 o r^ 

H-t ^ _fl -g _^ |^_ U 





>. ^ 


OJ C 






'^ '^ .2 d 




S "o '-5 *-• 


1 




o ^ g 


,„ o r-. ;-. 


s 




7^ ta •:: -o 

OJ o _^ 


(9 


X ^ ^ 


"^ IT ^ § 

■th .2 ^ ho 


S 


•^ 3 


0) 






'o a, 


O 

o 


c/:; rt ^ 


c* 


^ i:^^ 


2^ ^ 5 « 


(0 


J? i;5 !^ 




•a 

CO 

c 


u u a 


2^ § 2i s 

^ "-p "^ ° 

O 2 C2 .. . 





a; c/; tr: 


K ^ g 2 2 


.a 




o <iJ o o 
'^ C d OJ a> 


1 


'^ -^ .il 
:3 cj (u 


a S S -S :S 
?^ a n „ 

^^ Sag 

^ S .; S -^ 


a> 

1 


'^ ^ 13 




tfl ;3 


. .i^ t^ pi 2 

s .'a i ^ eg 


V 


3 V^ -^-' 


rS 


II o ^ 





■r! .2 ^ 


rt '^ rt ^"^ « 
^ ^ ^ ^ X 


a 




SS o S 1 


Ui 


(U C3 'l^ 


^1:3 M >> .2 ,<u 


o> 


i:; -P -^ rrt '" 

^^ " G CO O 


^ 


3 S r; 




« 03 
03 ., ^ 


o; ^ ° a; a 




h '-' o 


5 d 'd ^5 OJ 




03 O > 

h4 [^ 


^ O 2^ rG 




S S ^ "2 

a^ ^ ° § 

a, "5 ^ n c 




. rt 


c <u 5 !^ <s 




l-l r-H 


G r- C3 ^ r-i 

(U fi o C S 




O O 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



263 



MOLDING BENCH 




Fig. 359 



This device will reduce the cost of making 3'our castings to a 
minimum, and correspondingly increases your profit. The machine 
is 18 ft. long and is designed for a flask, 13x18 in. or smaller. It 
consists of two tracks, one above the other. The patterns and flasks are, 
during the molding operation, mounted on cars which are pushed along 
the upper track from one operation to another, until finally the rammed 
mold is lifted from the car and the pattern drawn. By turning a 
lever the car with the pattern is automatically returned on the lower track 
to the first end of the bench, where it is elevated to the upper track level 
ready for a new mold. The machine can be used equally well with plated, 
gated or even single patterns and with iron or snap flasks. 

This machine is not an experiment. The quality of castings pro- 
duced from good molds are better and the loss of molds is less. The 
machine in itself is strong and durable, practically indestructible, with 
nothing to get out of order. It is a simple and practical solution of ob- 
tainir.g cheap but good castings. 

We manufacture a simple device which is used as a sand mixer, as 
shown in figure 359, in connection with this molding machine, and we can 
give you figures with this standard machine or any other equipment which 
■will effect large savings in labor and handling of your metals. Our 
Engineers have made the planning and designing of foundries a special 
study, and thoroughly understand all the methods and requirements, 
of foundry practice. As Architects and Foundry Engineers we shall 
be pleased to furnish you reliable estimates for all kinds of work in our 
line, and respectfully solicit further correspondence. 



264 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE ROWLAND MOLDING PRESS 




Fig. 360 

Patent Applied For. 

This Press is substantial, powerful and easy to operate. It is so 
balanced that it is impossible to jar the machine when in operation. 
Owing to its compact design it may be operated very close to a wall. 

The regular size of press will take a flask 12 in. x 24 in. but larger 
sizes are made to order. 

For special large work too heav}' for one man to handle we build a 
machine with two pressing levers. 

Price of Standard Size, $50.00 each 
Liberal Discount in Quantities 



These machines kept in stock and can be shipped promptly on 
receipt of order. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



O'S MOLDERS SPONGE 



2G5 



The illustration shows the 
design used by Holders for bench 
work, which, being conical in 
shape, delivers a fine stream of 
water, thus avoiding a great deal 
of trouble usually experienced 
with the ordinary sponge. They 
fill a long-felt want and are in 
great demand. There are two 
sizes made, one for bench work 
and the other for floor work, packed 
in cases of fifty each. 

Prices, $7.00 and $10.00 Per Case 

lyiberal discount to consumers. Give 
them a trial and you will like them. 

Single Sponge (small size) 25 cents 

Single Sponge (large size) 30 cents 

THE OBERMAYER. TUBULAR. 
GATE CUTTER. 






Fig 

No. I. 
No. 2. 

No. 3. 
No. 4. 



No. 3 Ko. 4 

362 

1% inches bottom, J^ inches at top 

% " " I " " 

Write for Prices 



Fig. 361 

These are made in 
four sizes, each being of 
uniform length, 6 inches 
over all, and made of 
the very best steel. 

The)' are used in 
connection with squeezer 
Type Molding Machines, 
especialh' where pressure 
boards are used. 



266 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CHAIN SLINGS OF ALL DESIGNS 



Figure 363 shows type of extra heavy sling chain with large hook 
with a ring in the center of each chain, and they are used by large 

foundries for hand- 
ling flasks, large cast- 
ings, etc. The Stand- 
ard Sling Chains are 
made with grab hooks, 
each sling being from 
10 feet to 15 feet in 
length. 

Figure 364 shows 
an illustration of a 
light weight c h ai n 
with ring in the cen- 
ter and grab hook on 
each end, and is used 
for light work. We 
furnish Chain Hooks 
and Chain Slings of 
Fig. 363 any diameter and 

length desired. If a customer submits draw- 
ings and specifications we will be pleased to 
quote. When ordering Slings give length, | 
diameter of chain and hook, and diameter or 

size of loop, and state maximum capacity desired. 

Fig. 364 






riG. 365 



We furnish first-class tested Chains of any length and of any size 
of hook or ring: desired. 



Write for prices. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



267 



PATTERNMAKERS' UNIVERSAL SANDING 
TRIMMER 

Will Grind Inside and Outside 

We furnish with each machine 
two 15-inch discs and one roll 3^2- 
inches in diameter, but if necessary 
an 8-inch roll can be used. In front 
of the disc is a tilting table which 
can be tilted up or down or set 
square by means of an arm which 
engages the under side of the table 
and is pivoted on the end of the 
lower hinge which is also used to 
let the table drop away from the disc 
when it is necessary to 
grind large surfaces. On 
top of the table is a gauge 
for grinding bevels, angles, 
etc., which is very handy, 
especially on duplicate 
work. On the opposite end 
of the shaft is a roll for 
Patent Pending grinding coucavc surfaccs. 

Fif'- 366 At the side of the roll is a 

gauge or vertical table, which can be set to any angle required, either ob- 
tuse, acute or square. The gauge can be moved to any part of the roll in 
an instant and clamped by means of a screw closing up the bearing, mak- 
ing the bearing very rigid, or can be removed entirely. 

The spindle is made of machine steel and fitted to wdck oiling bear- 
ings, so there is no chance of grit getting at the spindle and cutting it. 
All revolving parts are carefully balanced so there is no chance for vibra- 
tion. 

The machine is furnished complete as described above with counter- 
shaft. Machine weighs about 325 pounds, crated and boxed; floor space 
about 17 X 24 inches; height, 42 inches. We make this machine in one 
standard size, and as the discs are threaded and tapped with a standard 
tap, extra discs can be furnished to fit the machine at $10.00 each. This 
machine is the most valuable Tool j'ou can place in your pattern shop and 
you cannot afford to be without it. 

List Price, $ 1 00.00 Complete 




Correspondence Solicited Write for Discount 



268 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



HAY ROPE TWISTING MACHINE 

For Making Hay Rope for Cores 




Fig. 367 



It is economy to make j'-our own hay rope ; a boy can operate this 
machine successfully. 

Pipe foundries, architectural iron works, and all foundries having a 
large amount of cylinder, column or pipe work will find one or more 
hay rope machines an invaluable assistance for manufacturing hay rope 
for cores. 

The machine illustrated above is one which has been given verj' 
thorough and practical use in large pipe foundries, and is substantial 
and simple in construction. 

We manufacture them suitable for making all sizes of rope, and 
supplied with or without the reels, as may be desired. 

Price, $250.00 

These machines in stock. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



26» 



PORTABLE MOLD 
DRIER. 

For Foundries 




Fig. 3C8 

This appliance is so arranged that air can be supplied from a blower or any ordi- 
nary air supply, and is regulated by two throttle valves in the inlet pipe ; part of the 
air passing underneath the grate and part up the mantle, as shown in the illustration. 

The fuel should be small gas coke which is fed from the top. 

Chief advantages are : 

That the mold can be dried on the spot. 

Saves time (one to two hours as a rule being sufficient). 

Great economy in fuel, etc. 

Satisfactory results with the least amount of labor. 

Made in the following sizes : 



Size. 


Diameter of 
Mantle. 


Height of Height 
Mantle. Over All. 


Weight of 
Iron Part. 


List Prices. 




I 

3 


21 inches 
30 " 
40 " 

q2 " 


22 inches 

23 " 
28 " 
40 " 


32 inches 

44 " 
48 " 
62 " 


510 lbs. 
1,240 lbs. 
1,820 lbs. 
2,1; 50 lbs. 


S240 00 
330 00 
450 00 
570 00 



This apparatus may be suspended on the crane or set direct upon upper part of 
flask when properly supported. 

For further particulars and information, write us. 



270 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



THE OBERMAYER PORTABLE COMPRESSED AIR. 

OIL HEATER. 



For Foundries 




Fig. 369 

The burner does not require heating before it generates the gas. 

It is used for skin drying molds and cores. Foundrymen who use 
it lose less castings ; they get a better surface on the work, and there is 
nothing that has proved a greater money-saving investment than the 
use of these driers for skin drying molds. It takes about one-quarter 
the time required when compared to the old method of charcoal drying, 
and you are able to have your dry sand molds ready to pour the same day. 

It can be used successfully to fare the coke in the cupola, thus do- 
ing away with the use of kindling wood. 

It is a combination machine. 

All that is required extra is to purchase an " Obermayer Light 
Burner." 

Size No. 3. Flame about 20 inches $150.00 

Extra burner and 12^ ft. hose 40.00 

We sell more of this kind than all other sizes combined and find 
it the most useful for all purposes. Made for kerosene or coal oil only. 

Size No. 4. Flame about 25 inches $200.00 

Extra burner and 25 ft. hose 50.00 

Made especially for heating operations, for large, heavy work. 

These sizes can be arranged fitted with any number of burners de- 
sired. Further correspondence solicited. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



271 



OBERMAYER'S BLACKING SWAB 

For Dry Sand Work 




Fig. 370 
Used Where a Supply of Compressed Air is Available 

The Obermayer Blacking Swab is especially adapted for Skin 

Drying Molds, and the quickest results on general work are secured when 
operated by compressed air. A great amount of time is saved by adopt- 
ing its usage. The blacking is distributed more uniformly, thus produc- 
ing a coating which prevents the iron from burning in the sand. It 
facilitates the work of slicking and will save its cost in a very short 
time. It is operated by hand and will be found serviceable for spraying 
liquids on cores. It applies the liquid blacking more thoroughly than 
is possible by the ordinary method of putting it on the mold or core 
with a flax or hemp swab and then drying the mold. Can be used on 
green sand molds equall}' as well. 

Price, Complete, $20.00 

It will pay you to adopt the use of these Swabs 



272 



THE S. OBERMaYER COMPANY 




Fig. 371 



OBERMAYER'S PORT- 
ABLE FOUNDRY 
LIGHT 

It can be used to fire tLe 
coke in Cupolas as well as a 
light for the entire foundry. 
Even where electric light is used, 
it saves the expense of running a 
large electric plant when the light 
is required for a short time only. 
It is of great value for sand cutting 
at night. It can be used to heat 
broken castings, also for skin dry- 
ing molds and cores and for drying 
out ladles. In fact, no foundry is 
complete without one or more of 
these labor saving machines. 
Prices as follows: 



Size No. 2. 1,000 to 1,200 candle power $150.00 

Extra burner 18.00 

Tank, 16 x 22. Oil consumed, % gallon per hour. 

Size No. 3. 2,000 to 3,500 candle power $200.00 

Extra burner 25.00 

Most general size in use for all purposes. We sell more of No. 3 size than all other 
sizes combined. Tank, 18 x 27. Oil consumed, \}( gallons per hour. 

Size Xo. 5. 4,000 candle power $220.00 

Extra burner . 40.00 

Same size tanks and fittings as No. 3 size. Oil consumed, 1^4 gallons per hour. 

Jumbo Size. Flame about 5,000 candle power $350.00 

Extra burner 5000 

Valuable where a large, powerful light is required. Tank, 24 x 32. Oil consumed, 

about 2 gallons per hour. 

Unless advised to the contrary, we send an extra burner with each 
light, and make charge for same. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



273 



THE OBERMAYER OIL RIVET FORGE 




i^lG. 372 

The Rivets are always in plain sight, quickly heated and easily 
r' ached. The Forge is operated by compressed air at from 20 to 40 
lbs. pressure. Will heat from 100 to 500 rivets per hour according to size. 

This Forge can also be used for hardening, tempering and annealing, 
r.s well as for light forging. Will burn any Kerosene Oils, crude or 
refined, the oil being atomized bj- compressed air, a supply of which can 
be connected to the machine by hose similar to other pneumatic tools, 
and is easily adapted for all classes of work. 

It is the most satisfactory heater yet invented as an Oil Rivet Forge. 

Price of This Machine is $ 1 90.00 



Net weight, 300 lbs. Gross weight, 450 lbs. 
A useful machine about your works 



274 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



RECTANGULAR. COR.E OVENS 



The accompanying illustrations show the construction of our stand- 
ard design for rectangular core ovens. We supply the complete fittings, 
including Racks and Shelves, Steel Door with guides and 
counter-weights, Structural Steel for roof, Top Flue Plate, 
Furnace and Ash Pit Doors and Frames. 

In asking prices, give size of oven and state number 
of shelves desired. 




g p^S^zaB^JSsa 



Fig. 374 
Plan 



Complete detailed drawing of masonry is furnished if order is placed 
for full equipment. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



275 



CORE OVEN FITTINGS 



Revolving Core Ovens 




Fig. 375 

Sectional Elevation 



The oven shelves turn with the greatest ease. The shelves being 
made of open grating, a good circulation of hot air is assured. 




For light work and many other purposes, a decided improvement 
over a stationary or fixed shelf type of oven. We supply all iron work, 
including shelves, central pivot shaft, top and bottom bearings, steel doors 
and structural steel roof framing, furnace and ash pit doors and frames, 
grate bars and supports. 

Complete detailed drawing of masonry and brick work is furnished 
if order is placed. 



276 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



This 



oven is especially serviceable when used in connection with a 
portable core bench. 

In asking for prices, mention any .special requirements and .state 
number of shelves wanted. 



Oven Number. 


Diameter of Shelves "A." 


Height "H." 


No. 12 
No. 14 


6 feet 
8 feet 


6 feet 

7 leet 



Six shelves are standard and supplied unless otherwise specified. ] 

Long experience and our present facilities enable us to turn out work j 

of this kind that has every point of merit and is beyond competition both ] 

in design and workmanship. 



CORE OVEN RACKS 



We have standard patterns for oven racks and can supply them with 
or without shelf bars, as desired. 

Shelves adjustable to suit requirements. 



Self-Supporting Racks 




Width. 


Height. 


4 feet . 6 ft. 6 in. 



Wall Racks 



Width of Shelf. 



17 inches 
30 inches 



Height of Rack. 



5 ft. 8 in. 

6 ft. 6 in. 



Fig. 377 
Self-Supporting Rack 

Shelf Bars, Grates, Oven Doors, etc., to order. 




Fig. 37^ 
Wall Rack 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



277 



BRISTOL'S RECORDING THERMOMETER 

Makes Continuous Record of Temperature Day and Night 

For Core Ovens, Heaters, Hot Blasts, Feed Water 
and Steam Boilers, etc. 




L ^~W^sr 



^ 


i»'i ^' w 


l,„ 


'K 



Fig. 379 



The operation of this Thermometer is entirely independent of pres- 
sure at the point where it is located. 

For working ranges of temperature between loo and 500 degrees 
Fahrenheit. 

It is parti}' filled with alcohol, which produces variations of pressure, 
according to temperature. 

In ordering thermometers state maximum working range of tem- 
perature. 

Prices on application. 



278 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CASE-HARDENING AND ANNEALING FURNACES 




Left-Hand 



Fig. 380 
No. 2 Furnace— Double 



Right-Hand 



This Furnace is made in three sizes and designed for either Annealing 
or Case Hardening. 

Prices and full descriptions given in Special Catalogue which will be 
gladly mailed on application. 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 279 




CASE-HARDENING RAW BONE 

Our Granulated Raw Bone for case-hardening is free from brass, 
lead or other metal which will melt when heated. ""Can be \ised over 
and over again by simply adding a portion of fresh stock. The quality 
is of the best, the material being put up in five different numbers to 
denote size of the particles. For extra heavy work u.se the clear Raw 
Bone. To produce colored work, Charred Granulated Raw Bone is found 
mo.st satisfactory. Use our Pameacha Raw Bone on small work where a 
hard surface without color is required. Directions furnished upon appli- 
cation. Pulverized Charcoal always kept in stock. Correspondence 
solicited. 



ANNEALING 

We furnish Granulated Charcoal for annealing purposes, and recom- 
mend in packing the work to u.se charred bones. The article should 
remain in packing boxes until all heat has passed away. Further infor- 
mation given upon application. 



280 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




Fig. 381 



PIG-IR.ON BUCKETS AND 
BUCKET TRUCKS 

We manufacture to order pig-iron, ore 
and coal buckets, and also mine and yard 
cars to fulfill any requirements. Estimates 
furnished on receipt of data. 

Write For Prices 



COR.E OVEN TRUCKS 




Fig. 3S2 
Truck without Racks. 

These trucks are designed especially for the severe duty required in 
coke oven work. The steel frames are very heavy, and securely braced 
against warping. The axles are of steel, fitted to chilled wheels and 
turning in steel anti-friction roller bearings. These bearings require no 
oil, and the movement of the trucks on the track is very easily accom- 
plished. The trucks are supplied with or without racks and shelves as 
desired. Special estimates arc made on shelves and racks to suit the 
cores. 

See cuts and descriptions of Tracks and Turntables 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



281 



CORE OVEN CARS 

With Racks and Shelves, Steel Anti- Friction Roller Bearings 




Fig. 383 



Racks and supports are structural steel, shelves are steel rods. Racks are easily 
removable and heii^hts are adjustable bv 3 inch spaces. Bottom is made of flat 
steel bars laid lengtliwise. Illustration shows car witii three extra shelves. 

List of Standard Sizes 



Capacity. 


No. 


Gauges. 


Size of Frame. 


Height 


No. of 

Shelves. 




1 ton 

2 " 

3 " 

5 " 
10 " 


51 
53 


30'^ to 36'' 
30^' to 36'^ 
30^' to 36'^ 
30'' to 36'' 
30'' to 36'' 


Ga'ge +11 ^'x 6' 
" +11 ''x6' 
" +11 ^'x8' 
" +ir'^"x8' 
" +i3h"x8' 


6^-0" 
6^-0" 
6'-o" 
6'-o" 
6'-o^' 


4 
4 
4 
4 
4 


State capacity 
and number of 
shelves wanted 
and we will quote 
you prices. 


1 " 

2 " 

3 " 
5 " 

10 " 


61 
62 

63 
65 
69 


4'o'Mo4'8>^'^ 
4' 0"^ to 4' 8'^'' 

4'o'Mo4'8V' 
4'o'Mo4'8'^'' 
4'o'Mo4'8'4'' 


'* +11 ^'x8' 
" +11 ^'x8' 
" +11 ^'x8' 
" +ii'^"xio' 
" +i3H^^xio' 


6'-o" 
6'-o'^ 
6'-o'^ 
6'-o^' 
6'-o'' 


4 
4 
4 
4 
4 



Special sizes made to order. 
Investigate Our Core-Making Machinery 



282 



THE So OBERMAYER COMPANY 



IMPROVED SELF-CONTAINED TURNTABLE 

Solid, Strong, Easy Turning, Non-Tipping. Unexcelled for 
Yard or Shop Tramways 




Fig. 384 



Illustration shows standard turntable with frogs, and represents 
the most efficient and easiest running turntable manufactured. There is 
no tipping, no getting out of line, no trouble keeping in order, no trouble 
to put in place, no journal friction. 

Being a solidly constructed and self-contained design, a cheaper 
foundation may be used than for other tables, and it is very quickly set 
in place. 

There is no center bearing. The entire load is on the chilled 
rollers, turning on roller path near the outside of the table, and these 
are conical and cannot slide or grind against each other as in a ball 
bearing table, being held rigidly apart by spacing frame. There is, 
therefore, only rolling friction. The result is an exceedingly easy turn- 
ing table. No oil is required. Dirt does not lodge on the roller paths. 

The track rail may be cast on top, as shown in cut on page 284, or 
grooves for wheel flanges may be formed to suit any gauge, if specially 
ordered. Flat top, as shown above, is standard. 

Frogs or guard rails supplied at extra cost. 

Turntables Carried in Stock 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



283 



TURNTABLES 




Fic, 



Shipment of Turntables, Showing Standara Construction and 
With Track Rail Cast on Top 



We guarantee these turntables to be satisfactory, 
factured in the following: sizes : 



They are manu- 







Largest Wheel Bases of Trucks or 


Turntable. 


Gaugeof Track that may be I'sed. 


Cars tlial may be used, with 
corresponding Gauges. 


42 inches 


iS inches to 21 inches 


2 feet -i, inches to 2 feet 


4S inches 


iS inches to 30 inches 


3 feet to 2 feet 


60 inches 


18 inches to 36 inches 


4 feet to 3 feet 


72 inches 


24 inches to 36 inches 


:, feet to 4 feet 6 inches 


96 inches 


36 inches to 4 feet IS^ inches 


6 Icet 6 in. to 5 feet 3 in. 



Frogs or guard rails supplied extra. 




Fig. 386 
Turntable Showing Cover Removed 

See Our Industrial Railway System 



284 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SURFACE TRACKS AND TRAMWAYS 




Fig. 388 

Tracks. We furnish T rail tracks, with or without ties, or all ready- 
to put in place in sections, as desired. Send length of track and parti- 
culars. 

Frogs. For shop and yard tram- 
ways, turntables, etc. Made with lugs 
to bolt to turntables, holes in flanges to 
spike to ties. Made of hard, strong 
iron. When frogs are used the raised 
track on top of table is not necessary; 
the flare of frog guiding truck wheel 
onto rail even though table is not placed 
accurately. 

Switches. Suitable for all gauges 
and rails; for shop tramways, mine 
tramways, for temporary work and per- 
manent wa}'. 

Crossings. For shop tracks. Made with either grooves or raised 
rail. Extra hard iron used in these castings. 

T Rail. Of all weights and lengths. Straight or curved. 




Fig. 389 




Fig. 39'i 

Eight-Foot Turntable, Special. Twenty-Five Made for Mexican 
Central Railroad 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



CARS AND TRUCKS 



285 




Fig. 391 
Standard Wooden Frame Truck 

Standard Oak Truck 

The above cut shows our Standard Truck for shop use. The 
frame of this truck is made of heavy oak, iron bound. It is fitted with 
steel axles, steel roller bearings and chilled wheels. This truck is made 
especially for heavy work, and will give much better service than the 
ordinary "stock warehouse " truck. It may be made with swiveled front 
axle and flat wheels, for use on smooth floors, if desired. 

We manufacture it in the following sizes. Special sizes made to 
order. 



>1 


1^ 









.2 


a 
a, 


s 


a 







'A 


I ton 


I 


2 ton 


2 


3 ton 


3 


5 ton 


5 


10 ton 


10 



Gauge. 



18 to 24 ins. 
18 to 24 ins. 
18 to 24 ins. 
18 to 24 ins. 
iS to 24 ins. 



Approxi- 
mate Size 

of 
Platform. 



3x4 feet 
3x4 feet 
3x4 feet 
3x4 feet 
3x4 feet 





u 


•J) 


u 


sg 


^ 




.5.S 


tz 


0^ 


Z 


12 in. 


11 


16 in. 


12 


16 in. 


i.l 


16 in. 


15 


20 in. 


no 



Gauge. 



Approxi- 
mate 
Size of 
Platform. 



30 to 36 in. 
30 to 36 in. 
30 to 36 in. 
30 to 36 in. 
30 to 36 in. 



4x5 ft. 
4x5 ft. 
4x5 ft. 
4 X s ft. 
4 X 6 ft. 



e 1/ 
.2j3 



12 in- 
16 in. 
16 in. 
16 in. 
20 in. 



For Standard Railway Gauge, platform is about 5 feet wide by 8 feet. 
Our Standard Steel Frame Truck, frame entirely of steel, made in 
same sizes and capacities as given in table. 

When writing for prices give capacity and gauge of track desired 



286 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



EMERY WHEELS 

FOR. GRINDING CASTINGS 



WE HANDLE EMERY WHEELS ESPECIALLY ADAPTED 
FOR FOUNDRY USE 

In Ordering State for What Purpose Required and We 

WUl Furnish You a Wheel Which 

We Guarantee 

We Can Furnish You Any Make of EMERY, CORUNDUM 
or CARBORUNDUM Wheel Wanted at 
Lowest Ruling Prices 

WE HAVE EMERY WHEEL GRINDERS OF ALL KINDS 

See illustrations with prices. 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



287 



PORTABLE EMERY WHEEL GRINDER. 




A most popular tool. Does 
the work as rapidly as a station- 
ary Emery Grinder, and you 
"take the tool to the work in- 
stead of the work to the tool " — 
saves handling. 

Thousands of them are 
in use. 

The complete plant as illus- 
trated consists of the following: 

I Flexible Shaft. 
I Stop Clutch. 
I Clamp Spindle. 
I Countershaft. 

- ft. Rawhide Rope. 

- Pairs Couplings. 



liG. 39 J 

Various plants are listed as follows (less rawhide rope and couplings), 
cost depending upon height of ceilings. 
No. 3 will run Emery Wheel 4 in. x ^ in $ 69.00 



10 



X I 
X I 
X I 



79-75 
106.50 

133-50 



Rawhide Rope for Nos. 3 and 4 plant . . . $0.50 per foot 
Rawhide Rope for Nos. 5 and 6 plant ... .60 per foot 

Couplings for Nos. 3 and 4 .50 per pair 

Couplings for Nos. 5 and 6 i.oo per pair 



$18.00 

List 

For No. 4 

$22.50 
List 

For Nos. 
5 and 6 




Write for Discount 



288 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 



VULCAN EMERY WHEEL GRINDERS 




No. 2 Vulcan Grinder 

For two 6 X ^ inch wheels with rest 
Price, $9.00 




Fig. 395 
No. 3 Vulcan Grinder 

For two lo X I ^ inch wheels. 
Price, $12.00 





Column 

For Nos. I, 2 and 3 Grinders. 
Price, $12.00 



Fig. 397 

No. 4 Grinder 

With Surfacer and Water Attachment for 
two 12x2 inch wheels. 

Price, as shown, without Wheels, $63.00 

All boxes arranged to take up wear. 

We can furnish our No. i Grinder with- 
out rests, designed for two 6 X J^ inch 
Emery Wheels. 

Price, $6.00 each 

State plainly if head only is wanted. 

"We make a full line of Belt Driven 
Grinders. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



289 



EMERY WHEEL 
GRJNDERS 

No. 4X Vulcan Grinder 

For two 12 X 2 inch wheels. 
Extra heavy machine. 

Price, as shown, $42.00 

A good size for general 
Foundry use. 

No. 7 Vulcan Grinder 

Will carry two wheels 24 to 30 
inch diam. 4 inches thick. 

Price, Complete with Counter but 
no Emery Wheels, $ 1 30.00 

Motor driven machines 
furnished. 





T!-,^ ^^,^ M-... T /->_: I, 



290 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



DOUBLE WHEEL TOOL GRINDING MACHINE 




Fig. 400 
No. 2 Tool Grinder 

The Bearings are 2)i inches diameter, 8 inches long. The Emery 
Wheels are 24 inches diameter, ij2-inch face. The distance between 
Emery Wheels is 25^4 inches. The machine, crated for shipment, 
weighs 1750 lbs. The proper speed for Countershaft is 440 revolutions 
per minute. This gives 716 revolutions per minute for Wheel Spindle. 

Including Countershaft and Two Emery Wheels, Mounted on 

Machine $300.00 

We make a Single Wheel Tool Grinding Machine carrying one 
24-inch wheel. If interested, send for circular. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



291 



MOTOR DRIVEN GRINDERS 




Fig. 401 

We call your special attention to this tool for use in the foundry. It does not 
need a long line shatt running to that building merely for the purpose of operating a 
fan and an emery wheel. That line shaft costs lots of dollars and costs lots more 
to operate. 

General Description 

A 5 H. P. motor is placed directly on the arbor. This motor is capable of a 
50"^ overload for a considerable time. It is entirely enclosed to prevent emery dust 
from reaching its parts. Yet there is part of the hood that can be readily removed 
to allow the operator to adjust the brushes. 

The armature is wound upon a sleeve which in turn is keyed to the arbor. 
The starting device can be placed inside of machine, on wall or any convenient place. 

The journals are dust proof and are eacli provided with two rings running in 
large chambers below arbor, and which keep constantly placing oil on top of arbor. 

Entire length of arbor 49 inches. Journals are i ,',r x 9 inches. Diameter of 
collars S inches. Diameter of arbor between collars 1J2 and 3 inch space. Floor 
space 48 X 26 inches. Height floor to arbor 34 inches. 

Attention is called to the SOLIDITY of this tool. The journals are long and 
placed close to emery wheels. These journals are not supported from motor, but 
are entirely independent and are therefore very rigid. It " runs like atop" in the 
boxes, as there is no belt to pull it to one side. 

Prices and further particulars upon application. 



292 



IHE S. OBERMAYEK COMPANY 



OUR SOLID EMERY OR CORUNDUM WHEELS 



Price List 



!^ 


V) 


^ 


^ 




5 

Z 


B 


?: 


tI 






</) 


0) 


(/) 


^ 


(x) 


(S 


z 


B 








>» 


X 


e 


h 



6 


OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOO 

ooooooooooooooooioioioioLootNLoo 

O O ir;0 O ror^tN loO^O ro— t^uorOi-* O O^00 t>. t^ lO cO CO 
of o'co" t^vo" liO-'f'frorOcicfcii-ri-ri-rMM 


^ 


OO"-. OLoOLoOvOiOOOLr-OLoOO'OOOOOOOC 
11 W C^ t>.vO •^OCOOvOOILOl-lOO^ONOOOOOOO 

M M w w M IN ro -sfvO t>.C^M cot^ioo^- 
^ ,_, M i-< r* ro ro 


CO 


lOiOLTjiOiOLnioO O O O uoo lclololo""jO O O O O O O 
O "-1 CTvt^iOfOMvO <N (SvO O ri fOCO ONt^OOOOicOO 

M i-i i-H r< CO >+- ir,0 O fO u-.CO m t^ •* ir-.co On ■- O rO O -rJ-O ON 
Mi-iMMr<OiCD-^ lOsO O^ O DO coco CO 

^ ^ M K, r, n ro 


MX 

<r5 


OOioOloOloOiO'J". OOiOOLr. OO^OOOOOOOO 
O "COvO com&O f< lo cno OCO vOvOC^tocNtOOOOOOO 

M w 11 ?< CO ^ -^^O On M 'iJ-vO OnioM M •^iOioON'^On O^X t^ 

i-i i-H M M o CO Tf- lO^O CO C^ >-' "*■ 1-^ O w 

^ M t- M CI CO 


"—IN 

CO 


u-)iOLr)ioio"iioO O "00 ij-, LT, LT, LoioOO O O O O O 
On O t^ ■^ w CO loco ON "-.\0 i>. "-.CO ■^coi>.t>.0 O O lOO 

O -- w ri CO CO Tt- i-'.O) M CO u-jCO CO O On O O On M t^CO CO O lO 

M w M w N CO CO LOVO £» On O cO lo On 

«^ ^ „ n M ri 


CO 


OOuoOiOiOLoOLr-j"". OOloO"OOOu', OOOOOOO 
On O NO CO On NO CN|-<J-ci\ONDNOi-'MCN|U^OnOOOOOOO 

O 11 Ki n M CO -"J- LCOO O f>» ri- i^ f-i CO NO J:^NO co lO On t^CO M CO 
M w M w ri M CO -* LC J>- X On n X CO t^ 

£# M M Ol M 


■ 


LOLomiOLou-jLoO O O lOO loloiou-vloO O O O O O O 
OO ON"-, M i>.cOONONO00ND vox COOnONJ>»OOOOloOO 

O MMCNcocoi'Nlr^ONi-icOLoONOcofOi-i t^X "NO n -* w 

M M M M f ) CO •^ lOvO i>« On 1-1 t^ 1-1 lO 

^ " - c< M 


mX 


OQioOioOioOLoiOOOioOLoOOu-, OOOOOOO 
X ON-^O LO uNONO On OnvO CO -^nO XXiOMOOOOOOO 

O 1-1 tN r( CO CO 'j-NO X O fl 'too cO O On t^ " i- rO u", t^\0 On 
i-( w i-H rH p) rO CO -^nO X>.X O lO on CI 

^ M 1-1 - M 




uTjM-, iTj irj U-, irj lo O O O O u-^ O lo lO lO uo u"; O Q O O O O O 
i:^X cox cox cor) cO^nO m mXnO ONt^t-O O O O loO O 

O 1-1 1-1 M M CO ■^vO X On 1-1 covO M t^ ir, r) ir. -i- u-j -i- ^^ CO t^ 

M HI — r< rt CO 'a- iTjsO t- ON -^ i^ O 

m^ - « n 


CM 


OQioO'OOioO'O'OOOu-vOu-, OQuOOOOOOOO 
£-X Mt^MVOOXNOrivOOl>.i-i'*-i-iOc^OOOOOOO 

O >-H M ri CI CO CO LT- t^X O w "^--ONiOCNX Oni^i-^ conD O lo 

M w 1-1 M c^ coco-<i-ioNOX CINOX 

^ - M « 


^t 


IT) "C) W-. u"j u-j LT, ir; o O C ^^. O to u-j w"j LTv lo O O O 
vOJ>.i-i loONCOl^.'^o -^nO x-^rOf<Mr)l>.OOOOiO 

Q n w M N M CO lt.nO t^X O COt>.MX COCOO ONM O 
>-i Ml- N CS COri-LOLol>i-i 




X 


OOLoOiOOioOiOLoOOiOOioOOioOOOOO . 
NOt-O ■^o.i-i -^O CO lONO l>.ONO ■^ir.fOO O O O O 

l-lMMCSnCO-^ lONO t^ONWlOON-^CNt^COi-i 1-1 IT) 

11 w M CN C4 CO ■^ LovO On 




H IN. 


IT; lo Lo Lo lo >o liO O O O O "0 O Lo lo lo U-, ir, O O 

tr,\0 On c< lOX i-i NO t-- t^NO lo X>.X XLOt^t-OOOO 

O i-iMMC^cirOM- lOND t^ONDNOO'^i-iNDcOO 

"i-iric^cocOTj-uo 




- 


OOloOioOu", O'-oicOOLr, Ou'-OOioOOO 
ionO X ►-, rONO xriOXNC'*-coiiNOX-^OP)000 

MMMi-iricocO'^ Lovo XOCOt~>OiiOON"^" ■ 

n « M CI n cs CO . 

m 






LO U^ VO U-) lO Lo >o o O O O lo O lO lO LO LO LC o O 

-i- tn t^ On w CO >JOX -^ O NO N O co rhx C) t^ O 

MMHi-i«rOcO'^ vonO X O CO "^ On «^ " ' ' 

« w W M N . . 

m 




O Oir)0"^0"^0 u-;ii-jO ltjO loo LT, o o 
Tj- lONO XONl-<^^^^>.l-lNO^^NONOc^OLr, MOO 

WMMMncSCOCO -^NO X ON -- CO to ■ 

"MM 




in <« 

« l-l 

0.2 


X X ^ X 

HI cs P) CO CO -^ tI- u-.nO t^X ON O c< -)-N0 X M 'J-nO O vO O X 

1MHH1 ►-CICIONCOCO'^'S 


■ 





s 




> 




u 




a> 




JS 








a> 




U3 




^ 




«k 




•© 






^ 


b 


o 


*s 


C 


w 


t-H 


•o 




"2 


w 


1 


t/1 




rt 


•o 




B 


(U 


<0 


u 






b ^ 


Ph 


O 




!r 


rt 


> 


r/) 






V k 


,^ 


o <* 


_o 


-«« 


"^ 


<M 


t-" 


-l 


^ 


£ E 


u 


.a 3 


.B 




(t! 






13 


A 


* 


+-> 


I. 


t« 


^ 


(/! 


0) 


(U 




r/1 




K 


•o 


<Li 


a> 


Xi 


13 


^ 


S 




bO 
















4) 




•o 




b 









s 




a> 




J3 



snaaHM do ^axawvia 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



293 



PORTABLE FOUNDRY 
SCALES 

This scale is made especially heavy 
in all its parts, with drop lever, and is 
thus adapted for general foundr}- use. 
If desired, it can be furnished with slid- 
ing poise and without drop lever. 




Fig. 402 



Extra Heavy, with 12-Inch Wheels, Drop Lever 
and Notched Beam 



No. I. Capacity, lbs., 3000 x 



Platform, inches, 31 x 40 . . $175.00 



Without Drop Lever. 

No. 2. Capacity, lbs., 3000 x Js- Platform, inches, 31 x 40 



; 1 75.00 



ROLLING MILL OR IRON SCALES 
With Rubber Spring Platform Rack 

The platform of this scale is especially 
made to meet the rough usage customary 
in weighing iron, and is constructed in two 
parts, between which are large rubber 
springs. In this way the jars and sudden 
strains incidental to such weighing are kept 
from the more sensitive parts of the scale. 
The swinging front axle and handle con- 
tribute largely to its convenience in use. 




Fig. 403 
With Sliding Poise 



With Drop Lever and Notched Beam 



No. 


Capacitj, Lbs. 


Platform, In. 


Price. 


1416 


2,500 X y^ 


23x32 


$125.00 


I418 


4,000 X y. 


31 X40 


160 00 


1420 


6,000 X Yz 


31 X40 


1 85 .00 


1422 


8,000 X I 


31 X 40 


210.00 


1424 


10,000 X I 


31 X 40 


22c; 00 


1426 


12,000 X I 


31 X40 


240.00 



No. 


Capacity, lbs. 


Platform, In. 


Price. 


1428 


2,500 X Yi 


23 X 32 


I125.00 


1430 


4.000 X Y^ 


31 X 40 


160.00 


1432 


6,000 X Yt 


31 X40 


185 00 


1434 


8,000 X I 


31 X 40 


210.00 


1436 


10,000 X I 


31 X 40 


225.00 


143'^ 


12,000 X I 


31 X40 


240.00 



In figuring on complete Foundry equipments we make special 
prices on Foundry Scales. 

All Kinds of Portable and Stationary Scales. Send for Special Catalogue. 



294 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SPERR.Y TESTING MACHINE 

For Showing Transverse Strength of Foundry Test Bars 




Deflection is 
Shown 

Results Can Be 
Compared 
with Pub- 
lished Tables 
Specimen Short 
Enough to File 

No Balancing 

of Specimen 

Required 

Space Required 



Construction 



Fig. 404 

It gives you the breaking strain and deflection of a 
one-inch-square specimen, one foot long, fixed at one end, 
weight applied to the other. This determination is 
standard. Your results may be compared with published 
tables. (See Has well on Strength of Materials). No 
other low cost machine does this. The broken end of 
specimen is only about two and one-half inches long, 
and can be marked and filed away for future reference. 

The specimen does not require balancing, as in 
other machines. The pressure applied can never be 
anything but the resistance of the specimen. 

No floor space is occupied. A wall space of 70 x 42 
inches is all that is required. 

The machine frame is constructed of 6 x 6 timber, 
nicely molded and finished in hard oil. The scale beam 
is finely nickle plated, has no loose weights, and is made 
by the Howe Scale Co. As a whole, the machine is an 
ornament to your ol5ice or shop. 
Price, $150.00 
These Machines in Stock 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



295 



OBERMAYER'S SAND CRUSHER 




IG. 405 

Supplied with One or Two Rollers as Preferred 

Pan, 5 feet in diameter. Rollers, 3 feet diameter by 12-inch face. 
Weight of each roller, 1,200 pounds. 

Floor space,. 5 ft. x 8 ft. 6 in. for double machine. 
" 5 ft. X 7 ft. 10 in. for single machine. 

Price, single roll machine $620.00 

" double " 800.00 

The heaviest machine built for the purpose. 



HORIZONTAL DRY MIXER. 

For Mixing All Kinds of Dry Material 




Fig. 405 j^ 
Write for Further Information. See pages 238-248 



296 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



AUTOMATIC MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. 




Fig. 406 



This machine is used for saving shot iron from foundry refuse, 
cupola drop and slag. It is in use throughout the United States and 
Europe, and is without doubt a very practical machine. Direct current 
of electricity necessary to operate it. 

It is easily set up and operated ; requires little care and attention ; 
can be moved easily from place to place ; requires but little power to oper- 
ate and takes but little electricity for the magnetic separation. 

It is entirely automatic in operation after the material is thrown or 
conveyed into the hopper from the tumbling mills. 

The machine ought to be set up in the tumbling room or adjoining 
it. When there is an exhaust in connection with the tumblers, it can be 
used on this machine, if desired, although the machine is made so that 
practically little dust escapes in operation. 

By using this machine the spaces and holes in your tumbling or 
rattling boxes can be greatly enlarged ; thus taking less time to rattle 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



297 



the waste through and saving a certain amount of iron dust which is 
formed by too close tumbling. 

It is durable and economical in operation, has large capacity and 
will pay for itself in a short time. Full directions supplied with each 
machine. 

Dimensions, Weight, Capacity, Etc. 





Dimensions Over All. 


Speed, 
Revo- 
lutions 

per 
Minute 


Horse 
Power 

Re- 
quired. 


size 

of 

Pulley. 


Electricity 
Required. 


Ship- 
ping 
Weight 
Lbs. 


Capacity 

per 

Hour. 

Cubic 

Feet 




Length 


Width. 


Height 


Volts. 


Am- 
peres. 


Single 1^ 
Machine J 


9'Z%" 


3' 4" 


4^ 


3" 


X 


2o'^x 2," 


j 55 
J no 

2 20 


8 

4 
2 




1600 


40 to 50 



Prices on application. 



DYNAMO FOR OPERATING SEPARATOR 




Fig. 406;^ 



The above dynamo is the type we furnish to use in operating the 
machine when no electricity can be obtained. The cost of this dynamo 
is very small and it can be used, if desired, for other purposes when not 
in use in operating the separator. 



2U8 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



DING'S MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. 




Fig. 407 

Type O, Motor Driven 

This Separator is especially adapted for recovering small particles of 
iron from cupola cinders and foundry refuse. Shipping weight, 1,500 
pounds. Occupies a floor space 3x8 feet. Speed, 72 revolutions per 
minute. Driving pulley, 12 inches in diameter. Can be ordered for any 
direct current up to 500 volts. Electricity required to energize the 
magnets is about equal to that used in operating three ordinary i6-candle- 
power incandescent lamps. Mechanical power required, J^ -horsepower. 
A switch and pilot lamp is furnished with every Separator. 

The above cut shows the Separator with motor drive and wheel- 
barrows in position to receive the diflferent separations — sand, coke and 
iron. It is one of the best machines of its kind on the market, and is 
just the thing for handling your cupola cinders, gangway scrapings, 
chipping room refuse and foundry offal. This machine will handle 
foundry refuse and crushed cupola cinders at the rate of 5,000 lbs. per 
hour; will handle stock containing very coarse material, such as brick- 
bats, gaggers and large lumps of slag, coke, iron, etc. It delivers the iron 
free from dust and will handle any stock that is not unreasonably damp. 

List price, f. o. b. factory $400.00 

List price, with motor $500.00 

For 500 volts add 10 percent to net price. 
Discounts Given Upon Application 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



299 



THE BLAKE PATENT CLIMAX CORE-WIRE 
STRAIGHTENER 




Fic. 40S 

(This illustration shows the rods emerging: from the No. 3 machine 
all straightened and ready to use again.) 

This is undoubtedly the greatest tool ever put into a foundr}'. As 
you know, core wire, after being used, is so twisted that it is usuall}^ sold 
for scrap. The cost of core wire is therefore a big item in every foundry. 
With our Climax Core-Wire Straightener it makes no diderence how 
crooked the wires may be when they enter the machine, they will come 
out straight and ready to use again ; consequently the core wires can be 
used over and over again and a great saving thereby effected. In any 
foundry having a large number of wires to straighten it will pay for it- 
self in a short time. 

No. 1 Machine. This machine will straighten wires yV inch, J 8 inch, 
and jV inch diameter. Weight, 150 lbs. Price, $200.00. 

No. 2 Machine. This machine will straighten wires ^,;- inch, }i inch, 
•j-^g- inch, and X "ich diameter. Weight, about 200 lbs. Price, $500.00. 

No. 3 Machine. This is the machine illustrated above. It will 
straighten wires }( inch, }i inch, }^ inch, ^s inch, ^ inch diameter. 
Weight, 1,700 lbs. 

Price, $700.00 

Send for special circulars, with discounts. 



300 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



IMPROVED WIRE CUTTER 

We supply to the trade a Hand-Power 
Machine, such as is shown in illustration, 
which is used for cutting wire, the econoni}- 
of which can readily be seen at a glance. 
The ordinary method of cutting wire in 
most shops is to use a 
chisel and hammer, 
while with this ma- 
chine the wire is simp- 
ly inserted and the 
lever pulled down, 
which readily cuts the 
wire. The wire cutter 
W'ill cut wires from /j 
inch diam. to ^| inch 
diam. and weighs 25 
lbs. 

Price, $50.00 




Fig. 409 



OBERMAYER'S EASY CAR. PUSHER. 




Fig. 410 



More powerful 
than any team of 
horses or ten men. 
It is strong and 
well constructed. 
, bit and spring are 
the finest steel. 
Total weight, 20 lbs. 
5J2 feet. 

can be inverted. It 
will work on any track and 
under any brake. 



Sent on 10 days' trial to responsible parties. 
We carry them in stock and can ship immediately. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



301 



OBERMAYER'S WHITEWASHING MACHINE 




Fig. 411 

This is the largest and best machine ever invented or manufactured 
for Whitewashing, Calcimining or cold water Paints. One man operating 
this machine can do the work of ten men with the brush. It consists of 
a strong riveted steel tank 8 inches in diameter and about 36 inches long 
strengthened by 6 long steel bolts. The pump barrel and all valves are 
composed of best rolled gun metal. All passages can be easilj' cleaned, 
and the nozzles are the result of a long experience, and are made regardless 
of the initial cost. Factories can arrange at small cost perfect sanitation, 
good light and cleanliness. 

Capacity from 20 to 60 square feet per minute. 

For large mold and loam work this machine w^ill spray the blacking 
if the material is carefully strained before using it. 

We supply with this machine 25 feet delivery hose, 12^^ feet of suc- 
tion hose, 3 different nozzles, circular strainer, unions, cocks, all complete. 



Price, $150.00 

Extra hose, 60 cents per foot. 
Net weight, 185 pounds. Gross weight, 300 pounds. 



302 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




wiM|Ew«rapfc^*ifcew^ 



.1 



■'-a 



TRIPLEX'^ 

Fig. 412 



THE YALE AND TOWNE 
TRIPLEX BLOCK 

For Constant Use and Best Economy 

The great saving of time and labor effected 
by the Triplex Block is accomplished bj^ separat- 
ing the sustaining mechanism from the hoisting 
gear; thus decreasing the time, labor and wear 
one-half, both in hoisting and in lowering. The 
power is transmitted through a balanced train of 
spur gears, which gives this block an efficiency 
nearly double that of other types, and permits, 
both in hoisting and in lowering of the smooth 
and free operation required in foundry work. 

The newest and best equipped foundries are 
now using Triplex Blocks because of their great 
saving in time and labor. This block is partic- 
ularly suitable for use on jib cranes, light trav- 
elers and overhead trolleys. 





X 


OJ . 






V 






a 


•" ti, 


'U 




11 

'1 




p. V 




.2 ^ 

u 


m ^ C 


■^ a 
2; 


re u;S 


re 0" 

1; TO ** 


% 


I35 00 


8 


9 it. 3 


n. 


$0 90 


15 


51 


62 


21 


I 


45 00 


8 


9 ft. 5 


n. 


95 


17 


89 


82 


31 


IK 


60 00 


8 


9 It. 7;^ 


n. 


I 00 


19* 


133 


no 


35 


2 


70 00 


9 


II ft. 


n. 


I 05 


24 


203 


120 


42 


3 


90 00 


10 


12 ft. 8 


n. 


I 50 


32 


206 


114 


69 


4 


no 00 10 


13 ft. I 


n. 


I 60 


37 


307 


124 


84 


5 


140 00 12 


15 It. 9 


n. 


2 15 


45 


397 


no 


126 


6 


165 00 12 


11; ft. 10 


n. 


2 15 


46 


417 


130 


126 


8 


200 00 12 


16 ft. 3 


n. 


2 70 


51 


50=; 


13s 


168 


10 


240 00 12 


16 ft. 9 


n. 


3 25 


57 


622 


140 


210 


12 


300 00 12 


16 ft. 9 


n. 


4 30 


57 


800 


260 


126 


16 


360 00 12 


17 ft. I 


n. 


5 4"^ 


61 


1000 


270 


168 


20 


421; 00 12 
1 


18 ft. s 


n. 


6 50 


77 


1150 


280 


210 



Other Makes Furnished if Desired 
Let Us Quote You 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



303 



BROWN PATENT STEEL TROLLEYS 

Combined With Yale and Towne Triplex Chain Blocks 

For Use on Standard I- Beams Affording One of the Most Economical and 

Efficient Methods of Handling Material in the 

Foundry and Machine Shop 





I'IG. 413 

Capacity One -half to Two Tons 
with Clevis Connection 



Fig. 414 
Capacity Three to Ten Tons 
with Clevis Connection 



These Trolleys have four truck wheels, each fastened on a steel axle 
which revolves in a pair of self-adjusting bronze bearings. The frame 
is of steel, with inner plates to carry the inside bearings which steady the 
wheels and reduce the resistance to motion. The self-oiling double 
bearings are equipped wnth proper receptacles for holding a six months" 
supply of oil, and the wheels are made almost as large in diameter as the 
depth of the I-beam thereby insuring durability and easy running. 









With Hook Connection 


With Clevis Connection. 


Price of 
Trolley 
















capacity 


Standard 


Regular 




Minimum dis- 




Minimum dis- 


Without 


Sizes of 


Hoist 


Triplex 


tance in inches, 


Addi- 


tance from 


Block 




I -Beams 


in Feet. 


Block 


bottom of I-beam 


tional 


bottom of I-beam 


for Hook 




in Inches. 




and 


to inside of lower 


Price. 


to inside of lower 


Connec- 








Trolley. 


Hook of Block. 




Hook. 


tion. 


1 / 

I 


=; 


8 


1 6s 00 


20 


f 10 00 


13 


■Ij, 30 o;> 


6 


8 


80 00 • 


23 


10 00 


17 


35 00 


2 


7 


8 


TOO 00 


26 


TO 00 


20 


40 00 


8 


9 


lie; 00 


32 


10 00 


21 


45 00 


3 


9 


10 


140 00 


40 


20 00 


34 


60 00 


4 


TO 


TO 


175 00 


45 


25 00 


33 


^0 00 


5 


12 


12 


220 00 


55 


25 00 


4r 


100 00 


6 


15 


12 


2'')!; 00 


56 - 


30 00 


4' 


120 00 


8 


20 


12 


3-5 00 


63 


30 ot) 


4^ 


150 00 


10 


24 


I 2 


395 00 


7' 


30 00 


48 


tSo 00 



Immediate Shipments made on Standard Sizes 



304 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OVERHEAD CARRYING SYSTEMS 

For Foundries, Machine Shops, Manufacturing Establishments> 
"Warehouses, etc. Can be attached to any style of overhead support. 
Will save you from 25 to 60 percent on the cost of handling the products 
of your plant. 

Four Wheel Swivel Carrier 
No. 27 

Made to run in our No. 131 Trolley 
Track. Especially designed for use in 
systems where Curved Sections of Track 
are used. 

Maximum carrying capacity 300 lbs. 

Price $8.00 




Eight Wheel Swivel Carrier 



Fig. 415 



39 




Fig. 416 
Especially designed for use in systems where Curved Sections of 
Track are used. Made in two sizes : 

No. 39 Carrier for No. 133 Track. No. 39>< Carrier for No. 133 Track. 

Maximum carrying capacity 3000 lbs. Maximum carrying capacit}" 1000 lbs. 

Price $24.00 Price $8.00 

Inquiries for estimates should be accompanied by sketch showing 
requirements, also statement of maximum loads to be carried. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



305 




The adjoining cut 
shows full size cross section 
of our Overhead Trolley 
Tracks. 

No. 131 

Suitable for loads up 
to looo lbs. 

M a d e of i6 gauge 
steel. 

Any quantity furnished 
in any length up to lo ft. 
sections. 

Curved Sections of 
Track furnished in any 
radius over i8 in. 

Straight Track $i.oo per ft. 
P^^ ^^^_^ Curved Track $3.00 per ft. 

No. 133 

Suitable for loads up to 8,000 lbs. 

Made of 10, 11, 12, 13 gauge steel. 

Any quantity furnished in any length up to to ft. sections 

Curved Sections of Track furnished in any radius over 18 in 

Straight Track $1.50 per ft. 

CurvedTrack 500 per ft. 

This cut shows the style of 
Brackets used in attaching Track 
to superstructure. 

No. 42 is an End Bracket with 
a blind that prevents the carrier 
from running off. 

Nos. 41, 42, 45 and 46 used 

with No. 133 track . . $1.20 each 
Nos. 57, 58, 59 and 60 used 

with No. 131 track . . $0.50 each 

Special Brackets furnished if 
required. 




4-a 



4.5 4.B 




306 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OVERHEAD TROLLEY SYSTEM 




k T 



Fig. 419 

Above cut shows a section of Straight and Curved Carrying Track, 
with two-way Switch in connection. Also an eight wheel Swivel 
Carrier, No. 39. 

Switch is fitted with a positive lock and requires no attention after 
It is once adjusted. 

Price List 

2-way Switch for No. 131 Track $40.00 

3 " " 131 "......... 48.00 

2 " " 133 ■' ' 56-00 

3 " " 133 " 64.00 

Investigate Our Duplex and Triplex Chain Blocks 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



307 




308 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SCREW AND HYDRAULIC JACKS 

(Patented Lever, Qiared Lever.) 
The Most Simple, Durable, Powerful and the Safest Operating Jacks in the World 

No. 101 Bell Base No. 14 Double Move- No. 4 Jack 

Jack ment Truck Box 

Screw Jack 




Fig. 420 
Capacity, 8 tons. 
Weight, 23 lbs. 
Diameter of screw, 2 in. 
Rise, ^}4. in. 
Height when down, 10 in. 

Made in larsfer sizes. 



Broad Base 
Hydraulic Jack 




Fig. 423 
Capacities, 4, 7, 10, 15, 20. 

30 and 40 tons. 
Heights when closed, 

from 2 to 3^^ ft. 
Different sizes weigh 

from 60 to 300 lbs. each. 
Adjusts from 12 to 24 in., 

according to size 




Fig. 421 

Capacity, 8 tons. 
Weight, 25 lbs. 
Diameter of screw, 2 in. 
Rise of screw, 7 in. 
Height of Jack when down, 
13 in. 




Fig. 422 
A Good Railroad 

Capacity, 4 tons. 
Weight, 46 lbs. 
Size of bar square, i 
Rise of bar, 14 in. 
Height when down, 
in. 



Jack 

5^ in. 

22l4 




Telescope 

Screw 

Jack 



Base, mal. iron ; 
screw, cast steel. 

Interior screw, 
hish grade ma- 
chinery steel. 

]\Iade in four sizes. 

Can be furnished 
with spring 
ratchets at extra 
cost. 



Fig. 424 
Operates Twice as Rapidly as the Single Screw Jacks 
Prices on Application 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



309 



BOYER. LONG STROKE RIVETING HAMMERS 

Durable — Powerful— Efficient 

No. 60 
Riveting Hammer 

Weight, 22 pounds; 
6-inch stroke ; capacity 
up to ^-inch rivets. 

No. 80 
Riveting Hammer 

Weight, 23 pounds ; 
8-inch stroke ; capacity 
up to I ^ -inch rivets. 

No. 90 
Riveting Hammer 

Weight, 25 pounds; 
9-inch stroke ; capacity 
Fig. 425 '^^'IP up to I Ji(-inch rivets. 




BOYER. CHIPPING, CALKING AND BEADING 
HAMMERS 

No Vibration or Delicate Parts 



No. I 

For heavy chipping and 
calking, and light riveting; 'p?2 
weight, ii>^ pounds. 



No. 2 

For medium calking and \^ 
chipping; weight, loj^ pounds. **** 



No. 3 

For light chipping, calk- 
ing, and flue beading; weight, 
9^ pounds. 




Fig. 426 



We handle the Boyer Pneumatic Stone Hammers, made in sizes suitable for 
every variety of work, fitted with either pistol grip or straight handle. 



310 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




PNEUMATIC TOOLS 

Little Giant and Boyer Pneumatic Piston Air 
Drills, Reversible Flue Rolling, Reaming and Tap- 
ping Machines. 

Built iu sizes suitable for every variety of work. 
Simpler in construction, more econoniical, and they 
have given laetter satisfaction than any other uiachiues 
of similar character on the market. 



Fig. 427 

Little Giant Drill No. 

Weight, 55 lbs. Adapted for boring 
cylinders and extra heavy drilling, ream- 
ing and tapping. 



Little Giant 
Wood Boring 
Machine No. 5 





Fig. 429 



Weight, 14 lbs. 

Adapted for boring 
up to 2 in. in diameter 
to any depth in all 
kinds of wood. 



Fig. 42S 

Little Giant Reversible Flue 
Rolling, Reaming and Tap- 
ping Machine No. 1 1 

Weight, 35 lbs. Adapted for rolling 
flues up to 3 inches in diameter and 
reaming and tapping up to 2 inches in 
diameter. 





Boyer Drill 
No. 3 



Fig. 430 

Weight, 35 lbs. Adapted for drilling 
up to 2 inches in diameter and reaming 
and tapping up to i j4 inches in diameter. 



Fig. 431 

Obermayer Breast Drill No. 4 

Weight, 8 ll^s. Adapted for drilling 
up to i\ inch in diameter. This machine 
is of the oscillating piston type and is 
particularly adapted for dr lling telltale 
lioles in stavbolts. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



311 



AIR. MOTOR. CHAIN HOISTS 




Fig. 432 
IX-Ton Motor Hoist 

(Single Strand, Quick Lift) 

Portable Motor Hoists 

We build these hoists in 6 different sizes, as shown below. Each hoist will be 
furnished with automatic brake, if desired, and is tested before leaving the factory. 

These hoists are so built that, if desired, they can be operated by steam in- 
stead of air, if we are notified before the motors leave the shop. 



Capacity 



1% tons 

■2V2 " 

10^ " 



Height of Lift 



10 feet 
10 " 



Distance 
Between Hooks 



30 inches 

37 " 
40 



Weight 



160 lbs. 

230 

400 

600 

720 

800 



Extra height of lift can be obtained at a small additional cost. 



312 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



AIR. MOTOR. CHAIN HOISTS 




i^iG- 433 
Combined Trolley and Hoist on I Becun 

Stationary Motors 

These motors can be used for a large number of purposes, and we build them- 
in six different sizes. As in the case of motor hoists, these motors can be operated. 
by steam instead of air. 



No. 


H. p. 


Outside 
Dimeusions 


Cj'Hnders 


Diam. 


Stroke 


I 
2 

t 

8 


I •< 

2',i 

4'< 

s 


15 in. X 1 2in. x 12 in. 
15 in.x 15 in.x 12 in. 
iSin.x i8in. x 13 in. 


2 V in. 
2)4 in. 
3;^ in- 


2 '4^ in. 
2'.4 in- 
2 5^ in. 









Prices on Application 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



313 



AIR HOISTS 



The perfection we have attained in the manufacture of Standard and 
Special Air Hoists is the result of many years' experience and great ex- 
pense in developing the particular features which make them the most 
efl&cient and reliable on the market. 

Cylinders for hoists three inches to six and one-half inches diameter 
inclusive, are of seamless drawn brass tubings, polished inside. Hoists 
seven inches to twenty-four inches are cast iron carefully molded, accu- 
rately bored with special tools, insuring uniform diameter and smooth 
finish from end to end. Seven and seven and three-quarter inch hoists are 
also made with brass htbe cylinders and six inch with cast iron cylinders. 

Heads may be easily removed and 
are in no case screwed on and thus per- 
mit the utmost facility in the inspection 
of interior of hoist. LugS On top 
head with pin afford safe and conven- 
ient means of attaching hoist to sup- 
port. 

Piston packing is made of care- 
fully selected leather (the least scar or 
grub hole being cause for rejection) 
and is fitted so as to hold air perfectly. 

Gland is brass casting and set up 
with ordinary wrench. 

Air Supply is taken at top of hoist 
and conveyed to valve at bottom head 
through pipe of proper size. 

All Hoists are thoroughly tested 
and known to be in perfect working 
order before shipment. For foreign 
shipment, all sizes are completely en- 
closed in substantial box. Shipping 
weights given on page No. 317. Fig. 435 

Too Head With Lugs 




Fig. 434 

Bottom Head 




814 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



TYPE "A" AIR HOISTS 



Special Features 




Valve is provided with Automatic Oiler. 

Adjustable Speed Regulator permits valve to 
be set for all speeds ; independent adjustment for 
raising and lowering. 

Safety Check prevents load falling suddenly 
in case of break in supply hose. 

Exhaust from valve is carried to top and so 
arranged that only pure air from the compressor 
can be admitted to cylinder in lowering process. 
Keeps out grit and dust and saves the packing. 

Automatic Cut-Off closes valve at any de- 
sired height or lift without attention from ope- 
rator. The point of cut-off is fixed by position 
of Clamp Collar on piston rod; this collar is clamped 
on and rod can not be marred. 

The Top Safety Check prevents piston from 
flying up in case load should become de- 
tached. Any unusual pressure of exhaust auto- 
matically closes opening and air remaining in 
cylinder checks upward motion of piston. 

Swivel Hook has both rotating and swing- 
ing movements. 

Type "A" Hoist equipped with special fea- 
tures is suitable for the most delicate work, 
and with the exception of hoist fitted with our 
Mason Automatic Valve, described on page 316, 
Fig. 436 is the most sensitive hoist made. 

Type "A" Hoist with Brass Cylinder 3 inches to 6 inches Diameter 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



315 




TYPE "B" AIR HOISTS 

Type "B" hoists have the same designs 
of cylinders, pistons and other vital parts as 
in Type " A." 

Valve has automatic oiler. Exhausts direct. 

Hook is forged on end of piston rod, 
which reduces the length of the hoist to the 
minimum. 

The special attachments of Type "A" 
hoists may be supplied at additional prices as 
listed below : 

Swivel hook $2.00 

Type " A " valve with speed regulator 

and safety check ........ 2.00 

Automatic cut-off . , 400 

Exhaust attachment 2.00 

Add amounts for items wanted to quota- 
tions for standard Type " B " hoist. 

Write for further information. 



Fig. 437 

Type " B " Hoist with Brass 

Cylinder from 3 to 6 

inches Diameter 




Fig. 43S 
Valve Parts 



Valve embodies every essential feature. 

Few parts, accurately machined, automatic adjustment for wear, auto- 
tnatic lubrication. 

This Valve is the Most Satisfactory on the Market 



516 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MASON AUTOMATIC VALVE 




Fig. 439 
Mason Automatic Valve 



Patented 1S9S 

Load positively sustained at any point. 

When load is raised and main valve 
closed, air passes through hose 
(shown in cut) and clamps auxiliary- 
valve letter to piston rod, the slightest 
movement of which automatically 
operates auxiliary valve and makes 
compensation in air pressure. 

It stands unequaled 
in design, workmanship 
and efficiency. It is in- 
valuable in foundries, 
machine and boiler 
shops, in packing plants, 
at punch, shears and 
wherever necessary to 
sustain loads for any 
length of time without 
variation in position. 
Can be applied on type 
"A" hoist without au- 
tomatic cut-off and 
on special type " B." 

Spring Closing 
Device 

As illustrated, fur- 
nished when specially 
ordered. Closes valve 
instantly when released pj^ ^ 
and prevents waste of sp^j^g ci^j^j^g. 
air. Device 




Fig. 441 — Our Regular Valve Complete 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



317 



CYLINDER. AIR. HOISTS 



The table below gives standard sizes with capacities and other data. 
The capacity varies in proportion to the pressure — the quantity of free 
air is directly proportional to the load. 

Factor of safety allowed is ample for all sizes for the maximum rated 
capacity. 

Table of Sizes 













1 Approximate 




Sizes 


Capacities. 


.\dd to stroke to 


Approximate 


1 -Shipping 


Weights 








get Shortest 


Net Amount of 


of Hoists for Home and 






•\ 


Distance between 

Bearing Points of 

Hooks 


Free Air Used in 
One Four"P'oot 


Foreign 


Shipment 










Inside 
Diam. of 

Cylinder 


Nominal Trifling- 

Capacity in lbs at 

Air Pressure of 

from 6o to loo lbs. 


Lift. 
In Cubic ]-"eet. 


Standard 

Hoists, 

( ft Stroke 


Add for 
each add'l 
J 2 inches 








ofStroke. 








Type A 


Type 1! 




L,bs. 


Lbs. 




c 


3Min- 


350 to 600 


20 in. 


ll^ in. 


1.2 to 2. 


no 


10 


c 




4 " 


650 to 1,100 


iS " 


1034 " 


1.4 to 26 


120 


15 




5 " 


1,000 to 1,700 


18 " 


10% " 


2.7 to 4.2 


i-';o 


20 


1 ' 




6 »' 


1,500 to 2,500 


205^ " 


I2l«^ " 


39 to 5.9 


175 


25 




61^" 


1,700 to 2,800 


20-^^ " 


I2lg " 


4.6 to 7. 


190 


28 




7 " 


2,000 to 3,300 


21 \ " 


^3H " 


5.5 to S. 


200 


30 


^ 


, 


7%" 


2,300 to 4,000 


23% " 


14)^2 " 


6. to 9.2 


220 


35 


' 


6 " 


1,500 to 2,500 


20-^^ " 


I2l^ " 


3-9 to 5.9 


425 


40 • 


M 




7 " 


2,000 to 3,300 


2134 " 


^3H " 


5.5 to 8. 


475 


60 


0) 




8 " 


2,500 to 4,500 


23H " 


I4>R " 


7. to 10 8 


625 


TOO 


1 




9 " 


3,500 to 5,500 


2',y2 " 


T6J4 " 


8.5 to 13. 


700 


no 


*>» 




lO " 


4,000 to 7,000 


26 " 


I7K " 


II. 2 to 17 I 


775 


120 


O < 




12 " 


6,000 to 10,000 


26%: " 


18 " 


15.4 to 23.6 


1,000 


145 


G 




14 " 


8,000 to 13,000 


30M " 


iq'^s " 


21.3 to 32 S 


1,200 


160 


O 




i6 " 


10 000 to 18,000 


31 .H " 


281| " 


27.9 to 42 2 


1 ,650 


175 


•** 




i8 " 


12,000 to 23,000 


59^4 " 


34^4 " 


35-4 to 54.3 


1,900 


200 


S 




20 " 


16,000 to 28,000 


41^ " 


37J^ " 


42.2 to 65 6 


2,300 


250 




2\. " 


24,000 to 40,000 


42 " 


38 " 


62 6 to 96. 


3i250 


300 



used. 



Hoists with lifts from 4 feet to 8 feet are standard sizes ordinarily 

Horizontal, telescopic, compound hoists, etc., at special prices. 
Prices on Request 



318 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



HOSE TROLLEYS 

Prices Quoted on Request on Hose, Hose Trolleys, Wire and End Connections 
or Tracks. Simplest Construction. Best Results 




Fig. 442. Standard Hose Trolley, 




Fig. 443. Hose Trolley, Swivel Type 




Fig. 444. "I" Beam Hose Trolley 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



319 



AIR RECEIVERS 

Air Receivers are made for 110 Pounds Working Pressure 



Construction throughout is of best steel plate 
with flange steel heads. 

All receivers are subjected to a test of 150 
pounds hydrostatic pressure before shipment. 

They are equipped with Safety Valve, 
Flanges for Inlet and Discharge pipes, 
Pressure Gauge and Drain Cocks. 

The Following are Standard Sizes 






size 


Capacity 
Cubic 


Diameter 
Inlet and 


Diameter 








Safely 




Diameter 


Height 


Feet 


Pi pes 


Valve 


I 


26 in. 


3 ft. 6 in. 


12 


I'i in. 


I in. 


2 


30 " 


6 " " 


30 


2 " 


J , / «i 


3 


36 " 


6 " " 


42 


2 " 


1J2 " 


4 


36 " 


8 " " 


s6 


2,' 3^ " 


2 " 


5 


42 " 


8 " " 


76 


3 " 


2 " 


6 


42 " 


10 " " 


96 


4 " 


2 I,' .. 


7 


48 " 


12 " " 


150 


5 " 


2;2 " 



Fig. 445 



They may be either vertical or horizontal. 
The vertical type will be furnished unless other- 
wise specified. 



HORIZONTAL HOIST 



Horizontal hoists are de- 
signed for locations w here 
there is not sufficient head 
room for vertical hoists or 
where they are more easily 
supported in this position. 

Air hoists may be applied 
to existing cranes by pur- 
chaser and are furnished with 
brackets for attachment to 
frame in any position, with this 
idea in view. 




Fic. 446 



320 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



STANDARD AUTOMATIC COMPRESSORS 

Single Stage Single Acting 




Fig. 447 

Table of Standard Automatic Compressors 



Actual ca 
pacity of 

machine 
in cub. ft. 
of free air 

per mill. 

at speed 
given. 



Size of 

Air 

Cylinder 






Approximate Horse 
Power required at 
listed capacity. 



40 
pds. 



60 
pds. 



80 100 

pds. pds. 



Shipping 
weights. 



Do- 

mest. 



For- 
eign. 









B 


elt-Driver 


I, Single Stage 
















25 


6x6 


50-80 


140 


.196 


32x38 


3'-9'^ 


32x6 


2 


iX 


31 


3.S 


4-5 


5-0 


1,260 


1,410 


25 
50 


{ 6x6 ) 

I Sub-Base S 
8x8 


80-100 
50-80 


140 

125 


.196 
•456 


32x47 
44^54 


4'-4^^ 
5'V^ 


32x6 
44x8 


2 

-•14 


IX 


31 
6.2 


3-8 
7.8 


4-5 
9.0 


5.0 

lO.O 


1,450 
2,675 


1,720 
2,900 


50 


{ 8x8 ) 
I Sub-Base \ 


80-110 


125 


■456 


44x65 


5^-8- 


44x8 


2H 


IX 


6.2 


7.8 


9.0 


lO.O 


3.325 


3,710 


75 


9x9 

1 9x9 ^ 

I Sub-Base ) 

8x 12 

10 X 12 

13 X 12 


50-80 


125 


.662 


52X 


5'-r 


52x9 


3 


2 


9-3 


11.7 


13.6 


15.0 


3,300 


3,700 


75 

75 
125 
200 


80-110 

90-110 

70-90 

25-40 


-5 

1 20 
120 
120 


662 

.70 
1.09 
1.S4 


52X 

60x72 
60x72 

6on;72 


7'-4- 
7'-4" 


52x9 

60x10 
60x10 
60X 1 


3 

3/2 
4 


2 

2 

2 
2'< 


9-3 

24 -5 


11.7 
19.5 


13.6 

13.6 
22.5 


15.0 
15.0 

24.5 


4,100 

6,200 
6,400 
6,600 


4,600 
7,120 

7,400 

7,600 



Belt-Driven, Double Stage 



100 
200 



13- 8x12 90-110 120 .9260x72 
16-10x16 90-1101201.8666x92 



7'-4'''6oxio 3_^ 2 

8'-7'Y^6xi5 5 "2,14 



1 7.0 j 1 8.5 '6,6001 7,230 
34.0 37.oJ9,Soo] 1 1,400 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 321 



CURTIS COMPRESSORS-SINGLE STAGE 

6x6 Inches and 8x8 Inches and Larger Sizes 

We recommend one of our Standard Single-Acting and Single Stage 
Compressors of the two sizes, viz., with cylinders 6x6 inches, and 8x8 
inches, and of capacities respectively of 25 and 50 cubic feet per minute. 
These Compressors are rem.arkable for their extreme simplicity in that 
they are single-acting, self-oiling, and built so as to eliminate stuffing 
boxes and cross-heads. 

The crank shaft is made of steel and runs in chain oiling boxes. 
Connecting rods have removable phosphor bronze bushings at the upper 
wrist pin, and have standard marine crank ends. 

The water jackets completely surround the cylinders, cylinder heads 
and valve cases. As the pistons are of the trunk pattern and to some 
extent self-cooling, we are enabled to secure 80 percent more cooling sur- 
face than is possible with any double-acting type. 

The valves are of the poppet gravity t3'pe and work without springs. 
The valves and governor are in the same case and are not built into the 
machine itself. The governor is automatic in its action, and will maintain 
a desired pressure in the reservoir ver}^ closely. This governor does not 
stop the running of the machine, but simply relieves the compressor of 
its load. It works on a variation of about two pounds. 

The machine is self-contained, easily lubricated, and practicall}- dust 
proof. We shall be pleased to quote on these Single Stage Compressors, 
which we build either with or without sub-base, loose pulleys or govern- 
ors, as desired. 

Write to Us for List of Users 



322 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FOUNDRY ELEVATORS 

Compressed Air and Hydro-Pneumatic Elevators 




Fig. 448 



The application of air hoists 
for elevator service is worthy of 
consideration wherever com- 
pressed air is available. It offers 
a ver}' simple and safe method 
for the operation of elevators for 
foundries and similar purposes. 
Water may be used in combi- 
nation with air in the hydro- 
pneumatic type of elevator. 
Steam may be substituted for air, 
but is not recommended on ac- 
count of unavoidable losses 
occasioned in the use of steam 
in this way. 

Platform has oak frame, 
thoroughly braced with tie rods 
and straps, and fitted with our 
improved roller guides. Cylin- 
der is furnished read}^ to bolt to 
foundation and framing ; is fitted 
with proper valve arranged to 
cut off automatically at top and 
bottom of lift. Necessary hoist- 
ing rope and sheaves, for lead as 
shown, and hardwood guide 
strips are supplied. The eleva- 
tor is complete, ready to set up 



and operate on proper power being supplied. Standard sizes are given 
in table, but platform and height of lift may be changed to suit purchasers' 
conditions. 



Capacity. 


Standard Size of Platform. 


standard Lift. 


1,000 lbs. 
2,000 " 
4,000 " 
6,000 " 


4x1; feet. 
5x6 '• 
q X 6 " 
5x6 " 


12 feet. 

12 " 
12 " 
12 " 



Complete drawings of installation furnished when order is placed. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



323 



FOUNDRY ELEVATORS. 




FiC. 449 
Belt Power, Worm Geared, Hoisting Machine 

The use of a well designed and substantially constructed modern 
elevator operated by power will pay better returns to the foundry than 
almost any other item of equal expense. There is a great saving in 
labor, and the output of the foundry may be largely increased by the 
installation of a practical elevator. 

The machines described on the following pages are designed for 
hard service, the construction is simplified to the greatest possible extent, 
and liability of repairs reduced to the minimum. We design and furnish 
all kinds operated by steam, compressed air or electricity. 

All standard machines are self contained. Installation is readily 
accomplished by ordinary mechanics. 

Many years' experience, during which improvements have been 
steadily adopted, and the widespread use of our elevators is a sufficient 
guarantee of their serviceability. 

Table of Standard Sizes 





Size of 
Platform 


Lift 


I)iatiutt-r 
of Diuiu 


Diameter 

of 
Sheaves 


BeU Power Elevators. 


Capacitj- 


Size of 
Pulleys 


Speed of 

I'ulleys 

Kevohitions 

per mill. 


Speed 

of Lift. 

Feet 

per 

niiu. 


Horse 
Power 


2000 lbs. 
400O '' 


c;x6 ft. 
5x6 " 


12 to 20 ft 

12 to 20 " 


iS'< in. 
i8;2 " 


15 in. 


lSx4 in. 
1SX4 " 


2S5 
250 


20 
20 


4 
6 



Speed of lift and horsepower of electric elevators will be .specified 
in proposals. 



324 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



ELECTRIC AND BELT POWER. ELEVATORS 

Spur Geared 







*3'>|.- 





. ^--'tiKs-^'-A 



I''lG. ^ V> 

Belt Power Spur Geared Hoisting Machine 

Hoisting machine is self-contained. Cast iron frame is compact and 
of ample strength. 

Spur gears alone are employed ; all gears except drum gear have 
machine cut teeth. 

Drum is of large diameter and grooved to take entire length of hoist- 
ing rope without double wrapping. 

An improved brake is furnished which automatically sustains the 
load at all times ; the braking action being proportional to the load on 
cage. 

"When operated by electric motor, frame is modified to suit and back 
gearing introduced. 

Pulleys for belt power elevators are of liberal dimensions. Loose 
pulleys have babbitted hubs. 

Belt shifter is adjustable for various angles of belt within 90°. 
Operation is controlled by means of hand rope. Automatic stop cuts off 
power at top and bottom of lift. 

Table of Standard Sizes 





Size of 
Platform 


Lift 


Diam- 
eter 
of 
Drum 


Diam- 
eter 
of 

Sheaves 


Belt Power Elevators 


Capacity 


Size of 
Pulley 


Speed of 

Pulley.s. 

Revolutions 

per mill. 


Speed Horse- 
of 
Lift Power 


4000 ft 

6000 ft 

1 0000 ft 


5x6 ft. 

qxe" 
6x7" 


T 2 to 20 ft. 
12 to 20 " 
12 to 20 " 


24 in. 
24 " 
30 " 


ic, in. 
18 " 
24 " 


24x41.2 in. 
24x4 li " 
30x6-4^ "• 


230 

230 
200 


20 
20 
20 


6 

N 

13 



Speed of lift and horsepower of electric elevators will be specified in 
propo.sals. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



825 



ELECTRIC SPUR GEARED HOISTING MACHINE 




-^^" 



Fig. 451 



Electric and Belt Power Elevators 

Spur Geared or Worm Geared 

Hoisting machine is self contained. Cast iron frame is compact and 
well designed ; arranged to bolt on top or underneath head timbers. 

Worm and wheel have machine cut teeth and run in oil. Gearing is 
incased in cast iron, dust proof cover. 

Drum is of large diameter and grooved to take entire length of hoist- 
ing rope without double wrapping. 

When operated by electric motor, frame is mounted on substantial 
base which also supports motor. Back gears with machine cut teeth pro- 
vide the necessary reduction of speed. They are mounted so as to reduce 
.space occupied by gearing to most compact form. Brake is automatic in 
action and sustains the load at all points. 

Pulleys for belt power elevators are mounted directly on worm shaft. 
Loose pulleys have babbitted hubs, and brake is furnished in connection 
with tight pulley. 

Belt shifter is adjustable for various angles of belt within 90°. Oper- 
ation is controlled by means of hand rope ; automatic stop cuts off power 
at top and bottom of lift. 



326 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



ELECTRIC AND BELT POWER. ELEVATORS 

General 







Fig. 452 
Electric, Worm Geared Hoisting Machine 

(Motor, With Cover Removed. Controller at the Back, 

All bearings are babbitted, and provided with improved lubricating 
devices. Steel shafting is used. Standard crucible cast steel, flexible 
hoisting rope is furnished. 

For electric elevators, motors are compound wound, four pole, revers- 
ible, enclosed tj-pe, with self-oiling bearings. Automatic self-starter in- 
sures safe operation. Controlling ropes within convenient reach at any 
point of lift. Stops at top and bottom of lift cutoff power automatically. 

The electric brake is operated by a solenoid in circuit with the hoist- 
ing motor and will automatically come into action when the current is off 
the hoisting circuit. 

Hoisting machine is designed to be located on timber framework 
directly over elevator well, but location may be changed to suit conditions. 
An additional charge will be made for guide sheaves and brackets and 
extra hoisting rope. 

Complete elevator includes hoisting machine, necessary hoisting rope 
for direct lift, controller rope with guide sheaves and brackets, standard 
oak platform, as described on following page and hardwood guide strips, 
all ready to set up and operate when proper belts are furnished and power 
supplied. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



327 




Fig- 453 
Standard Elevator Platform 

Two Tons Capacity 



ELEVATORS 

Standard Platform for Elevators 

The construction of our standard 
platform is well illustrated in cut op- 
posite. Oak timber is used through- 
out and all joints are tenoned or 
bolted. 

Tension and brace rods effectual- 
ly tie the frame together and prevent 
it from getting out of shape. 

Cast iron brackets connect head 
beam with side pieces. 

Guide brackets at top and bottom 
of side frame are fitted with rollers on 
both face and sides which bear against 
hardwood guide strips. The platform 
is thus maintained in proper position 
and friction of guides is reduced to a 
minimum. 



Safety Catch 

The wrought iron yoke over head beam formed with loop for attach- 
ment of hoisting rope, or carrying sheave, as shown in cut, bears against 
a flat steel spring on its under side, and is connected with levers in such 
a way that dogs are free when elevator is in service and suspended by 
hoisting rope. In case of breakage of rope the spring comes into action 
and dogs are thrown out and engage the guide timbers and hold the plat- 
form firmlj'. Dogs have steel points. 

This arrangement will commend itself as a simple and reliable means 
for insuring the safety of operators or prevention of damage to property. 

Steel Frame 

If desired a structural steel frame may be supplied at an additional cost. 

Prices will be made on elevators with special platforms, and with different 
heights of lift than specified in tables, when desired. 

In ordering always locate countershaft, if belt power is employed, give exact 
height of lift, position of hoisting machine and entrance to platform in relation 
thereto. 

Complete drawings are supplied, showing clearly the method of erecting. 



Prices on application. 



328 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM 






2IA INCHES 



Fig. 454 








/227 



ef QvAOfft»r 



Fig. 455 

a M B Q Q B fSl. 



20/?. I I SECTION] 



Fig 456 




J HI 




Fig. 457 



/239 

TWO THfmvl -iWITCH 

Fig. 458 



jtW^SSSMK 




N yjjjj.tjj.i.jiii y 

9ZD3J0. 
9«° Crossing 673.^° Crossing 45° Crossing 

Fig. 459 

Straight and curved track, switches and crossings kept in stock, 
ready for immediate shipment. 

They are ready to lay immediately on arrival on the ground. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



329 



INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM 

Flexible Wheel Base Cars 

Our cars have a flexible wheel base, the axles taking a radial position 
on a curve, the wheels and the radius of the curve being so proportioned 
that there is no slipping on the rails to cause a waste of energy in friction. 
The principle on which these cars turn a curve is illustrated in cut No. 
1377. A cylinder rolls on a plane in a straight line, without sliding 
friction ; a cone also rolls wdthout sliding friction on a plane, but in a cir- 
cular direction. If a pair of wheels rigidly fixed on an axle running on a 
curve have the same diameter as the cone would have at each rail, they 
are virtually portions of the cone, and the wheels would run around the 
curve without sliding friction, the axles taking a radial position. 




N9 1377 



Fig. 460 



Eight- Wheel Flat Car 




Fig. 461 



For handling long, heavy or hulky articles. Has the advantage of distributing 
heavy loads on more wheels, and on a light track carries double the load that 
can be carried on a tour-wheel car. 

AH Standard Sizes are kept in stock from which prompt shipments can be made. 



330 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM 

Charging Cars 




I'lG. 40^ 



For bringing coal from storage bins to boiler rooms and retort houses. Is a 
convenient and economical way of carrying coal to the boiler room. 



Tip Cars 




ViCr. 4^;, 
For handling all varieties of bulk material used in manufactories. Econom- 
ical and convenient. Especially suitable for dumping into a pit or from a trestle. 

Self-Dumping Cars 




Fig. 464 
For use on elevated track, for handling coal. Cars dump on both sides. The 
easiest running and most satisfactory cars for carrying bulk material. 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 331 



CRANES OF ALL DESIGNS 



We present the following pages containing illustrations, reproduced 
from photographs, of various cranes in actual service. These engravings 
will give some idea of the construction and utility of our cranes. 

Designs are developed on scientific lines, but with close attention to 
practical details of construction and operation. Types are standardized 
and particular features are uniformly adhered to. 

Special consideration is given to the feature of accessibility. All 
shaft bearings on Electric Travelers have caps, and any shaft may be re- 
moved without disturbing other parts. Ample space is provided for 
motors, bearings, etc. Factor of safety is always fully maintained. 

All construction, except motors and controllers, is produced m our 
own shops. Electrical apparatus is obtained from manufacturers qual- 
ified in all respects to obtain most successful results for service required. 
Frequently motors of same make may be used for cranes as for the shop 
equipment, which is of considerable advantage in attention and repairs, 

if necessary. 

In the list of users of our cranes will be noted the names of many 
leading concerns whose judgment in selection of cranes cannot be 
questioned. When it is considered in addition that successive orders 
have frequently been received, it must be appreciated that our cranes 
have decided features of merit. 






332 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



JIB CRANES 




Single Under-Braced Jib 
Cranes 

Usually the Single Braced 
Jib (Type A.) can be constructed 
at a lower cost than any other 
type. It represents the simplest 
form of jib crane and is adapt- 
able in nearly all locations. 



Type A 




Triple Under-Braced Jib 
Cranes 

The Triple Braced Frame is 
most suitable for locations requir- 
ing ample clearance under the jib 
and proportionally large radius 
of jib. 



Type B 




Top-Braced Jib Cranes 

The Top-Braced Jib is adapt- 
ed to high ceilings and to yard 
use. It possesses the advantage 
of a perfectlj' clear space under 
the jib. This type is most highl}' 
recommended where installation 
is at all feasible. 



Type C 



Fop Prices Give Height of Mast, Length of Jib, Type of Frame, Most Available 
Power and Class of Work 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



333 



BRACKET CRANES 




Traveling Bracket Crane 

Carrying Pneumatic Riveter 



334 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




u 
O 

5 
"3 

u 



*3 

<3 

B 
O 

H 



E 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



335 



HAND POWER TRAVELERS 




Hand Power Traveling Crane 
Chain Sprocket Hoist 

Chain Sprocket Hoist Traveling Cranes are used in connec- 
tion with a free trolley, which contains the hoisting gear operated with 
two speeds. 

All movements are controlled from the ground by means of pendant 
chains operated by hand. All chains are of uniform pitch, accurately 
fitting the sprocket wheel. Where a bridge or trolley platform is used 
they are operated by hand cranks. This type of crane is for all capacities, 
is standard construction, and is used in power houses for placing machinery 
and making repairs; in mills for handling operating machinery, and 
valuable in other situations where occasional service only is required. 
It is perfectly reliable in construction and can be installed at a minimum 
expense. 



The Standard Power Station Crane for Electric 
Railways and Electric Light Plants 



336 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




B 
9 

C 



O 

o 



e 

bO 

e 



O 

•a 

B 

X 



THE S. O B E R M A YE R' CO M P A N Y 



337 




*- ^ 



338 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



339 




J£ 




U 




3 




H 


o 
o 


M 


u. 


I 




B 


S 

£ 


u 




% 


■a 


O 


o 



^1 



w o 



S r. 

O c 

O '5 



V s 



0> 



340 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANV 



341 




342 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OUR TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT 



The importance of giving especial attention to the handling, routing 
and rating of shipments, proper presentation and prosecution of claims, 
etc., is recognized by leading industries throughout the country, and the 
advantages to the customer are obvious in dealing with a firm where such 
matters are 



Systematically Handled by 
a Special Department. 




Shipments in Transit are 
Carefully Watched 



and if delayed are immediately traced, located and delivered. Claims for 
loss or damage are promptly investigated, information furnished as to most 
direct routing, proper rating, etc., and the resources of the Department are in- 
stantly and constantly at the customer's service. All correspondence with 
reference to shipments should be addressed to our Traffic Department. 
Use cipher code if necessary, pages 365-369. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



343 



WE CAN TELL YOU HOW TO SAVE MONEY 

IN YOUR. BLACKSMITHING 

DEPARTMENT 

In nearly every manufactory in which iron or steel is used in construction, 
there is a great amount of bending of these materials which is accomplished by 
hand, simply because it would hardly pay to buy expensive power machinery, 
or because the power machinery in use necessitates the outlay of too much time and 
expense in making and setting forms, to warrant its use on any but large jobs. 

To handle this class of work we are manufacturing and handling a line of low- 
priced Hand Bending Tools — machines that are daily earning the title *' money 
savers" in many shops throughout the country. 

ANGLE BENDERS 

Built in Two Sizes 



No. 1 



Bends flat stock up to 2 
inches wide by ^-inch thick» 
and round or square stock up 
to ^-inch. Bends ^ x i inch 
and under edgewise. 

Price, with one set 

of dies $18.00 

Set of dies for light 

edge bending, . . $ 2.00 

Clean, square corners re- |i^|/ 
suit from the use of these yy\ 
machines. Many light jobs 




Fig. 465 



can be bent cold. Their money saving ability is especially evident in the ease and 
rapidity with which they can be set to take difierent sizes of stock and to bend 
angles of different degrees. 

Especially adapted for bending LININGS for SNAP FLASK work in 
FOUNDRIES. 

No. 2 

Patented July 1"), 1902 

Bends flat stock up to 4 inches wide by 1^ inch thick, and round or square 
stock up to iX inch. Bends ^ by i^ inch stock and under edgewise. Bends angle 
iron if a triangular piece of stock is cut from the upper wing. 

The No 2 angle bender takes work of an astonishing range for a hand machine, 
and will be found highly valuable in many shops. 

Price, with two full sets of dies, $30.00 

Special Dies Up to 24 Inches High Made to Order. Prices on Application 



344 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



OBERMAYER EYE BENDERS 



-www> 




Built in Three Sizes 



No. 1 takes stock up to and including 'i inch. 
inches, outside diameter. 

Price, $20.00 



Bends rings and eyes up to aj-j 



No. 2 takes stock up to and including i^ inch. Bends rings and ejes up to 3 
inches, outside diameter. 

Price, $25,00 

No. 3 takes stock up to and including i^g inches round or square. Bends eyes 
up to 7 inches, outside diameter. 

Price, $40.00 

These machines bend hot stock and turn out perfect eyes and hooks, uniform in 
character and size. 

Our system of gripping tlie end of the stock and carrying it around a forming 
pin enables the operator to turn eyes on the ends of long rods. 

Their money saving ability is especially evident in the ease and rapidity with 
which they can be set to take different sizes of stock and to bend diiierent forms. 

Ease and quickness of adjustment, simplicity and rapidity of operation, wide 
ranges of adaptability — these are the main points of advantage which render them 
valuable. 

If yoti are in doubt as to which of the different patterns of these tools is most 
suited to your needs, or if you have work which you think will require special ma- 
chines or parts, send us drawings, blue prints, sketches or samples of the work you 
have to bend, with dimensions, and we will tell you definitely what we can do to meti 
your requirements. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



845 



Stock Room Chicago Warehouse 




View of One Floor of Equipments 



SUNDRIES 



Bolts, Stove. 

Core Flour (mixtures,) 
Core Sand. 
Dextrine. 

Diamond Pattern Lumber. 
Dolomite. 

Drop Doors, Cupolas. 

Excelsior Facing. 
Eye Shields, Mica. 
Fire Mortar. 
Fire Stone. 
Flint. 

French Molding Sand. 
Ground Silica. 
Gum Shellac. 



Hammer, Sledge. 
Hoisting Rope. 
Limestone. 
Linseed Oil. 

Low Grade Flour. 

Malleable Iron Fur- 
naces. 
Mica for Cupola Holes. 
Pattern Lumber. 
Powdered Glue. 
Red Dog Flour. 
Sand Driers. 
Steel Sand. 
Stove Polish 
Mtriol. 



346 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



SWIVELED TYPE TRUCK LADLES 




Fig. 467 
These Truck Ladles are made with capacities of 500 pounds and one ton. 



UNIVERSAL PATTERN MAKERS' VISES 



Easily operated and practically the 

most convenient and economic 

vises on the market today. 

They are made in three sizes. 




Fig. 46S 
Metal Pattern Makers' 

They can be quickly adapted to any 
.required position. 



Wood Pattern Makers* (different view) 



Write for further information and prices 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



347 



MOLDING SAND OF ALL KINDS 



WE FURNISH 

Cincinnati Sand 

Newport 

Zanesville 

Sandusky 

Centerton 

Albany 

French 

Brass Molding Sand 

Steel Silica Sand 



Heavy Machinerj- Castings. 
Medium and Light Castings. 
Large and Small Cores. 
Piano Plates. 
Geared Wheels. 
Suitable Radiators. 

Stove Plate Castings. 

Snap Work. 

Car Wheels. 

Light and Heavy Brass Castings. 

Light and Heavy Malleable Castings. 

Steel Castings. 



for 



ALSO 



Hard Silica Rock. 
Crushed Rock. 
Fire Sand. 
Fire Mortar. 
Ground F'lint. 

Ground Ganister.' 
Ground Quartz. 
Crushed Ganister. 



Ground Silica Rock. 
Welsh Mountain Clay. 
Welsh Mountain Rock. 
White Core Sand. 
Core Gravel. 
Kaolin. 
Lake Sand. 
River Sand. 



We own and operate Sand Banks and Quarries in different parts of the 
LTnited States, and our .shipping facilities are such that we can furnish 
material suitable for your class of work, making shipments from the 
point nearest to the manufacturer. Correspond with us, stating kind and 
quality of castings you manufacture and we can determine the sand most 
suitable for your work. 



348 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



MOLDING SAND SUITABLE FOR STEEL CASTINGS 

Silica Sand, Quartz, Gannister, Silica Rock, Welsh Mountain Fire 
Clay, and Core Sand 

Our Eastern quarries are situated in the heart of the well known 
district of Pennsylvania, noted for its superior quality of Silica Sand. 
Our facilities for handling and grinding this kind of material are unsur- 
passed. We have the most modern and up-to-date plant of its kind, and 
by our improved cleaning process we extract the Kaolin and our product 
analyzes 98 to 99% Silica. This material can be furnished in any degree 
of fineness, absolutely dry when so ordered, and free from loam and all 
organic matter. 

Cores when made properly do not break or blow in the casting, and 
when rapped readily peel or rattle out. Our high Silica Sand is used 
extensively by steel manufacturers on bottom of furnace beds, and gives 
excellent satisfaction. The following brands may be used for : 

r Obermayer's Heavy Steel Silica Sand. 
Green Sand j " Esso" Steel Silica Sand. 

Molds ] Welsh Mountain Clay. 
I Silicaceous Clay. 

r " Esso " White Silica Sand. 
Hard Silica Rock. 
Ground Silica Rock. 
Special Steel Mold Wash. 
Silica Flour. 
Welsh Mountain Clay. 

Ground Silica Wash. We can furnish any kind, suit- 
able for heavy, medium, or light castings. 
Crushed Welsh Mountain Rock. 

Silica Sand. 

Fine Grade Crushed Gannister. 
Core Sand { Lake or River Sand. 

White Fine Crushed Silica Rock, washed, screened 

and thoroughly dried if desired. 

I, 

Capacity four to five cars per day. Our mills are situated direct at 
the quarries along side of Pennsylvania Railroad track, and our shipping 
facilities cannot be excelled. Our Western shipments are made direct 
from the Massillon District from which mines we are shipping all kinds 
of Molding and Core Sand for small or large steel castings. When wish- 
ing information regarding Open Hearth, Bessemer, Basic or Crucible 
Steel Molds, write us for prices and samples. 



Dry Sand Molds 



THE S. o'=?'^'^'^'''^YPR COMPANY 349 



TO THE HOLDERS! 

WE HAVE IN STOCK 
Ready for Immediate Shipment 

STANDARD REFERENCE BOOKS 

Regarding the Melting of 

IRON. BRASS OR STEEL. 

THESE BOOKS ARE OF GOOD VALUE TO YOU - Note the FoUowing : 
Shipped with Charges Paid to Any Point in America 

American Foundry Practice-By Thos. D. West. Price $2.50 vol. 

net. Treats of loam and dry sand and green sand molding and 

management of Cupola., 
Molders' Text Book— By Thos. D. West. Price $2.50 vol. net. 

Treats of Cupolas, best method of handling and melting iron. 

Modern Molding and Pattern Making- By J. P. Mullix. Price 

$2.50 vol. net. Treats of pattern shop and foundry work. 
Practical Iron Founding— Price $1.50 net. A condensed treatise on 

molding with practical rules. 
Founding of Metals— By Edward Kirk. Price $2.50 vol. net. A 

treatise on melting, together with mixtures of metals. 
The Iron Founder— By vSimpson Bolaxd. Price $2.50 vol. net. A 

treatise on molding, shrinkages, pressure of molds, etc. 
Iron Foundry Supplement -By Simpsox Bolaxd. Price $2.50 vol. 

net. Illustrated— regarding foundry eq-uipment. 

Practical Brass and Iron Founders' Guide-By James Larkix. 

Price $2.50 vol. net. Treats of brass founding and mixture of metals. 
Cupola Furnace -By Edward Kirk. Price $350 vol. Best method 

of management of cupola, placing tuyeres, lining, etc. 
Cast Iron— By Wm. J. Keep. 225 pages, Svo., cloth, prke $2.50 net. 

A record of original research. 

Other techmcal books secured when desired, and furnished at 
lowest Jobbers' Prices 



350 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



PIG IRON 

ALL THE LEADING BRANDS 

FOUNDRY COKE 

BLACKSMITHS' COAL 

COPPER TIN LEAD ZINC 

ANTIMONY MANGANESE 

ALL THE ABOVE METALS AT LOWEST PRICES 



MIXED CARLOADS A SPECIALTY 



fORTY^OLID MILESofFOUNDRYBiCINGS, 
rOUNDRYSUPPLIESPLUNBACaBlACKLEAD. 



CINCINNATI, O. 
CHICAGO, ILL PITTSBURG, PA. 

C/e/?er(?/C^/ces: (d//?c//?/?3//. O 

FULL CARLOADS. - - • 4.410 

NET Tons. 80.291 

POUNDS. .... 160.582.000 

an average of 30.000 pounds per car. equals 5.353 cars. 

•■ 30 Cars to the Train. Equals 178 Trainloads. 

•• 34 Fee-t to a Car. allowing usual space 
ween cars and length of engines, these trains would extend 

FORTY MILES 





THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



FAN TYPE BLOWERS 



351 



Table of Speeds and Capacities as applied to Cupolas 





11 X 

3 O CO 

•F£5 


Diameter 

Inside of 

Cupohi. in 

Inches 


Z t-i 

I. = 


Speed— No. 

of RcvoIu 

tions per 

Minute 


Mel tin jr 
Capacity 

in Lbs. 
per Hour 


Cubic Feet 

of Air 

Required 

per Minute 


J. K 
3 '^ 

1z 


Speed— No 
of Revolu- 
tions per 
Minute 


Melting 

Capacity 

in Lbs.' 

per Hour 


Cubic Feet 

of Air 

Required 

per Minute 


4 


4 


20 


8 


4732 


1545 


666 


9 


5030 


1647 


717 


5 


6 


25 


S 


4209 


2321 


773 


10 


4726 


2600 


867 


6 


« 


30 


8 


3660 


3093 


951 


10 


4108 


3671 


1067 


7 


14 


35 


S 


3-! 44 


4218 


i486 


10 


3642 


4777 


1668 


8 


18 


40 


8 


2948 


5425 


2199 


10 


3310 


6082 


2469 


9 


26 


45 


10 


2785 


7818 


3203 


12 


3260 


8598 


3523 


lO 


3b 


55 


10 


2195 


II 295 


4938 


12 


2413 


1237S 


543 ' 


II 


45 


65 


12 


I9S2 


16955 


7707 


14 


2116 


18357 


83SS 


"^ 


55 


72 


12 


1647 


22607 


10276 


14 


1797 


25176 


11144 


12 


75 


84 


12 


1625 


25836 


1 1 744 


14 


1775 


28019 


12736 



Table of Necessary Increased Pipe Diameters for Different Lengths 



Length of Pipe 


30 Ft. 


foFt. 


90 Ft. 


120 Ft 


'50 Ft. 


180 Ft. 


210 Ft. 


240 Ft. 


270 Ft. ' 300 Ft. 


Diameter of 

Blower Outlet 

in inches 


£6.3 

a<^ 

5°-S 


u xi 

«l_ 




V li ^ 
*-' Q. 

SO.— 




1- fU 
S^3 

.5<- 




5=1 


^ ii. 
M in 


Diameter 

of I'ipe 

should be 


3 


3H 


zV^ 


4 


4K 


4^^ 


4% 


5 


si< 


5% 


5^4 


3'4 


3^ 


4^ 


^'A 


4^8 


5 


5J4 


^1^ 


5«^ 


s% 


6^ 


4 


4^8 


4^ 


sh 


^% 


S% 


6 


614 


6;^ 


6% 


7 


^H 


5 


sh 


5^ 


6 


6% 


6% 


7 


7K 


7H 


7% 


5 


S'A 


6 


6>8 


64^ 


7>^ 


7^^ 


7% 


8;^ 


8 34 


s% 


6 


Oh 


7 


7i^^8 


8 


8^^. 


9 


9H 


9% 


10^ 


^0% 


7 


1% 


8:^4 


8^8 


9>^ 


10 


io>^ 


lOj^s 


11% 


11% 


12^ 


8 


8^ 


9H 


10^ 


1034 


i^'i 


"% 


I2?« 


12% 


13% 


1 3% 


9 


10 


10^ 


II>-2 


12:^ 


12% 


1,3% 


14 


14^^ 


153^ 


155^ 


10 


II 


11^8 


12% 


13^2 


M>4 


14^8 


IS^-^ 


16;^^ 


1634 


17% 


II 


12 


13 


i3>& 


14M 


15^8 


i6>^ 


171^ 


^1% 


i8i^ 


1978 


12 


13^ 


hM 


^sH 


i6is 


17 


17% 


,85/« 


19% 


203^ 


20% 


13 


14k 


15:^8 


i6}4 


17H 


18^ 


19^ 


2014 


21 


2tM 


225^ 


'4 


I5>^8 


16H 


17,^4 


I8>8 


19^4 


20% 


21% 


225^ 


23 M 


24^-4 


15 


I6>^2 


17^ 


19 


20l^ 


2ll^ 


22l^ 


23K 


24^ 


2S3^' 


26 


16 


I7>^2 


19 


20^8 


21^ 


22^8 


23% 


24% 


25% 


267^ 


273^ 


^l 


I7H 


20^6 


21 y2 


22 3^ 


24 


2SJ4 


263„ 


271^ 


28M 


29 Ig 


18 


19^ 


2i>a 


22% 


24k 


25/^ 


26% 


27^8 


29^ 


3oJs 


3'>4 


19 


20?8 


22i/2 


24 


25 J^ 


27 


28^ 


29.H' 


^o% 


3I>8 


33 


20 


22 


23 ^-fe 


25M 


27^8 


28>i 


29% 


31 


VA 


33^^ 


34>( 


21 


23 


24^8 


265/8 


281^ 


29?^ 


31^ 


3210 


33^8 


35K 


36% 


22 


24^ 


26^ 


27/^8 


29H 


31 Jt 


32 H 


343^ 


35IW 


36^4 


38^ 


23 


25^ 


27M 


29^ 


3o!/8 


32V2 


.34'^ 


35 h 


37^ 


38 H' 


39% 


24 


263^ 


281/^ 


3o;'8 


32M' 


34 


35^8 


.37^4 


3834 


40M 


4I?'8 


Length of Pipe 


30 ft. 


60 ft. 


90 It. 

21 in 


120 ft. 


150 ft. 
33 in 


180 tt 


210 ft 


240 ft 
48 in 


270 ft.' 
54 in 


300 ft. 
60 in 


Length of Mouth-piece 


9 in 


15 in 


27 in 


39 in 


42 in 



3o2 THE S. OBEKMAYEK COMPANY 



USEFUL INFORMATION 



To ftni' circumference of a circle multiply diameter by 3.1416. 

To find diameter of a circle multiply circumference by .31831. 

To find area of a circle multiply square of diameter by .7854. 

To find side of an equal square multiply diameter by .8S6.2. 

Doubling the diameter of a pipe increases its capacity four times. 

A gallon of Wc.ter (U. S. standard) weighs 8Vs pounds and contains 231 cubic inches. 

A cubic foot of water contains 7 14 gallons, 1,728 cubic inches, and weighs 62 Vj pounds. 

To find the pressure in pounds per square inch of a column of water, multiply the height 
of the column in feet by .434. 

Steam rising from water at its boilirig p.oint (212 degrees) has a pressure equal to the at- 
mosphere (14.7 pounds to the square inch). 

A standard horsepower: The evaporation of 30 jiounds of water I'.er hour from a feed 
water temperature o^ 100 degrees Fahrenheit into steam at 70 jounds gauge pressure. 

To ascertain heating surface in tubular 'boilers multiply two thirds the circumference of 
l)oiler by length of boiler in inches, and add to it the area of all the tubes. 

One-si.xth of tensile strength of plate multiplied by thickness of plate and divided by one- 
half the diameter of boiler gives safe working pressure for tubular boilers. For marine boilers 
.add 20 percent for drilled holes. 

To find the amount of air that can be produced by different size air cylinders: Find the 
.area of cylinder, and multiply that by the stroke, tlicn multiply the result by 2 if it is a 
.Straight Line Com))ressor, by 4 if a Duplex Compressor, or by 2 if a Compound Duplex Com- 
pressor. Divide this result by 1,728, which will give amount of air per stroke, and then multiply 
.by number of strokes per minute. 

To find approximate weight of iron for round bars multiply the square of the diameter in 
inches by the length in feet, and that product by 26. The product will be the weight in pounds, 
mearly. 

To find the approximate weight of iron for square and flat bars multiply the area of the end 
■of the bar in inches by the length in feet, and then by 3 32. The product will be the weight ni 
pounds, nearly. 

To find the weight of cast iron balls when the diameter is given: :\Iultiply the cube of the 
diameter by .1377. 

To find the diameter of cast iron halls v. hen the weit'ht is given: ^Multiply the cube root 
of the weight by 1.936. 

To find the wci.Liht of a spherical shell : From the weight of a ball of the outer diameter 
subtract the weight of one of the inner diameters. 

To find the weight of grindstones: Square the diameter (in inches) multiplied by tliickness 
iin inches) then by the decimal .06363. The product will be the weight of the stone in pounds. 



Bars and Plates 

Iron: Multiply contents in cubic inches bv .27777 result will be weight in pounds, 

bteel •■ ■• •■ " ' .2S332 

Copper " '■ ■■ ■■ .j2iiS " ■■ " " 

Brass " " " " .3:12 " " " " 

Lead " " " " .41015 " " " " 

Zinc " " " ' .25318 " " " " 

'lin " " " ' .36562 " " " " 

Aluminum " " " " .09375 " " " " 

The circumference of a circle multiplied oy ,282 equals side of a square of same area. 
Useful in turning round tanks into square. 

To find contents in gallons of a square vessel: Multiply number of cylindrical inches by 
.0034 for wine gallons, by .002785 for ale gallons. 

To find contents in gallons of a vessel whose diameter is larger at one end than at the other: 
Multiply the largest diameter by the smaller in inches. Add one-third of the square of their 
difference, multiply that sum by the height, and multiply that product by .0034 for wine, 01 
.002785 for ale gallons. 

To find capacity of a four sided vessel in gallons: Find cubical contents by multiplying 
the length, breadth and height in inches and divide product by 231. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COM PA MY 



WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 

Dry Measure 



Hmrts. 


riuts. 


c. 


allons. 


Cubic Inches. 


3-' 


64 




S 


2150. 


8 


16 




2 


537-6 


I 


-; 




0.25 


67.2 


0.5 


i 




0.125 


33-6 


4 


C 




I 


268.8 



Struck Bushel. Pecks. 



A heap busheI=iJ-4 struck busliels. The cone in a heap bushel must be not less than 6 
inches high. 

36 bushels make 1 chaldron. 

Usually a barrel of U. S. Hydraulic Cement=3oo to 310 pounds, and genuine Portland 
=425 pounds. 

To change dry measure from U. .S. to Imperial, divide by 1.032. 

Cubic or Solid Measure 

1728 cubic inches^i cubic foot. 

27 cubic feet=i C(ubic yard. 

A cord of wood (4'x4'x8') = i28 cubic feet. 

A perch of masonry lO.j'xi.s'xi' =24.75 cubic feet, but is generally assumed at 25 cubic 
feet. 

I cubic foot of water makes about 1700 cubic feet of steam. 
I culiic foot=four-fifths of a bushel. 

Avoirdupois of Ordinary Commercial Weight 

16 drams=i oz. 

16 oz. ^i lb. 

:oo lb. ^i cwt. 

20 cwt. ^i ton. 

28 pounds^i quarter. 

4 (juarters or 112 pounds=i cwt. 

2240 pounds^! long ton. 

I pound^27 7-10 cubic inches of distilled water at 39° l-"alirenheit. 



Measure of Length 



4 In. make i Hand. 3 Feet make i yard. 

7.92 In. make i link. s'/i Yds. make i rod or pole. 

18 In. make i cubit. 40 Poles make i furlong. 

12 In. make i ft. 8 I'm-, make i mile. 

6 Ft. make i fathom. 69 1-6 Miles make i degree. 
60 Geographical miles make r degree. 

1760 Yards, or 5280 feet, i mile. 

Measure of Surface 

144 Square inches make i s(iuare foot. 
9 Square feet make i square yard. 

3054 Square yards make i rod, perch or pole. 

40 Square rods make i square' rood. 
4 Square roods make i s(]uare acre. 

10 Square chains make i square arre. 
640 Square acres make i square mile. 
Gunter's Chain equal to 22 yards or 100 links. 
272^ Square feet make i square rod. 
43,560 Square feet make i acre. 
36 S<iuare miles (6 miles square)=one township. 



Liquid Measure 



4 Gills make i pint. 31 J.. (Gallons n ake i barrel. 

2 Pints make i quart. 54 " " i hogshead, 

4 Qi-arts make i gallon. 252 " " i tun. 

A gallon of liquid measure=23i cubic inches. 



354 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Different Colors of Iron, Caused by Heat (Pouillett) 



J N'iolet, purple, and dull blue, between 261 C. to 370 C It passes to 

( bright blue, sea green, and then disappears. 

) Commences to be covered with a light coating of oxide; becomes a deal 

(more impressible to the hammer and can be twisted with ease. 
Becomes nascent red or just glowing in the dark. 
Sombre or dark red. 
Nascent cherry. 
Cherry red. 
Bright cherry red. 
Dull orange. 
Bright orange. 
White. 
Brilliant white welding heat. 

J 

( Dazzling white. 

Light iron indicates impurity. 
The heaviest steel contains least carbon. 

Expanding and Contracting of Iron: All cast iron expands at the moment of becoming 
solid, and contracts in cooling; gray iron expands more and contracts less than other iron. 



Dcg. 


I>eg. 


Cen. 


Fahr. 


261 


502 


370 


680 


500 


932 


52s 


977 


700 


1292 


800 


1472 


900 


1657 


1000 


1832 


1 100 


2012 


1200 


2192 


1300 


• 2372 


1400 


2552 


1500 


2732 


1600 


2912 



Color. 

Light straw 
Dark straw 
Brown yellow 
Dark purple 



Tempering Steel 



Purpose. 

Turning tools for metal 
Wood tools, taps and 'dies 
Hatchets, chipping chisels 
Springs, etc. 



Teni. Fahr. Alloys w hose fusing point 
is same temperature. 
430 I tin to I M lead 

470 : tin to 21/2 lead 

500 I tin to 4^ lead 

550 I tin to 12 lead 



Average Temperatures Under Different Conditions 

BESSEMER PROCESS. Centrigrade Fahrenheit 

Degrees. Degrees. 

Running the slag 1580 2876 

Running steel into ladle 1640 2984 

Running steel into mold 1 580 2876 

Annealing furnace, ingot in 1200 2192 

Ingot under hammer 1080 1976 

OPEN HEARTH PROCESS. 

Gas from producers 720 1238 

Gas entering generator 400 752 

Gas leaving generator 1200 2192 

Air leaving generator 1000 1832 

Fumes passing to shaft 300 572 

End of fusion of charge 1423 2588 

Refining the steel 1 500 2732 - 

Running into ladle, first 1 580 2876 

Running into ladle, last 1490 2714 

BLAST FURNACE— GRAY BESSEMER. 

Front of tuyere 1930 3506 

At tapping 1 570 2858 



Strength of Iron 



The mean strength of American wrought iron is 45,900 lbs.; English 43,900. Ultimate 
extension of iron is 600th part of its length. The working strain is from 1-6 to J4 the mean 
strength. 

Resistance to flexure actions evenly over the surface, equals ^ the tensile strength. 
Bars of wrought iron will expand or contract 151200th of their length for each degree of heat. 
With range of temperature of this country (minus 20 to plus 120°) =140°, will expand or con- 
tract 1080th part of its length, equal to the force of 20740 lbs., or 9J4 ton per sq. inch section. 
Tensile strength increases, in from i to 6 reheatings and rollings from 43904 lbs., to 60824 lbs., 
and in from 6 to 12, is reduced again to 43904. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



355 



Melting Point, Weight per Cubic Foot, Weight per Cubic 

Inch, Tensile Strength and Specific 

Gravity of Metals 

The following table has been made after consulting various authorities. While not entirely 
correct, it is sufficiently so for comparison. 

Name. Melting Weight cu.ft. W 



point. 
Degrees. 

Aluminum 1 300 

Alum, Bronze (10 percent) ...1700 
Ajax Metal 1850 

Antimony 790 

Brass, common i 500 — 1900 

Bronze 1850 

Bismuth 518 

Copjier iSs'o 

" Wire 

Crown Bronze 1850 

Glass 1600 — 2300 

Gun Metal (9 copper, i tin) 1850 

Iron, Cast (Average) 2700 

Iron, Pig (Average) 2200 — 3000 



Iron, Wrought 3800 

Iron, Wrought (welding) 2400 

Lead 620 

Manganese Bronze iSoo 



Nickel 2900 

Phosphor Bronze 1850 

Platinum 4500 

Steel 2550 



Tin 
Zinc 



512 
775 



in ll)s. 

162 
4?5 
545 

418 
539 

545 

616 

550 

555 
545 

iS . 
545 

45" '/^ 



480/2 

712 
525 

1342 
550 

1342 
490 

459 
424 



Cast 



cu. 


inch. Tensile strength 
1. per sq. inch. 


Specific 


n Ibj 


gravity. 


o8q 




23,000 


2.600 


.280 




80,000 


7.560 


315 


jCast 


38,000 






I Wire 


96,000 


8.400 


.244 




1,000 


8.710 


312 


JCast 


20,000 






( Wire 


49,000 


8.300 


315 


j Cast 


32,000 






I Wire 


65,000 


8.400 


3 55 


Cast 


3,200 


9.900 


.3>8 


S Cast 


22,500 


8 . 600 


.32 


( Wire 


60,000 


8.800 


■315 


J Cast 


37.500 






i Wire 


90,000 


8.400 


180 






3.000 


315 


JCast 


32,000 


8.400 




( Wire 


90,000 






16,000— 


-23,500 


6.210 


f 


ist. melting 


18,000 




-! 2nd. " 


20,000 




[Plates 


5'2.000 




.280 


) Bar, best 


58,000 


7.698 




i Wire 


95.000 




,410 


J Cast 


1,800 






I Pipe 


2.100 


It. 330 


300 


S Cast 


57,000 






( Rolled 


105,000 


8.400 



.299 
.320 



.761 

.286 



.264 



i Cast 
( Wire 
Wire 
j Plates 
I Wire 
i Cast 
( Wire 
JCast 
(Wire 



38,500 

96,000 

53.000 

60,000 

120,000 

4.600 

7,000 

2,900 

20,000 



8. loo 

8.500 
21 .842 

7.919 

7.300 

6.860 



WEIGHT AND STRENGTH OF METALS 

Comporative Weight of Metals 



Weight 
per square foot Heavier than 



one inch tliick. 

Iron, rolled 40.000 

Steel " 40.833 

Aluminum, rolled.. 14.126 

Brass, rolled 43.68 

Copper " 46. 51 



Gold 

Lead 

Nickel 

Silver 

Tin 

Zinc 



100.8 
59.80 
43-2 
54-75 
38. 
37-6 



2 percent 

7 percent 
13 

150 
50 

36?^ " 

5 
66 



APPROXIMATE PERCENTAGE. 

Length of a 
bar able to sup- 
Lighter than Kind of port its own 
iron. metals. wt. in. ft. 

Cast iron 5-35i 

Hard structural steel.... 23.040 

62.91 percent Aluminum 23.040 

Ordinary bronze 9-893 

Wrought iron 15. 000 



35(3 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 

Ultimate Resistance to Tension 

In Pounds Per Square Inch 

METALS AND ALLOYS. 
ALUMINUM BRONZE. AVERAGE, 

lo percent W. and 90 percent co]iper 85000 

ili " " " 98)4 " ■■ jSooo 

Brass, cast 1 8000 

w ire 49000 

Bronze or gnn metal 30000 

Copper, cast igooo 

" sheet 30000 

" bolts 36000 

" wire, (iinaiinealed) 60000 

Iron, cast, 13,400 to 29,000 v65oo 

" wire, black or annealed 56000 

" " bright, hard drawn 78400 

Lead, sheet 3300 

Steel 45000 to 120000 

" Aluminum, 2 1-5 percent Aluminum 70000 

" copper, 35 percent copper 60000 

" nickel, 3 ^4 percent nickel 86000 

" cast, wire, crucible 224000 

" " " Bessemer 89600 

" " " high carbon 179200 

" " " Mild. O. H 134000 

The modulus of elasticity of steel from recent tests is from 27,000,000 to 31,000,000. 
Average, 29,000,000. 

Tin, cast 4600 

Zinc 7000 to 8000 

Ultimate Resistance to Compression. 
Metals 

Brass, cast 1 0300 

Iron 85000 to 125000 

Steel 45000 to 120000 

Ultimate Resistance to Shearing. 
Metals 

Iron, cast 25000 

Steel 50000 



Shrinkage of Castings 



In making allowance for shrinkage in casting, pattern makers understand that different 
shapes will shrink diiferently. The standard table of allowance for shrinkage in use in the 
best shops in the country is as follows: 

For Loam castings 1-12 inch per foot. 

" Green sand caslings i-io " " " 

" Dry i-io " " " 

" Brass castings 316 " " " 

" Copper 3-16 " " " 

" Tin 1-4 " " " 

" Bismuth 5-32 " " " 

" Zinc 5-16 " " " 

" Lead 5-16 ' 



To Test the Quality of Iron 



If fracxure gives long, silky fibres of leaden gray hue, fibres, cohering and twisting together 
before breaking, it may be considered a tough, soft iron. A medium even grain mixed with 
fibres, a good sign; a short, blackish fibre indicating badly refined iron. A very fine grain 
denotes a hard, steady iron apt to be cold short, hard to work with a file. Coarse grain with 
a brilliant crystallized fracture, yellow or brown spots denotes a brittle iron, cold short working 
easy when heated, welds easily. Cracks on the edge of bars, sign of hot short iron. Good 
iron is readily heated, soft under the hammer, and throws out but few sparks. AH iron con- 
tains more or less carbon, the hardest the most. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 357 



Breaking Strength of and Power Transmitted by 
Wire Ropes (42 Wire) 



liameter of 


Diameter of 


Revolutions per 


i5rcaking stress 


II 


orscpo 


wer 


N'clocity of 


Ropes, 


PuUevs, 


minute. 


of Rope 


per 


T 


ransmi 


ttcd. 


Ro))e 


in teet 


inches. 


feet. 




pound. 










per 


second. 


7-16 


5 


100 


4,260 






8.6 






26 


15-32 


6 


100 


5. 660 






13-4 






31 


1-2 


7 


100 


8,200 






21. 1 






30 


5-8 


8 


100 


1 1,600 






27-5 






42 


5-8 


8 


120 


1 1,600 






33-0 






50 


5-8 
5-8 


9 


100 


1 1,600 






51-9 






47 


9 


120 


1 1,600 






62.2 






56 


1 1-16 


10 


100 


15,200 






73-0 






52 


I i-i6 


10 


120 


15,200 






87.6 






62 


1 1-16 


10 


140 


I 5-200 






102.2 






73 


1 1-16 


12 


100 


15,200 






1 16.7 






63 


3-4 


12 


120 


17,600 






148.9 






75 


3-4 


12 


140 


17 600 






173-7 






87 


3-4 


14 


100 


17,600 






185.0 






73 


3-4 ' 


> 14 


120 


17,600 






222.0 






87 


3-4 


15 


120 


17,600 






300.0 






94 



To Preserve Wire Rope 

To preserve wire rope from wear or exposure, cover it thickly with linseed oil or with 
paint formed of equal parts linseed oil and Spanish brown or lampblack. If used under- 
water or under ground, the best preservative is made by adding to one barrel of tar one 
bushel of fresh slacked lime, boil well and while hot saturate the rope. Sawdust or oat- 
meal is sometimes added with good effect. 

TERMS APPLIED TO ELECTRICAL UNITS 

The electric units are as follows: 

\'OLT The unit of electrical motive force. Force required to send one ampere of current 

through one ohm of resistance. 

OHM Unit of resistance. The resistance offered to the passage of one ampere when 

impelled by one volt. 

AMPERI'- Unit of current. The current which one volt can send through a resistance 

of one ohm. 

COULOMB— Unit of quantity. Quantity of current which, impelled by one volt, would 
pass through one ohm in one second. 

FARAD Unit of capacity. A conductor or condenser which will hold one coulomb under 

the pressure of one volt. 

JOULE — Unit of work. The work done by one watt in one second. 

WATT The unit of electrical energy, and is the product of ampere and volt — that is, 

one ampere of current flowing under a pressure of one volt, gives one watt of energy. 

One electrical horsepower is equal to 746 watts. 

One kilowatt is equal to 1,000 watts. 

To find the watts consumed in a given electrical circuit, such as a lamp, multiply the 
volts by the amperes. 

To find the amperes, divide the watts by the volts. 

To find the electrical horsepower required by a lamp, divide the watts of the lamp by 746. 

To find the number of lamps that can lie supplied by one electrical horsepower of energy, 
divide 746 by the watts of the lamp. 

To find the electrical horsepower necessary, multiply the watts per lamp by the number ot 
lamps and divide by 746. 

To find the mechanical horsepower necessary to generate the required electrical horse- 
power, divide the latter by the efficiency of the generator. 

To find the amperes of a given circuit, of which the volts and ohms resistance are known, 
divide the volts by the ohms. 

To find the volts when the amperes and watts are known, multiply the amperes by the 
ohms. 

To find the resistance in ohms when the volts and amperes are known, divide the volts 
by the amperes. 



858 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Valuable Practical Receipts and Compositions 

PLU.MRER'S SOLDER— Tin, 2 pounds, lead, 5 pounds. 
HARD SOLDER — ^Copper, 1 i)ound, zinc, 8 ounces. 
YELLOW SOLDER — Copper and zinc, equal parts. 

YELLOW BRASS — Zinc, 10 pounds, lead, 4 ounces, copper, 24 pounds. 
BRONZE METAL — Antimony, i pound, tin, 100 pounds, copper, 2 pounds. 
S1L\'ER COLORED METAL — Tin, 50 pounds, bismuth, i pound, antimony, 3 pounds, 
copper, 3 pounds. 

IMITATION SIL\'ER — Copper, 4 pounds, zinc, 4 ounces. 

WHITE METAL — Copper, 5 pounds, zinc, 3 pounds, lead, i pound, tin, i pound. 

METAL FOR TAKING IMPRESSIONS— Bismuth, 3 pounds, lead, i pound tin, 8 ounces. 

RIVET METAL — Tin, 5 jiounds, zinc, 2 pounds, copper, 10 pounds. 

TINNING ACID for BRASS or COPPER— Muriatic acid, i pound, give it all the zinc 
it will dissolve: add 4 ounces of sal ammoniac, i pint water. 

FOR TINNING BRAS.S — Water, 4 gallons, salt, i pint, cream tartar, i pound. 

MIXTURE for SILVERING METALS— Dissolve 2 ounces of silver in 3 grains of 
corrosive sublimate, add salt, 8 quarts, tartaric acid, 4 pounds. 

To Separate SIL\'ER from COPPER — Sulphuric acid, one part, nitric acid, one part, 
water, one part, then boil the metal in the mixture until it dissolves; add a little* salt and the 
silver will subside. 

COMMON PEWTER— Tin, 4 pounds, lead, i pound. 

QUEEN'S METAL — Tin, 9 pounds, antimony, i pound, lead, j pound, bismuth, i pound. 

IMOCK PLATINUM — Copper, 4 pounds, zinc, 18 pounds. 

TYPE METAL — Lead, nine parts, antimony two parts, bismuth, two parts. 

CEMENT FOR STOPPING HOLES IN CAST IRON— National Iron Filler Cement mixed 
with water until it is about the consistency of common paste, then it is ready for use. It should 
be kept in a dry place. 

Proportions of Various Compositions in Common Use 

In 100 Parts 

BABBITT METAL— Tin, 89, copper, 2.7, antimony, 7.3. 
FINE YELLOW BRASS— Copper, 66, zinc, 34. 
GUN METAL VALVES— Coppec, 90, tin, 10. 
WHITE BRASS— Copper, 10, zinc, 80, tin, 10. 
GERMAN SILV'ER — Copper, iz.z, zinc, 33.4, nickel, zz-i- 
CHURCH BELLS — Copper, 30, zinc, 5.6, tin, lo.i, lead, 4.3. 
GONGS— Copper, 81.6, tin, 18.4. 
LATHE BUSHES— Copper, 80, tin, 20. 
MACHINERY BEARINGS— Copper, 87.5, tin, 12.5. 
SHEATHING METAL— Copper, 56, zinc, 44. 

Safe Pressure on Bearings and Slides 

KIND OF JOURN.\L BEARING. Pressure per Sq. In. 

of Projected Area, p. 
Bearings on which the load is intermittent and the speed slow, such as 

crank-pins of shearing machines 3,000 pounds. 

Cross-head neck journals 1,300 " 

Crank-pins of large, slow speed engines 800 — 900 " 

Crank-pins of marine engines, usually 400 — 500 " 

Main crank-shaft bearings — marine engines (slow) 600 " 

Main crank-shaft bearings — marine engines (fast) 400 " 

Locomotive driving-axle journal 180 — 350 " 

Railway journals 200 " 

Fly-wheel shaft journals 1 5>i — -5o 

Small engine crank-pins 150 — -0° 

Slipper slide blocks, marine engines 100 

Stationary engine slide blocks -2 5 — '-5 

Stationary engine slide blocks, usually 30 — 60 

Propeller thrust bearings S" — 7° 

Shaft in cast iron steps or seats i S 



THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 359 

USEFUL RULES AND TABLES 
P-L- AN 



H. P. 



33,000 



P — Pounds Pressure per Square Inch 
L— Length of Stroke in Feet 
A— Area of Piston in Square Inches 
N— Number Revolutions per Minute 



Horsepower 



Horsepower is an amount of mechanical force capable of raising 33,000 pounds one foot 
high, per minute. 

Rule to find Horsepower of an Engine 

Area of piston in inches, multiply by pressure per square inch, multiply by speed of piston 

in feet uer minute, and that product divided by 33. ooo- , , , , 

The pressure per square inch should be the mean pressure throughout the stioke exerted on 
the piston, which can be found by attaching an indicator to the engine. The result will 
be what engineers term indicated horsepower. . r r • »• „f 

For the net eiTective horsepower, deduct from the above about one-quarter for friction ot 

*^^ WhJn"the^i''ndicator is not used, and in the calculation the boiler press'.ire is substituted 
for the mean effective pressure, deduct from the result obtained from 40 to 60 per cent, for lo^s 
by condensation and friction of steam in pipes and passages, decrease of pressure in cylinder 
due to expansion, back pressure of exhaust, and friction of the working parts 

For engines from 20 to 60 horsepower, an average of 50 per cent, may be deducted; for 
smaller engines more. . 

The mean pressure in the cylinder when cutting ot at 

1-4 stroke equals boiler pressure multiplu.d by .597 



1-3 
3-8 

1-2 

5-8 
2-3 
3-4 
7-~ 



670 
■ 743 
.847 
.919 
•937 
.966 
.992 



The horsepower of boilers is best defined by the heating surface of a boiler and is different 
according to their construction. A tubular boiler will give one horsepower to every is 
square feet of heating surface; a flue boiler every 12 square feet, and a cylinder boiler 10 
Iquarl feet gives one horsepower. There is no standard law governing the horsepower of 
steam boilers, but this rule is adopted by most experts as a fair rating. 

One cubic foot of water evaporated per liour=i nominal horsepower. 

7 1-2 pounds of coal consumed per hour will evaporate 1 cubic foot of water=i horsepower. 

I square foot of grate will consume on average 12 pounds of coal per hour=i 610 horse- 

''°''''.\ theoretically perfect steam engine consumes 66- 100 pounds of coal per hour, per horse- 
''"^ ^Marine condensing engines consume 2 to 6 pounds of coal per horsepower. 

Fuel 

I pound of coal will evapor.ite from 7 to 10 pounds of water. 

I " dry pine wood " " 4 to 5 

I ton of anthracite coal requires a space of 42 cubic feet. 

1 " bituminous " " " 44 

1 ** coke 

150.35 cubic feet of air are required for the combustion of 1 pound of coal. 



360 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Belting 



Horsepower of a belt velocity in feet per minute, multiplied by the width the product 
•divided by i,ooo. 

I in. single belt moving at i.ooo feet per minute i H. P. 
I in. double " " "" 700 " " '" i H. P. 

It is desirable that the angle of the belt with the floor should not e.xceed 45. It is also 
desirable to locate the shafting and machinery so that the belts should run off from each shaft 
in opposite directions, as this arrr.ngement will relieve the bearings from the friction that would 
result when the belts all pull one way on the shaft. 

The diameter of the pulleys should be as large as can be admitted. 

The pulleys should be a little wider than the belt required for the work. 

Belts should be kept soft and pliable. For this purpose blood warm tallow, dried in by the 
Iheat of fire or the sun, is advised. Castor-oil dressing is also good. 

If possible to avoid it, connected shafts should never be placed one directly over the other, 
•as in such case the belt must be kept very tight to do the work. For this purpose belts should 
he carefully selected of v.ell stretched leather. 

Table of Arch Brick 



Inside 



Diameter, 

ft. 6 in. 

" o " 

" 6 " 

" o " 

" 6 " 

o " 

" 6 '• 

'• o " 

" 6 " 

o 

" 6 " 

o " 

., g .> 

o " 

" 6 " 

o " 

" 6 " 

" o " 

" 6 " 

" o " 

" 6 " 

" o " 

" 6 " 



No. 3 .\rch. 
iS. 
13- 
4- 



No. 2 Arch. 



No. 



13- 
29. 

41.4691 
31- 
21 . 
10. 3073 



Arch. Square. 



Total. 





26. 




33- 




41. 




49- 




57. 
64. 


7-5398 


So. 
R7. 


^3- 


95 


30. 


102. 


38. 


1 10. 


45- 


117. 


53- 
60. 
68. 


125- 

13^- 
140. 


75- 
83- 
90. 
98. 


147- 
155 
162. 
170 


105. 


177- 


113- 


185. 


121. 


193. 



4691 



Table of Wedge Brick 



Inside 


jiameter. 


No. 


2 Wedge 


-> 


ft. 


in. 






2 




6 " 




60.3187 


3 




" 




48. 


3 




6 " 




36. 


4 




" 




24. 


4 




6 " 




; 5.0637 


S 


*' 


" 






5 




6 " 






6 


" 


" 






6 


•' 


6 " 






7 


" 


" 






7 




6 " 






8 




" 






S 




6 " 






9 




" 






9 




6 " 






:o 




" 






:o 

:; I 


.. 


6 " 
" 






12 


c. 


6 " 
" 







No. I 



i9-;e35 
40. 
59- 
79- 



98. 



98. 

98. 
93. 



98. 
q8. 
98. 



7-5398 

15- 

23- 

30. 

38. 
46. - 

S3- 



bi. 
68. 
76. 
83. 
91. 



60 
68 
76 
83 
91 
08 
106 

113 
12 1 
12S 
136 
144 
I 5 I 
159 
166 
174 
181 
189 
196 
204 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



3<31 



SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF VARIOUS SUBSTANCES 



Av.wt. 

NAMES OF SUBSTANCES. SpCC. Ibs.ptr 

Gravity, cu. ft. 

Aluminum, cast 2.60 162 

Aluminum, hammered 275 

Anthracite 1.40 — 1.70 

" solid, of Pennsylvania 93 

" broken, loose 54 

" " moderately shaken .... 58 

" heaped bushel, loose (80) 

Ash 825 5 J. So 

Asphallum i.io-i .20 S7 

Beech 0.85 53 

Brass, cast 8.4O — 8.70 504 

" rolled 8.57 524 

Brick 1.90 iiS 

Brick, common h:n-(l 1.53 — 2.30 125 

Cedar 5.6: 

Cement, gound, loose 1.85 35 . 06 

" hydraulic, ground, loose, 

American, Rosendale 56 

Cement, hydraulic, ground, loose, 

American, Louisville .... 50 
Cement, hydraulic, ground, loose, 

English, Portland 90 

Charcoal 0.44 

" birch 34 

" fir 28 

" oak 21 

Green timbers usually weigh from one- 
fifth to one-half more than dry. 

Cherry, dry 0.76 — 0.84 42 

Clay, dry 1.80 — 2.60 119 

" lump, loose i-93 121 

Coal, bituminous, solid 1.20 — i . 50 84 

broken, loose _ 49 

" " heaped bushel, loose. (74) 

Coke, loose, of good coal 0.55 26.3 

" " heaped bushel (40) 

Concrete 2.47 

" in cement 137 

" ordinarj' 119 

Copper, cast 8.79 542 

" rolled 8.78 — 9.00 548 

Earth, humus 1.30 — i .So 

" common, loam, dry, loose ... 76 
Earth, common, loam, dry moder- 
ately rammed 95 

" as a soft flowing mud 108 

Ebony, (American) i -331 76. 

Emery 4.00 250 

Glass, common window 2 . 64 157 

" plate 2.80 175 

Gneiss, common 2.40 — 2.70 16S 

Gold, cast, pure or 24 carat 19.28 12.04 

" Pure-hammered 19-33 12.17 

Granite 2. 50 — 3 .00 170 

Gypsum, cast, dry 0.97 142 

Ice 0.8S — o .92 58.7 

Iron, cast 7.10 — 7.50 450.5 

" wrought 7 . 79 486 ;/2 

Lead 11.37 /'- 

Lignum vitae i-333 83.19 



Av.wt. 
NAMES OF SUBSTANCES. Spec. lbs.i)cr 

Gravity, cu. ft. 

Lime 2.30 — 3 . 20 

" slacked, ground 1.30 — 1.40 

" (luick, ground loose or in 

small lumjis , 53 

" quick; ground loose thoroughly 

shaken 75 

Limestone 2.46 — 2.84 168 

loose in irregular fragments 96 

iVragnesium I.74 109 

Mahogany, Spanish, dry ....0.56 — 1.09 53 

" Honduras, dry 35 

Majile, dry 0.70 49 

Marble 2.52—2.85 

Masonry, stone, dry 2.00 — 2.55 

■' of granite or limestone, well 

dressed 165 

" of mortar rubble 154 

^Masonry, brick, dry i.;o — 1.60 

of dry rubble 138 

Mercury at 32° Fahrenheit ....13.596 849 

Mica 2.80 183 

Oak, dry 0.69 — 1.03 59 

" white, dry 50 

" other kinds 32 — 45 

" (old) 1. 170 73.10 

Petroleum at 59° Fahrenheit ....0.80 55 

Pine 0.3 5 — o . 60 

" white, dry 25 

" yellow. Northern 34 

" " Southern 45 

Plaster of paris. (average) 2.00 125 

Platinum, cast 21.15 13.42 

" hannnered 21.3 — 21.15 

Quartz, common, jnire 2.5 — 2.80 165 

Sand 1.80 113 

Sand, fine, dry 1.40 — i . 65 90 — 106 

" wet 1.90 — 2.05120 — 140 

" coarse 1.40 — i . 50 

Sandstone 2.20 — 2.50 151 

Silver, cast 10.48 655 

" hammered 10.02 

Slate 2. to — 2.73 175 

Spruce 50 3 ■ • -5 

Snow, fresh fallen 0.19 5' — '.2 

Soil (conniion) 213. 133 

Steel 7.26 — 7.86 jgo 

Stone (connnon ) 2.52 1 58 

Sulphur 1-93 — 2.07 125 

Tin, cast 7.2a 459 

" rolled "-30 

Water, pure rain or distilled at 39'' 

Fall 1 .00 

" pure rain or distilled at 60° 

Fah. (Standard temp.) .... 62.35 

Water, sea i . 03 64 

Walnut wood, dry 0.60 — 0.81 ^i 

Wax, bees 0.95 — o .98 60 . s 

Zinc, cast 6.90 437.5 

" rolled 7.20 



362 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



HANDY REFERENCES FOR FOUNDRYMEN 

Id 

Weight of Earths, Rocks, etc. 

\\'eiglu of cu. yd. of Sand about 30 cwt. 

'■ " " " " Gravel " 30 " 

•• " " " Marl " 26 " 

" " " " Claj' " 3 : •' 

' ' " Chalk " 36 " 

" " " " " Sandstone " 39 " 

" " " Shale " 40 ■' 

■■ " " " Quartz " 41 " 

" " " Granite " 42 " 

" " " " " Trap " 42 

" " " " " Slate " 43 " 

Earth and clay increase in bulk 1-4 when diis;, but subside. 1-5 in height and decrease 1-6 
in bulk when formed into embankments. 

Sand and gravel increase in bulk i 1-12, when dug. Sand subsides in embankment 1-4 in 
height; Gravel from i-io to 1-12, according to coarseness. 

Rock increases 1-2 of its original bulk when excavated. 

From six hundred to eight hundred pounds of fire clay is enough to lay one thousand brick. 

Generally, the clay should be soaked and mixed thin, then the brick should be dipped and 
rubbed close. 

All brick work should be warmed up slowly to expel moisture, before applying severe heat. 

It requires seven brick to lay one square foot of four and one-half inch wall, fourteen 
brick for one square foot of nine-inch wall, and twenty-one brick for one square foot of thirteen- 
inch wall. 

One thousand brick, closely stacked occupy abovit fifty-six cubic feet, one thousand old 
bricks, cleaned and loosely stacked, occupy about seventy-two cubic feet. 

Quantities of Earth Equal to a Ton 



Sand, river, as filled into carts 21 cubic feet. 

Sand, pit 

.23 

.28 



Gravel, coarse 
Marl 
Clay, stiff 
Chalk, lump 
Earth, mold 



.29 
■33 



HANDY RECEIPTS FOR FOUNDRYMEN 

To Compute the Weight of Cast Iron 

Ascertain the number of cubic inches in the pieces, and multiply by .2607, and the product 
will be the weight in pounds. 

To Prevent Iron From Rusting 

Warm it, then rub with white wax, put it again to the fire until the wax has pervaded the 
entire surface, or immerse tools or bright work in boiled linseed oil and allow it to dry on them. 

Stone and Iron 

When stone and iron are to be cemented together, use a compound of equal parts of pitch 
and sulphur. 

Coppering Iron 

Iron can be coppered by dipping it into melted copper, the surface of which is protected by 
a melted layer of cryolite and phosphoric acid, the articles thus treated being heated to the same 
temperature as the melted copper. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 3G3 



To Harden Cast Iron 

Many times it is very convenient to make an article of cast iron tliat needs to be finished, 
and which should be very hard. Cast iron can be hardened as easily as steel, and to such a degree 
of hardness that a tile will not touch it. Take one-half pint of vitriol, one peck of common 
salt, one-half pound saltpeter, two pounds of alum, one-quarter pound prussic potash, one- 
quarter pound cyanide of potash, all to be dissolved in ten gallons of soft water. Be sure that 
all the articles are dissolved. Heat the iron to a cherry red and dip it in the solution. If the 
article needs to be very hard, heat and dip the second time, and even the third time. 



Annealing Cast Iron 

To anneal cast iron, heat it with a slow charcoal fire to a dull red heat, then cover it 
over about two inches with fine charcoal, then with ashes; let it lie until cold. Hard cast iron 
can be softened enough in this way to be filed or drilled. '1 his process will be exceedingly useful 
to iron founders, as by this means there will be a great saving of expense in making new 
patterns. 

Case Hardening 

Place horn, hoof, bone dust, or shreds of leather, together with the article to be case 
hardened in an iron box subject to a blood red heat, then immerse the article in cold water. 



Case Hardening with Prussiate of Potash 

After polishing litat the article to a brijjlit red, rub the surface over with prussiate ot 
potash, allow it to cool to a dull red, and immerse it in water. 



Glue to Resist Moisture 

I pound of glue melted in 2 quarts of skim milk. 

Marine Glue 

I of Indian Rubber. 12 mineral naphtha or coal tar. Heat slowly, mix, and add 20 powdered 
shellac. Pour out on a slab to cool. When used, to be heated to about 250. 

Liquid Glue 

Glue, water and vinegar, each two parts. Dissolve in water bath, and add alcohol, i part. 

Lacquers Used to Preserve Polishes on Brass 

Lacquers are ordinarly of two kinds: alcohol and products of alcohol. 

Good alcohol lacquers consist of shellac, and gums of various sorts, to produce colored 
effects, and are applied by heating the brass. 

The lacquer most commonly used is made by dissolving i ounce of soljble cotton in a 
quart of amylacetate and thinned with mixture of amylacetate and fusel oil to consistency 
desired. 

Brazing 

The edges filed or scraped clean and bright, covered with spelter and powdered borax, and 
exposed in a clear fire to a heat sufficient to melt the solder. 



364 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 



To Remove Rust from Steel 

Steel which has been rusted can be cleaned by brushing with a paste comnound of 1-2 ounce 
<:yanide potassium, 1-2 ounce castile soap, i ounce whiting, and water sufficient tc> form a paste. 
The steel should be washed with a solution of 1-2 ounce cyanide potassium in 2 ounces water. 

To Preserve Steel from Rust 

I Caoutchouc, 16 turpentine, dissolve with a gentle heat, then add 8 parts boiled oil. 
Mix by bringing them to the heat of boiling water, apply to the steel vvith a brush, in the way 
of varnish. It may be removed with turpentine. 

Annealing Steel 

For small pieces of steel, take a piece of gas-pipe two or three inches in diameter, ami put 
the pieces in it, first heating one end of the pipe, and drawing it together, leavnig the other 
end open to look into. W'hen the pieces are of cherry-red, cover the fire with sawdnst, use a 
charcoal fire and leave the steel in over night. 

In Turning Steel or Other Hard Metal 

Use a drip composed of petroleum two parts and turpentine one part. This will insure 
easy cutting and perfect tools when otherwise the work would stop, owing to the breakage 
of tools from the severe strain. 

Tempering Recipes 

Rosin, 2 pounds, tallow, 2 pounds, pitch, i pound. Melt together and dip the hot steel in it. 

Salt, 1-2 cupful, saltpeter, 1-2 ounce, alum, pulverized, i teaspoonful, soft water, 9 gallons. 
Never heat above a cherry red nor draw anj' temper. 

By melting together i gallon spermacetti oil, 2 pounds tallow, and 1-4 pound wax, a 
mixture is obtained very convenient for tempering any kind of steel article of .small size. 
Adding I pound rosin makes it suitable for larger articles. 

To Solder Without Heat 

Brass filings, 2 ounces, steel filings, 2 ounces, Fluoric acid, 1-4 ounce. Put the filings in 
the acid, apply the solution to the parts to be soldered. After thoroughly cleaning the parts 
in contact, then dress together. Do not keep the fluoric acid in glass bottles, put in lead or 
earthen vessels. 

To Soften Steel 

Cover it vvith clay, heat to a cherry red in a charcoal fire, and let cool over night in the fire. 

To Temper Steel very Hard 

Water, 4 parts, flour, 1 part, salt, 2 parts, mixed to a paste. Heat the steel until a coating 
adheres when dipped into the mixture, then heat to a cherry red and cool in cold soft water. 
The steel will come out white and very hard. 

To Temper Steel on One Edge Only 

nip the edge to be tempered into hot lead until proper color, then temper in ordinary 
fashion. 

To Drill Hardened Steel 

Cover your steel with melted beeswax, when coated and cold, make a hole in the wax with 
a fine pointed needle or other article the size of holes you require, put a drop of strong nitric 
acid upon it, after an hour rinse oft and apply again, it will gradually eat through. 

A mixture of i ounce of sulphate of copper, 1-4 ounce of alum, 1-2 teaspoonful of powdered 
salt, I gill of vinegar and 20 drops of nitric acid will make a hole in steel that is too hard 
to cut or file easily. 

A small hole drilled at the end of a crack in sheet steel will stop it from growing larger. 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 3G» 

Obermayer's Telegraph Code 

IN REFERENCE TO 

ORDERS, SHIPMENTS, TERMS AND DISCOUNTS 

Questions Regarding Purchasing 

At what price can you ship? Badge 

At what price and how soon can you ship ? Bait 

What quantity can you ship ? Breed 

How soon can you sliip? ^^^^^ 

Can you furnish from stock, if not, how long will it take to make ? . . Bank 

How many have you in stock ? ^^^^ 

How long will it take to make and ship ? Bark 

When will you ship our order? Baron 

Telegraph immediately price F. O. B. factory Beach 

Name freight rate from your factory to our city Beadle 

Your offer acceptable, execute order Heaver 

When did you ship our order ? ^^^^t 

What is the best you can do ? Beckon 

Can you ship promptly ? Berth 

At what discount will you .sell Better 

Can you do better? ^^^'""et 

To be delivered in this city ^]'^ 

See letter ^'^ 

Please reply immediately by telegram Block 

Get through rate of freight ^^^^^ 

If so enter our order ^°^^' 

Will you accept order? ^°'"^ 

Will you accept order from ? ^^^'>^ 

On what basis should order be accepted ? Brush 

Answers Regarding Purchasing 

We can ship \'^\ 

We can shi]) today ^/'^''"^ 

We can ship tomorrow Cadet 

We have all in stock and can sh'p at once Canoe 

We have in stock and can shi]) it Capon 

We can ship before ^-''^•'^^ 

We have only but will ship tl.e other size promptly .... Can 

We have none in stock ^^^ 

We can ship part from stock, the balance <-'^i'^^ 



366 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 



Answers Regarding Purchasing— Continued 

Impossible for us to fill your order in the time specified Cap 

We have none in stock, but can ship from factor}- . . Cater 

None of the goods 3'ou order are in stock Cargo 

If ordered immediately Chic 

Immediately on receipt of order Choke 

On receipt of order Chess 

After receipt of order Chat 

"Will ship earlier if possible Clear 

We can promise definitely Coal 

We can quote you discount on Clay 

We can change present discount Clock 

For immediate acceptance Coast 

For acceptance within Clamp 

Delivery in your city Coat 

Price as per our recent quotation Cog 

Price as per our last invoice Coach 

Can not send exactly what you order Cob 

Shall we substitute ?..... Coax 

Free on board at Comb 

Less freight allowance per 100 pounds of Cold 

We have entered your order for Colony 

We will accept order Child 

We do not sell Consist 

In less than Consul 

Please specify sizes Copj^ 

Your telegram is not clear, please repeat Cool 

We cannot secure rate to Cost 

Reply immediately by our code Crown 

Subject to immediate reply by wire Crop 

Please wire reply to our telegram of Coil 

Phrases for Ordering 

Wanted at once, when will 3-ou ship? Answer by telegraph Duet 

Enter order for Duty 

Duplicate order Drum 

Ship at once anj' portion of order Draw 

Hasten shipment ot Down 

We are entirely out Drawn 

We must have Debit 

Order of the Dr}- 

If not already executed cancel Dock 

Cancel balance of order Docket 

Cancel order unless shipped by Diver 

Ship what you have ready and balance as soon as possible Doctor 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 307 



Phrases for Ordering— Continued 

Ship via rail Dean 

Ship via canal Debate 

Ship via fast freight • ■ ^^^^^ 

Ship via river Deck 

Ship via express Deed 

Ship via cheapest route • Degree 

Ship via quickest route ■ ^^^^^ 

Ship to-day sure . . • ^^'^ 

Ship as soon as possible I^od 



Questions: Orders and Shipments 

When can you ship? Echo 

When will you ship ? Electro 

If not, when will you ship ? Error 

Have you shipped order? I^"" 

Have you shipped us any ? Eddy 

Shall we ship the sizes we have in stock Ebony 

Shall we enter order? ^^^^'^3' 

Please send shipping instructions l-.ducate 

Shall we ship from Chicago or Pittsburg factory ? Emblem 

Shall we ship from Cincinnati ? ' • -Enlist 

Shall we ship from Larimer? Epoch 

Shall we ship from Harvey by express or by freight Excess 

Shall we make shipment C. O. 1) Essay 

Have you entered order and when will you ship Esteem 



Answers: Orders and Shipments 

We will ship ^7'"-^' 

We will ship at once ^f-^ 

We will ship on ^[^''^^ 

We will try to ship ^''^^'^ 

We have shipped ^''"'^ 

We have shipped per ^■l"'^^ 

We shipped your order on ^'''''" 

We expect to ship on the lorge 

We have not shipped •''''^"J 

We will hold order for the shall we ship balance witliout lliem . Mood 

We cannot secure car immediately I'oundry 

We will not ship until we hear further from you I^"ll 



:;(;8 the s, obermayer company 



Questions Regarding Forwarding, Tracing, Etc. 

Trace quick goods on invoice of Ibex 

Duplicate and ship at once goods on invoice of Idea 

Trace following goods short on invoice of Ignore 

Duplicate and ship quick following goods short on invoice of . . . . Induce- 

Advise quick wa3-billing reference to invoice of Island 

Advise quick date of forwarding routing, car number and initial, in- 
voice of Ivy 

Answers Regarding Forwarding, Tracing, Etc. 

We are tracing goods on invoice of Jab 

We will duplicate awd ship at once, invoice of Jade 

We are tracing goods reported short on invoice of Jangle 

We will duplicate and ship immediately, goods reported short on in- 
voice of Jail 

Following is wa3-billing reference to invoice of Jamb 

Following is date of forwarding routing, car number and initial, in- 
voice of Jasper 

Phrases Regarding Time 

We will ship immediateU- Hack 

Last of this week Habit 

Early next week Hope 

Last of next week Happy- 
First week in Lleap 

W^e will ship to-morrow Hand 

Second week in Heed 

About the middle of Hear 

W^ithin three da^-s Hold 

WMthin four days Hood 

W^ithin five da5'S Heron 

W'ithin one week Hide 

Within ten days Honor 

Within two weeks , Horn 

Within three weeks Hero 

Within four weeks • ■ Horse 

Within two months Hedge 

TERMS 

Net cash thirt\^ days Kid 

Net cash sixty da3-s Knock 

Draft attached to bill of lading Knead. 

Less 2 percent if paid in ten days Keel 

Less I percent if paid in ten daj'S Knit 

Usual terms Kill 

60 days 2 percent cash 10 days Kului 



THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 369 



Discounts Percent) 

1 percent Gale 

2 " Gave 

lYz " •■ • Gain 

3 " c;iad 

5 " ■ Gold 

S and 2}i " Given 

Goal 

' ■ • Good 

' Guard 

' Grand 

' Grade 

' Ge3-.ser 

' Ginger 

' Gem 

' Genial 

' Gentle 

' Garter 

' Great 

f;iddy 

Girdle 

(ilory 

Glend 

" Glore 

Gobble 

Glove 

1' Gri]i 

Grotto 



1% 






lO 






12/^ 






15 






20 






25 






30 






35 






40 






40 and 


5 




40 and 


10 




40-10 and 


5 


40-10 and 


1% 


40-10 and 


10 


50 






50 and 


5 




50 and 


10 




50-10 and 


10 


60 






60 and 


5 




60 and 


10 





Prices on All Equipments in Catalogue Subject 
to Liberal Discount; Market Prices 
Governing (Quotations. 

Correspondence 
Solicited. 



370 



THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 




T X 7'E have endeavored to give you a complete catalogue of Foundry 
Facings, Supplies and Equipments, and if we have omitted any- 
thing, and there is any special article wanted in the foundry not herein 
enumerated, write us and we will be pleased to give you the necessary 
information regarding same. 

OUR. AIM IS TO SERVE OUR CUSTOMERS TO THE 
BEST OF OUR ABILITY 

PROMPT SHIPMENTS 

BEST GOODS 

RIGHT PRICES 

We have full descriptive circulars of the different articles mentioned, 
and are always willing to send same to those interested. 

We assure you all matters will have our prompt and careful atten- 
tion. 

Shipments Made from Nearest Factory to 
Your Foundry 



All Goods Listed in Catalogue Subject to Discount 



V.\BR^'^'' 



OF 



CONGRE^^ 



003 



3A8 



420 7 



